diff --git a/COPYING b/COPYING index e7f1f85..a3e6345 100644 --- a/COPYING +++ b/COPYING @@ -1,340 +1,340 @@ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2, June 1991 Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - 51 Franklin Steet, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software. Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations. Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.) These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License. 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. NO WARRANTY 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. Copyright (C) This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. , 1 April 1989 Ty Coon, President of Vice This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General Public License instead of this License. diff --git a/README b/README index 58099ac..ab79d32 100644 --- a/README +++ b/README @@ -1,100 +1,100 @@ KDiff3-Readme ============= Author: Joachim Eibl (joachim.eibl at gmx.de) Port to KF5/Qt5 by Michael Reeves (reeves.87@gmail.com) KDiff3-Version: 1.7.90 Now requires Qt 5.6 or later and KF5 5.14+. Legacy 0.9.98 and earlier builds are not supported. -MacOSX build is untested since port. The Konqueror specific plugin is not ported and no longer mantained. +MacOSX build is untested since port. The Konqueror specific plugin is not ported and no longer maintained. This plugin would only apply to KDE before 4.6. Support as been removed from main CMakeLists.txt. As of 1/13/17 cmake 3.1+ is the targeted cmake version. -cmake is now the only build system supported. KF5/QT5 was big jump. A lot changed besides just the API. -I am not against a Qt5-only build variant but see no reason to mantain two sperate build systems. +cmake is now the only build system supported. KF5/Qt5 was big jump. A lot changed besides just the API. +I am not against a Qt5-only build variant but see no reason to maintain two separate build systems. At present KF5 is my focus. -The original pre KF5/Qt5 Readme fallows old build intrustions have been removed to avoid confusion: +The original pre KF5/Qt5 Readme follows old build instructions have been removed to avoid confusion: Copyright: (C) 2002-2014 by Joachim Eibl KDiff3 runs best on KDE but can be built without it, depending only on Qt-libs. These are available for Un*x, Windows, Mac. Thus there are many setup possibilities to consider. Supported Qt-versions: 4.8, 5.2 or higher. -Supported KDE-version: 4 +Supported KDE-version: 4, 5 (For KDE3/Qt3 use KDiff3-0.9.92 or older.) Contents -------- - Introduction - License - Additional hints Introduction ------------ KDiff3 is a program that - compares and merges two or three input files or directories, - shows the differences line by line and character by character (!), - provides an automatic merge-facility and - an integrated editor for comfortable solving of merge-conflicts - has support for KDE-KIO (ftp, sftp, http, fish, smb), - has an intuitive graphical user interface, -- provides a context menu for KDE-Konqueror and Windows-Explorer, +- provides a context menu for KDE-Dolphin and Windows-Explorer, - supports 64 bit systems. (Some build issues are discussed in here.) - Support for many encodings and Unicode. -Do you want help translating? Read the README in the po-subdirectory! +Do you want help translating? Read the instructions on https://l10n.kde.org/ ! License ------- GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE, Version 2, June 1991 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Steet, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02111-1307 + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA For details see file "COPYING". ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Additional hints ---------------- Start from commandline: - Comparing 2 files: kdiff3 file1 file2 - Merging 2 files: kdiff3 file1 file2 -o outputfile - Comparing 3 files: kdiff3 file1 file2 file3 - Merging 3 files: kdiff3 file1 file2 file3 -o outputfile Note that file1 will be treated as base of file2 and file3. If all files have the same name but are in different directories, you can reduce typework by specifying the filename only for the first file. E.g.: - Comparing 3 files: kdiff3 dir1/filename dir2 dir3 (This also works in the open-dialog.) If you start without arguments, then a dialog will appear where you can select your files via a filebrowser. For more documentation, see the help-menu or the subdirectory doc. Have fun! diff --git a/src/DirectoryInfo.h b/src/DirectoryInfo.h index 0d979dd..2d417f3 100644 --- a/src/DirectoryInfo.h +++ b/src/DirectoryInfo.h @@ -1,55 +1,55 @@ /** * Copyright (C) 2018 Michael Reeves * * This file is part of KDiff3. * * KDiff3 is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * KDiff3 is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with KDiff3. If not, see . */ #ifndef DIRECTORYINFO_H #define DIRECTORYINFO_H #include "fileaccess.h" class DirectoryInfo { public: DirectoryInfo( FileAccess& dirA, FileAccess& dirB, FileAccess& dirC, FileAccess& dirDest) { m_dirA = dirA; m_dirB = dirB; m_dirC = dirC; m_dirDest = dirDest; } inline FileAccess dirA() const { return m_dirA; } inline FileAccess dirB() const { return m_dirB; } inline FileAccess dirC() const { return m_dirC; } inline FileAccess destDir() const { if(m_dirDest.isValid()) return m_dirDest; else return m_dirC.isValid() ? m_dirC : m_dirB; } private: FileAccess m_dirA, m_dirB, m_dirC; FileAccess m_dirDest; }; -#endif \ No newline at end of file +#endif diff --git a/src/MergeFileInfos.h b/src/MergeFileInfos.h index 2225551..68aa48e 100644 --- a/src/MergeFileInfos.h +++ b/src/MergeFileInfos.h @@ -1,160 +1,160 @@ /*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2003-2007 by Joachim Eibl * * Copyright (C) 2018 Michael Reeves reeves.87@gmail.com * * * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * * (at your option) any later version. * * * ***************************************************************************/ #ifndef MERGEFILEINFO_H #define MERGEFILEINFO_H #include "fileaccess.h" #include "diff.h" #include "DirectoryInfo.h" #include #include //class DirectoryInfo; enum e_MergeOperation { eTitleId, eNoOperation, // Operations in sync mode (with only two directories): eCopyAToB, eCopyBToA, eDeleteA, eDeleteB, eDeleteAB, eMergeToA, eMergeToB, eMergeToAB, // Operations in merge mode (with two or three directories) eCopyAToDest, eCopyBToDest, eCopyCToDest, eDeleteFromDest, eMergeABCToDest, eMergeABToDest, eConflictingFileTypes, // Error eChangedAndDeleted, // Error eConflictingAges // Equal age but files are not! }; enum e_Age { eNew, eMiddle, eOld, eNotThere, eAgeEnd }; enum e_OperationStatus { eOpStatusNone, eOpStatusDone, eOpStatusError, eOpStatusSkipped, eOpStatusNotSaved, eOpStatusInProgress, eOpStatusToDo }; class MergeFileInfos { public: MergeFileInfos(); ~MergeFileInfos(); //bool operator>( const MergeFileInfos& ); QString subPath() const; QString fileName() const; bool dirA() const { return m_pFileInfoA ? m_pFileInfoA->isDir() : false; } bool dirB() const { return m_pFileInfoB ? m_pFileInfoB->isDir() : false; } bool dirC() const { return m_pFileInfoC ? m_pFileInfoC->isDir() : false; } bool isLinkA() const { return m_pFileInfoA ? m_pFileInfoA->isSymLink() : false; } bool isLinkB() const { return m_pFileInfoB ? m_pFileInfoB->isSymLink() : false; } bool isLinkC() const { return m_pFileInfoC ? m_pFileInfoC->isSymLink() : false; } bool existsInA() const { return m_pFileInfoA != nullptr; } bool existsInB() const { return m_pFileInfoB != nullptr; } bool existsInC() const { return m_pFileInfoC != nullptr; } bool conflictingFileTypes(); void sort(Qt::SortOrder order); inline MergeFileInfos* parent() const { return m_pParent; } inline void setParent(MergeFileInfos* inParent) { m_pParent = inParent; } inline const QList& children() const { return m_children; } inline void addChild(MergeFileInfos* child) { m_children.push_back(child); } inline void clear() { m_children.clear(); } FileAccess* getFileInfoA() const { return m_pFileInfoA; } FileAccess* getFileInfoB() const { return m_pFileInfoB; } FileAccess* getFileInfoC() const { return m_pFileInfoC; } void setFileInfoA(FileAccess* newInfo) { m_pFileInfoA = newInfo; } void setFileInfoB(FileAccess* newInfo) { m_pFileInfoB = newInfo; } void setFileInfoC(FileAccess* newInfo) { m_pFileInfoC = newInfo; } QString fullNameA() const; QString fullNameB() const; QString fullNameC() const; QString fullNameDest() const; inline QSharedPointer getDirectoryInfo() const { return m_dirInfo; } void setDirectoryInfo(const QSharedPointer &dirInfo) { m_dirInfo = dirInfo; } inline QString getDirNameA() const { return getDirectoryInfo()->dirA().prettyAbsPath(); } inline QString getDirNameB() const { return getDirectoryInfo()->dirB().prettyAbsPath(); } inline QString getDirNameC() const { return getDirectoryInfo()->dirC().prettyAbsPath(); } inline QString getDirNameDest() const { return getDirectoryInfo()->destDir().prettyAbsPath(); } inline const QSharedPointer& diffStatus() const { return m_totalDiffStatus; } private: MergeFileInfos* m_pParent; QList m_children; FileAccess* m_pFileInfoA; FileAccess* m_pFileInfoB; FileAccess* m_pFileInfoC; QSharedPointer m_dirInfo; QSharedPointer m_totalDiffStatus; public: e_MergeOperation m_eMergeOperation; e_OperationStatus m_eOpStatus; e_Age m_ageA; e_Age m_ageB; e_Age m_ageC; bool m_bOperationComplete; bool m_bSimOpComplete; bool m_bEqualAB; bool m_bEqualAC; bool m_bEqualBC; bool m_bConflictingAges; // Equal age but files are not! }; class MfiCompare { Qt::SortOrder mOrder; public: explicit MfiCompare(Qt::SortOrder order) { mOrder = order; } bool operator()(MergeFileInfos* pMFI1, MergeFileInfos* pMFI2) { bool bDir1 = pMFI1->dirA() || pMFI1->dirB() || pMFI1->dirC(); bool bDir2 = pMFI2->dirA() || pMFI2->dirB() || pMFI2->dirC(); if(bDir1 == bDir2) { if(mOrder == Qt::AscendingOrder) { return pMFI1->fileName().compare(pMFI2->fileName(), Qt::CaseInsensitive) < 0; } else { return pMFI1->fileName().compare(pMFI2->fileName(), Qt::CaseInsensitive) > 0; } } else return bDir1; } }; -#endif // !MERGEFILEINFO_H \ No newline at end of file +#endif // !MERGEFILEINFO_H diff --git a/src/ProgressProxyExtender.h b/src/ProgressProxyExtender.h index 75e1b40..f96847e 100644 --- a/src/ProgressProxyExtender.h +++ b/src/ProgressProxyExtender.h @@ -1,40 +1,40 @@ /** * Copyright (C) 2003-2007 by Joachim Eibl * joachim.eibl at gmx.de * Copyright (C) 2018 Michael Reeves * * This file is part of KDiff3. * * KDiff3 is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * KDiff3 is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with KDiff3. If not, see . * */ -#ifndef PROGREESPROXYEXENDER_H -#define PROGREESPROXYEXENDER_H +#ifndef PROGREESPROXYEXTENDER_H +#define PROGREESPROXYEXTENDER_H #include "progress.h" #include class KJob; class ProgressProxyExtender: public ProgressProxy { Q_OBJECT public: ProgressProxyExtender() { setMaxNofSteps(100); } public Q_SLOTS: void slotListDirInfoMessage( KJob*, const QString& msg ); void slotPercent( KJob*, qint64 percent ); }; -#endif \ No newline at end of file +#endif diff --git a/src/Utils.cpp b/src/Utils.cpp index 0ee7bb4..e6670f0 100644 --- a/src/Utils.cpp +++ b/src/Utils.cpp @@ -1,125 +1,125 @@ /** * Copyright (C) 2003-2007 by Joachim Eibl * Copyright (C) 2018 Michael Reeves * * This file is part of KDiff3. * * KDiff3 is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * KDiff3 is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with KDiff3. If not, see . * */ #include "Utils.h" #include #include #include #include #include /* Split the command line into arguments. * Normally split at white space separators except when quoting with " or '. * Backslash is treated as meta character within single quotes ' only. * Detect parsing errors like unclosed quotes. * The first item in the list will be the command itself. * Returns the error reasor as string or an empty string on success. * Eg. >"1" "2"< => >1<, >2< * Eg. >'\'\\'< => >'\< backslash is a meta character between single quotes * Eg. > "\\" < => >\\< but not between double quotes * Eg. >"c:\sed" 's/a/\' /g'< => >c:\sed<, >s/a/' /g< */ QString Utils::getArguments(QString cmd, QString& program, QStringList& args) { program = QString(); args.clear(); for(int i = 0; i < cmd.length(); ++i) { while(i < cmd.length() && cmd[i].isSpace()) { ++i; } if(cmd[i] == '"' || cmd[i] == '\'') // argument beginning with a quote { QChar quoteChar = cmd[i]; ++i; int argStart = i; bool bSkip = false; while(i < cmd.length() && (cmd[i] != quoteChar || bSkip)) { if(bSkip) { bSkip = false; //Don't emulate bash here we are not talking to it. //For us all quotes are the same. if(cmd[i] == '\\' || cmd[i] == '\'' || cmd[i] == '"') { cmd.remove(i - 1, 1); // remove the backslash '\' continue; } } else if(cmd[i] == '\\') bSkip = true; ++i; } if(i < cmd.length()) { args << cmd.mid(argStart, i - argStart); if(i + 1 < cmd.length() && !cmd[i + 1].isSpace()) return i18n("Expecting space after closing quote."); } else return i18n("Unmatched quote."); continue; } else { int argStart = i; while(i < cmd.length() && (!cmd[i].isSpace() /*|| bSkip*/)) { if(cmd[i] == '"' || cmd[i] == '\'') return i18n("Unexpected quote character within argument."); ++i; } args << cmd.mid(argStart, i - argStart); } } if(args.isEmpty()) return i18n("No program specified."); else { program = args[0]; args.pop_front(); } return QString(); } bool Utils::wildcardMultiMatch(const QString& wildcard, const QString& testString, bool bCaseSensitive) { static QHash s_patternMap; QStringList sl = wildcard.split(QChar(';')); for(QStringList::Iterator it = sl.begin(); it != sl.end(); ++it) { QHash::iterator patIt = s_patternMap.find(*it); if(patIt == s_patternMap.end()) { QRegExp pattern(*it, bCaseSensitive ? Qt::CaseSensitive : Qt::CaseInsensitive, QRegExp::Wildcard); patIt = s_patternMap.insert(*it, pattern); } if(patIt.value().exactMatch(testString)) return true; } return false; -} \ No newline at end of file +} diff --git a/src/Utils.h b/src/Utils.h index 3b9ef7d..c1a4772 100644 --- a/src/Utils.h +++ b/src/Utils.h @@ -1,33 +1,33 @@ /** * Copyright (C) 2018 Michael Reeves * * This file is part of KDiff3. * * KDiff3 is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * KDiff3 is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with KDiff3. If not, see . * */ #ifndef UTILS_H #define UTILS_H #include #include class Utils{ public: static bool wildcardMultiMatch(const QString& wildcard, const QString& testString, bool bCaseSensitive); static QString getArguments(QString cmd, QString& program, QStringList& args); }; -#endif \ No newline at end of file +#endif diff --git a/src/common.cpp b/src/common.cpp index 6584a0a..e35bff3 100644 --- a/src/common.cpp +++ b/src/common.cpp @@ -1,382 +1,382 @@ /*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2004-2007 by Joachim Eibl * * joachim.eibl at gmx.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * * (at your option) any later version. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * - * 51 Franklin Steet, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. * + * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #include "common.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include #include ValueMap::ValueMap() { } ValueMap::~ValueMap() { } void ValueMap::save(QTextStream& ts) { std::map::iterator i; for(i = m_map.begin(); i != m_map.end(); ++i) { QString key = i->first; QString val = i->second; ts << key << "=" << val << "\n"; } } QString ValueMap::getAsString() { QString result; std::map::iterator i; for(i = m_map.begin(); i != m_map.end(); ++i) { QString key = i->first; QString val = i->second; result += key + '=' + val + '\n'; } return result; } void ValueMap::load(QTextStream& ts) { while(!ts.atEnd()) { // until end of file... QString s = ts.readLine(); // line of text excluding '\n' int pos = s.indexOf('='); if(pos > 0) // seems not to have a tag { QString key = s.left(pos); QString val = s.mid(pos + 1); m_map[key] = val; } } } /* void ValueMap::load( const QString& s ) { int pos=0; while ( pos<(int)s.length() ) { // until end of file... int pos2 = s.find('=', pos); int pos3 = s.find('\n', pos2 ); if (pos3<0) pos3=s.length(); if( pos2 > 0 ) // seems not to have a tag { QString key = s.mid(pos, pos2-pos); QString val = s.mid(pos2+1, pos3-pos2-1); m_map[key] = val; } pos = pos3; } } */ // safeStringJoin and safeStringSplit allow to convert a stringlist into a string and back // safely, even if the individual strings in the list contain the separator character. QString safeStringJoin(const QStringList& sl, char sepChar, char metaChar) { // Join the strings in the list, using the separator ',' // If a string contains the separator character, it will be replaced with "\,". // Any occurrences of "\" (one backslash) will be replaced with "\\" (2 backslashes) Q_ASSERT(sepChar != metaChar); QString sep; sep += sepChar; QString meta; meta += metaChar; QString safeString; QStringList::const_iterator i; for(i = sl.begin(); i != sl.end(); ++i) { QString s = *i; s.replace(meta, meta + meta); // "\" -> "\\" s.replace(sep, meta + sep); // "," -> "\," if(i == sl.begin()) safeString = s; else safeString += sep + s; } return safeString; } // Split a string that was joined with safeStringJoin QStringList safeStringSplit(const QString& s, char sepChar, char metaChar) { Q_ASSERT(sepChar != metaChar); QStringList sl; // Miniparser int i = 0; int len = s.length(); QString b; for(i = 0; i < len; ++i) { if(i + 1 < len && s[i] == metaChar && s[i + 1] == metaChar) { b += metaChar; ++i; } else if(i + 1 < len && s[i] == metaChar && s[i + 1] == sepChar) { b += sepChar; ++i; } else if(s[i] == sepChar) // real separator { sl.push_back(b); b = ""; } else { b += s[i]; } } if(!b.isEmpty()) sl.push_back(b); return sl; } static QString numStr(int n) { QString s; s.setNum(n); return s; } static QString subSection(const QString& s, int idx, char sep) { int pos = 0; while(idx > 0) { pos = s.indexOf(sep, pos); --idx; if(pos < 0) break; ++pos; } if(pos >= 0) { int pos2 = s.indexOf(sep, pos); if(pos2 > 0) return s.mid(pos, pos2 - pos); else return s.mid(pos); } - return ""; + return QString(); } static int num(QString& s, int idx) { return subSection(s, idx, ',').toInt(); } void ValueMap::writeEntry(const QString& k, const QFont& v) { m_map[k] = v.family() + QLatin1String(",") + QString::number(v.pointSize()) + QLatin1String(",") + (v.bold() ? QLatin1String("bold") : QLatin1String("normal")); } void ValueMap::writeEntry(const QString& k, const QColor& v) { m_map[k] = numStr(v.red()) + QLatin1String(",") + numStr(v.green()) + QLatin1String(",") + numStr(v.blue()); } void ValueMap::writeEntry(const QString& k, const QSize& v) { m_map[k] = numStr(v.width()) + QLatin1String(",") + numStr(v.height()); } void ValueMap::writeEntry(const QString& k, const QPoint& v) { m_map[k] = numStr(v.x()) + QLatin1String(",") + numStr(v.y()); } void ValueMap::writeEntry(const QString& k, int v) { m_map[k] = numStr(v); } void ValueMap::writeEntry(const QString& k, bool v) { m_map[k] = numStr(v); } void ValueMap::writeEntry(const QString& k, const QString& v) { m_map[k] = v; } void ValueMap::writeEntry(const QString& k, const char* v) { m_map[k] = QLatin1String(v); } void ValueMap::writeEntry(const QString& k, const QStringList& v) { m_map[k] = safeStringJoin(v); } QFont ValueMap::readFontEntry(const QString& k, const QFont* defaultVal) { QFont f = *defaultVal; std::map::iterator i = m_map.find(k); if(i != m_map.end()) { f.setFamily(subSection(i->second, 0, ',')); f.setPointSize(subSection(i->second, 1, ',').toInt()); f.setBold(subSection(i->second, 2, ',') == "bold"); } return f; } QColor ValueMap::readColorEntry(const QString& k, const QColor* defaultVal) { QColor c = *defaultVal; std::map::iterator i = m_map.find(k); if(i != m_map.end()) { QString s = i->second; c = QColor(num(s, 0), num(s, 1), num(s, 2)); } return c; } QSize ValueMap::readSizeEntry(const QString& k, const QSize* defaultVal) { QSize size = defaultVal ? *defaultVal : QSize(600, 400); std::map::iterator i = m_map.find(k); if(i != m_map.end()) { QString s = i->second; size = QSize(num(s, 0), num(s, 1)); } return size; } QPoint ValueMap::readPointEntry(const QString& k, const QPoint* defaultVal) { QPoint point = defaultVal ? *defaultVal : QPoint(0, 0); std::map::iterator i = m_map.find(k); if(i != m_map.end()) { QString s = i->second; point = QPoint(num(s, 0), num(s, 1)); } return point; } bool ValueMap::readBoolEntry(const QString& k, bool bDefault) { bool b = bDefault; std::map::iterator i = m_map.find(k); if(i != m_map.end()) { QString s = i->second; b = (bool)num(s, 0); } return b; } int ValueMap::readNumEntry(const QString& k, int iDefault) { int ival = iDefault; std::map::iterator i = m_map.find(k); if(i != m_map.end()) { QString s = i->second; ival = num(s, 0); } return ival; } QString ValueMap::readStringEntry(const QString& k, const QString& sDefault) { QString sval = sDefault; std::map::iterator i = m_map.find(k); if(i != m_map.end()) { sval = i->second; } return sval; } QStringList ValueMap::readListEntry(const QString& k, const QStringList& defaultVal) { QStringList strList; std::map::iterator i = m_map.find(k); if(i != m_map.end()) { strList = safeStringSplit(i->second); return strList; } else return defaultVal; } QString ValueMap::readEntry(const QString& s, const QString& defaultVal) { return readStringEntry(s, defaultVal); } QString ValueMap::readEntry(const QString& s, const char* defaultVal) { return readStringEntry(s, QString::fromLatin1(defaultVal)); } QFont ValueMap::readEntry(const QString& s, const QFont& defaultVal) { return readFontEntry(s, &defaultVal); } QColor ValueMap::readEntry(const QString& s, const QColor defaultVal) { return readColorEntry(s, &defaultVal); } QSize ValueMap::readEntry(const QString& s, const QSize defaultVal) { return readSizeEntry(s, &defaultVal); } QPoint ValueMap::readEntry(const QString& s, const QPoint defaultVal) { return readPointEntry(s, &defaultVal); } bool ValueMap::readEntry(const QString& s, bool bDefault) { return readBoolEntry(s, bDefault); } int ValueMap::readEntry(const QString& s, int iDefault) { return readNumEntry(s, iDefault); } QStringList ValueMap::readEntry(const QString& s, const QStringList& defaultVal) { return readListEntry(s, defaultVal); } diff --git a/src/cvsignorelist.h b/src/cvsignorelist.h index 83eecda..c43691f 100644 --- a/src/cvsignorelist.h +++ b/src/cvsignorelist.h @@ -1,35 +1,39 @@ /*************************************************************************** * class CvsIgnoreList from Cervisia cvsdir.cpp * * Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Bernd Gehrmann * * with elements from class StringMatcher * * Copyright (c) 2003 Andre Woebbeking * * Modifications for KDiff3 by Joachim Eibl * * * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * * (at your option) any later version. * ***************************************************************************/ +#ifndef CVSIGNORELIST_H +#define CVSIGNORELIST_H #include "fileaccess.h" class CvsIgnoreList { public: CvsIgnoreList() {} void init(FileAccess& dir, const t_DirectoryList* pDirList); bool matches(const QString& fileName, bool bCaseSensitive) const; private: bool cvsIgnoreExists(const t_DirectoryList* pDirList); void addEntriesFromString(const QString& str); void addEntriesFromFile(const QString& name); void addEntry(const QString& entry); QStringList m_exactPatterns; QStringList m_startPatterns; QStringList m_endPatterns; QStringList m_generalPatterns; -}; \ No newline at end of file +}; + +#endif diff --git a/src/directorymergewindow.cpp b/src/directorymergewindow.cpp index 5fe0bbe..bfe3318 100644 --- a/src/directorymergewindow.cpp +++ b/src/directorymergewindow.cpp @@ -1,3533 +1,3533 @@ /*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2003-2007 by Joachim Eibl * * Copyright (C) 2018 Michael Reeves reeves.87@gmail.com * * * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * * (at your option) any later version. * * * ***************************************************************************/ #include #include "MergeFileInfos.h" #include "DirectoryInfo.h" #include "directorymergewindow.h" #include "guiutils.h" #include "options.h" #include "progress.h" #include "Utils.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include static QPixmap getOnePixmap(e_Age eAge, bool bLink, bool bDir); class StatusInfo : public QDialog { QTextEdit* m_pTextEdit; public: explicit StatusInfo(QWidget* pParent) : QDialog(pParent) { QVBoxLayout* pVLayout = new QVBoxLayout(this); m_pTextEdit = new QTextEdit(this); pVLayout->addWidget(m_pTextEdit); setObjectName("StatusInfo"); setWindowFlags(Qt::Dialog); m_pTextEdit->setWordWrapMode(QTextOption::NoWrap); m_pTextEdit->setReadOnly(true); QDialogButtonBox *box = new QDialogButtonBox(QDialogButtonBox::Close, this); connect(box, &QDialogButtonBox::rejected, this, &QDialog::accept); pVLayout->addWidget(box); } bool isEmpty() { return m_pTextEdit->toPlainText().isEmpty(); } void addText(const QString& s) { m_pTextEdit->append(s); } void clear() { m_pTextEdit->clear(); } void setVisible(bool bVisible) override { if(bVisible) { m_pTextEdit->moveCursor(QTextCursor::End); m_pTextEdit->moveCursor(QTextCursor::StartOfLine); m_pTextEdit->ensureCursorVisible(); } QDialog::setVisible(bVisible); if(bVisible) setWindowState(windowState() | Qt::WindowMaximized); } }; enum Columns { s_NameCol = 0, s_ACol = 1, s_BCol = 2, s_CCol = 3, s_OpCol = 4, s_OpStatusCol = 5, s_UnsolvedCol = 6, // Nr of unsolved conflicts (for 3 input files) s_SolvedCol = 7, // Nr of auto-solvable conflicts (for 3 input files) s_NonWhiteCol = 8, // Nr of nonwhite deltas (for 2 input files) s_WhiteCol = 9 // Nr of white deltas (for 2 input files) }; static Qt::CaseSensitivity s_eCaseSensitivity = Qt::CaseSensitive; //TODO: clean up this mess. class DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate : public QAbstractItemModel { friend class DirMergeItem; public: DirectoryMergeWindow* q; explicit DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate(DirectoryMergeWindow* pDMW) { q = pDMW; m_pOptions = nullptr; m_pIconLoader = nullptr; m_pDirectoryMergeInfo = nullptr; m_bSimulatedMergeStarted = false; m_bRealMergeStarted = false; m_bError = false; m_bSyncMode = false; m_pStatusInfo = new StatusInfo(q); m_pStatusInfo->hide(); m_bScanning = false; m_bCaseSensitive = true; m_bUnfoldSubdirs = false; m_bSkipDirStatus = false; m_pRoot = new MergeFileInfos; } ~DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate() override { delete m_pRoot; } // Implement QAbstractItemModel QVariant data(const QModelIndex& index, int role = Qt::DisplayRole) const override; //Qt::ItemFlags flags ( const QModelIndex & index ) const QModelIndex parent(const QModelIndex& index) const override { MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(index); if(pMFI == nullptr || pMFI == m_pRoot || pMFI->parent() == m_pRoot) return QModelIndex(); else { MergeFileInfos* pParentsParent = pMFI->parent()->parent(); return createIndex(pParentsParent->children().indexOf(pMFI->parent()), 0, pMFI->parent()); } } int rowCount(const QModelIndex& parent = QModelIndex()) const override { MergeFileInfos* pParentMFI = getMFI(parent); if(pParentMFI != nullptr) return pParentMFI->children().count(); else return m_pRoot->children().count(); } int columnCount(const QModelIndex& /*parent*/) const override { return 10; } QModelIndex index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex& parent) const override { MergeFileInfos* pParentMFI = getMFI(parent); if(pParentMFI == nullptr && row < m_pRoot->children().count()) return createIndex(row, column, m_pRoot->children()[row]); else if(pParentMFI != nullptr && row < pParentMFI->children().count()) return createIndex(row, column, pParentMFI->children()[row]); else return QModelIndex(); } QVariant headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role = Qt::DisplayRole) const override; void sort(int column, Qt::SortOrder order) override; // private data and helper methods MergeFileInfos* getMFI(const QModelIndex& mi) const { if(mi.isValid()) return (MergeFileInfos*)mi.internalPointer(); else return nullptr; } bool isThreeWay() const { if(rootMFI() == nullptr || rootMFI()->getDirectoryInfo() == nullptr) return false; return rootMFI()->getDirectoryInfo()->dirC().isValid(); } MergeFileInfos* rootMFI() const { return m_pRoot; } static void setPixmaps(MergeFileInfos& mfi, bool); Options* m_pOptions; void calcDirStatus(bool bThreeDirs, const QModelIndex& mi, int& nofFiles, int& nofDirs, int& nofEqualFiles, int& nofManualMerges); void mergeContinue(bool bStart, bool bVerbose); void prepareListView(ProgressProxy& pp); void calcSuggestedOperation(const QModelIndex& mi, e_MergeOperation eDefaultOperation); void setAllMergeOperations(e_MergeOperation eDefaultOperation); bool canContinue(); QModelIndex treeIterator(QModelIndex mi, bool bVisitChildren = true, bool bFindInvisible = false); void prepareMergeStart(const QModelIndex& miBegin, const QModelIndex& miEnd, bool bVerbose); bool executeMergeOperation(MergeFileInfos& mfi, bool& bSingleFileMerge); void scanDirectory(const QString& dirName, t_DirectoryList& dirList); void scanLocalDirectory(const QString& dirName, t_DirectoryList& dirList); bool fastFileComparison(FileAccess& fi1, FileAccess& fi2, bool& bError, QString& status); bool compareFilesAndCalcAges(MergeFileInfos& mfi); void setMergeOperation(const QModelIndex& mi, e_MergeOperation eMergeOp, bool bRecursive = true); bool isDir(const QModelIndex& mi); QString getFileName(const QModelIndex& mi); bool copyFLD(const QString& srcName, const QString& destName); bool deleteFLD(const QString& name, bool bCreateBackup); bool makeDir(const QString& name, bool bQuiet = false); bool renameFLD(const QString& srcName, const QString& destName); bool mergeFLD(const QString& nameA, const QString& nameB, const QString& nameC, const QString& nameDest, bool& bSingleFileMerge); t_DirectoryList m_dirListA; t_DirectoryList m_dirListB; t_DirectoryList m_dirListC; QString m_dirMergeStateFilename; void buildMergeMap(const QSharedPointer &dirInfo); private: class FileKey { public: const FileAccess* m_pFA; explicit FileKey(const FileAccess& fa) : m_pFA(&fa) {} int getParents(const FileAccess* pFA, const FileAccess* v[]) const { int s = 0; for(s = 0; pFA->parent() != nullptr; pFA = pFA->parent(), ++s) v[s] = pFA; return s; } // This is essentially the same as // int r = filePath().compare( fa.filePath() ) // if ( r<0 ) return true; // if ( r==0 ) return m_col < fa.m_col; // return false; bool operator<(const FileKey& fk) const { const FileAccess* v1[100]; const FileAccess* v2[100]; int v1Size = getParents(m_pFA, v1); int v2Size = getParents(fk.m_pFA, v2); for(int i = 0; i < v1Size && i < v2Size; ++i) { int r = v1[v1Size - i - 1]->fileName().compare(v2[v2Size - i - 1]->fileName(), s_eCaseSensitivity); if(r < 0) return true; else if(r > 0) return false; } if(v1Size < v2Size) return true; return false; } }; typedef QMap t_fileMergeMap; MergeFileInfos* m_pRoot; public: t_fileMergeMap m_fileMergeMap; bool m_bFollowDirLinks; bool m_bFollowFileLinks; bool m_bSimulatedMergeStarted; bool m_bRealMergeStarted; bool m_bError; bool m_bSyncMode; bool m_bDirectoryMerge; // if true, then merge is the default operation, otherwise it's diff. bool m_bCaseSensitive; bool m_bUnfoldSubdirs; bool m_bSkipDirStatus; bool m_bScanning; // true while in init() KIconLoader* m_pIconLoader; DirectoryMergeInfo* m_pDirectoryMergeInfo; StatusInfo* m_pStatusInfo; typedef std::list MergeItemList; // linked list MergeItemList m_mergeItemList; MergeItemList::iterator m_currentIndexForOperation; QModelIndex m_selection1Index; QModelIndex m_selection2Index; QModelIndex m_selection3Index; void selectItemAndColumn(const QModelIndex& mi, bool bContextMenu); QAction* m_pDirStartOperation; QAction* m_pDirRunOperationForCurrentItem; QAction* m_pDirCompareCurrent; QAction* m_pDirMergeCurrent; QAction* m_pDirRescan; QAction* m_pDirChooseAEverywhere; QAction* m_pDirChooseBEverywhere; QAction* m_pDirChooseCEverywhere; QAction* m_pDirAutoChoiceEverywhere; QAction* m_pDirDoNothingEverywhere; QAction* m_pDirFoldAll; QAction* m_pDirUnfoldAll; KToggleAction* m_pDirShowIdenticalFiles; KToggleAction* m_pDirShowDifferentFiles; KToggleAction* m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInA; KToggleAction* m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInB; KToggleAction* m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInC; KToggleAction* m_pDirSynchronizeDirectories; KToggleAction* m_pDirChooseNewerFiles; QAction* m_pDirCompareExplicit; QAction* m_pDirMergeExplicit; QAction* m_pDirCurrentDoNothing; QAction* m_pDirCurrentChooseA; QAction* m_pDirCurrentChooseB; QAction* m_pDirCurrentChooseC; QAction* m_pDirCurrentMerge; QAction* m_pDirCurrentDelete; QAction* m_pDirCurrentSyncDoNothing; QAction* m_pDirCurrentSyncCopyAToB; QAction* m_pDirCurrentSyncCopyBToA; QAction* m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteA; QAction* m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteB; QAction* m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteAAndB; QAction* m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToA; QAction* m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToB; QAction* m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToAAndB; QAction* m_pDirSaveMergeState; QAction* m_pDirLoadMergeState; bool init(QSharedPointer dirInfo, bool bDirectoryMerge, bool bReload); void setOpStatus(const QModelIndex& mi, e_OperationStatus eOpStatus) { if(MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(mi)) { pMFI->m_eOpStatus = eOpStatus; emit dataChanged(mi, mi); } } QModelIndex nextSibling(const QModelIndex& mi); }; QVariant DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) const { MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(index); if(pMFI) { if(role == Qt::DisplayRole) { switch(index.column()) { case s_NameCol: return QFileInfo(pMFI->subPath()).fileName(); case s_ACol: return i18n("A"); case s_BCol: return i18n("B"); case s_CCol: return i18n("C"); //case s_OpCol: return i18n("Operation"); //case s_OpStatusCol: return i18n("Status"); case s_UnsolvedCol: return i18n("Unsolved"); case s_SolvedCol: return i18n("Solved"); case s_NonWhiteCol: return i18n("Nonwhite"); case s_WhiteCol: return i18n("White"); //default : return QVariant(); } if(s_OpCol == index.column()) { bool bDir = pMFI->dirA() || pMFI->dirB() || pMFI->dirC(); switch(pMFI->m_eMergeOperation) { case eNoOperation: return ""; break; case eCopyAToB: return i18n("Copy A to B"); break; case eCopyBToA: return i18n("Copy B to A"); break; case eDeleteA: return i18n("Delete A"); break; case eDeleteB: return i18n("Delete B"); break; case eDeleteAB: return i18n("Delete A & B"); break; case eMergeToA: return i18n("Merge to A"); break; case eMergeToB: return i18n("Merge to B"); break; case eMergeToAB: return i18n("Merge to A & B"); break; case eCopyAToDest: return i18n("A"); break; case eCopyBToDest: return i18n("B"); break; case eCopyCToDest: return i18n("C"); break; case eDeleteFromDest: return i18n("Delete (if exists)"); break; case eMergeABCToDest: return bDir ? i18n("Merge") : i18n("Merge (manual)"); break; case eMergeABToDest: return bDir ? i18n("Merge") : i18n("Merge (manual)"); break; case eConflictingFileTypes: return i18n("Error: Conflicting File Types"); break; case eChangedAndDeleted: return i18n("Error: Changed and Deleted"); break; case eConflictingAges: return i18n("Error: Dates are equal but files are not."); break; default: Q_ASSERT(true); break; } } if(s_OpStatusCol == index.column()) { switch(pMFI->m_eOpStatus) { case eOpStatusNone: return ""; case eOpStatusDone: return i18n("Done"); case eOpStatusError: return i18n("Error"); case eOpStatusSkipped: return i18n("Skipped."); case eOpStatusNotSaved: return i18n("Not saved."); case eOpStatusInProgress: return i18n("In progress..."); case eOpStatusToDo: return i18n("To do."); } } } else if(role == Qt::DecorationRole) { if(s_NameCol == index.column()) { return getOnePixmap(eAgeEnd, pMFI->isLinkA() || pMFI->isLinkB() || pMFI->isLinkC(), pMFI->dirA() || pMFI->dirB() || pMFI->dirC()); } if(s_ACol == index.column()) { return getOnePixmap(pMFI->m_ageA, pMFI->isLinkA(), pMFI->dirA()); } if(s_BCol == index.column()) { return getOnePixmap(pMFI->m_ageB, pMFI->isLinkB(), pMFI->dirB()); } if(s_CCol == index.column()) { return getOnePixmap(pMFI->m_ageC, pMFI->isLinkC(), pMFI->dirC()); } } else if(role == Qt::TextAlignmentRole) { if(s_UnsolvedCol == index.column() || s_SolvedCol == index.column() || s_NonWhiteCol == index.column() || s_WhiteCol == index.column()) return Qt::AlignRight; } } return QVariant(); } QVariant DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role) const { if(orientation == Qt::Horizontal && section >= 0 && section < columnCount(QModelIndex()) && role == Qt::DisplayRole) { switch(section) { case s_NameCol: return i18n("Name"); case s_ACol: return i18n("A"); case s_BCol: return i18n("B"); case s_CCol: return i18n("C"); case s_OpCol: return i18n("Operation"); case s_OpStatusCol: return i18n("Status"); case s_UnsolvedCol: return i18n("Unsolved"); case s_SolvedCol: return i18n("Solved"); case s_NonWhiteCol: return i18n("Nonwhite"); case s_WhiteCol: return i18n("White"); default: return QVariant(); } } return QVariant(); } // Previously Q3ListViewItem::paintCell(p,cg,column,width,align); class DirectoryMergeWindow::DirMergeItemDelegate : public QStyledItemDelegate { DirectoryMergeWindow* m_pDMW; DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate* d; public: explicit DirMergeItemDelegate(DirectoryMergeWindow* pParent) : QStyledItemDelegate(pParent), m_pDMW(pParent), d(pParent->d) { } void paint(QPainter* p, const QStyleOptionViewItem& option, const QModelIndex& index) const override { int column = index.column(); if(column == s_ACol || column == s_BCol || column == s_CCol) { QVariant value = index.data(Qt::DecorationRole); QPixmap icon; if(value.isValid()) { if(value.type() == QVariant::Icon) { icon = qvariant_cast(value).pixmap(16, 16); //icon = qvariant_cast(value); //decorationRect = QRect(QPoint(0, 0), icon.actualSize(option.decorationSize, iconMode, iconState)); } else { icon = qvariant_cast(value); //decorationRect = QRect(QPoint(0, 0), option.decorationSize).intersected(pixmap.rect()); } } int x = option.rect.left(); int y = option.rect.top(); //QPixmap icon = value.value(); //pixmap(column); if(!icon.isNull()) { int yOffset = (sizeHint(option, index).height() - icon.height()) / 2; p->drawPixmap(x + 2, y + yOffset, icon); int i = index == d->m_selection1Index ? 1 : index == d->m_selection2Index ? 2 : index == d->m_selection3Index ? 3 : 0; if(i != 0) { Options* pOpts = d->m_pOptions; QColor c(i == 1 ? pOpts->m_colorA : i == 2 ? pOpts->m_colorB : pOpts->m_colorC); p->setPen(c); // highlight() ); p->drawRect(x + 2, y + yOffset, icon.width(), icon.height()); p->setPen(QPen(c, 0, Qt::DotLine)); p->drawRect(x + 1, y + yOffset - 1, icon.width() + 2, icon.height() + 2); p->setPen(Qt::white); QString s(QChar('A' + i - 1)); p->drawText(x + 2 + (icon.width() - p->fontMetrics().width(s)) / 2, y + yOffset + (icon.height() + p->fontMetrics().ascent()) / 2 - 1, s); } else { p->setPen(m_pDMW->palette().background().color()); p->drawRect(x + 1, y + yOffset - 1, icon.width() + 2, icon.height() + 2); } return; } } QStyleOptionViewItem option2 = option; if(column >= s_UnsolvedCol) { option2.displayAlignment = Qt::AlignRight; } QStyledItemDelegate::paint(p, option2, index); } QSize sizeHint(const QStyleOptionViewItem& option, const QModelIndex& index) const override { QSize sz = QStyledItemDelegate::sizeHint(option, index); return sz.expandedTo(QSize(0, 18)); } }; DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindow(QWidget* pParent, Options* pOptions, KIconLoader* pIconLoader) : QTreeView(pParent) { d = new DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate(this); setModel(d); setItemDelegate(new DirMergeItemDelegate(this)); connect(this, &DirectoryMergeWindow::doubleClicked, this, &DirectoryMergeWindow::onDoubleClick); connect(this, &DirectoryMergeWindow::expanded, this, &DirectoryMergeWindow::onExpanded); d->m_pOptions = pOptions; d->m_pIconLoader = pIconLoader; setSortingEnabled(true); } DirectoryMergeWindow::~DirectoryMergeWindow() { delete d; } void DirectoryMergeWindow::setDirectoryMergeInfo(DirectoryMergeInfo* p) { d->m_pDirectoryMergeInfo = p; } bool DirectoryMergeWindow::isDirectoryMergeInProgress() { return d->m_bRealMergeStarted; } bool DirectoryMergeWindow::isSyncMode() { return d->m_bSyncMode; } bool DirectoryMergeWindow::isScanning() { return d->m_bScanning; } bool DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::fastFileComparison( FileAccess& fi1, FileAccess& fi2, bool& bError, QString& status) { ProgressProxy pp; status = ""; bool bEqual = false; bError = true; if(!m_bFollowFileLinks) { if(fi1.isSymLink() != fi2.isSymLink()) { status = i18n("Mix of links and normal files."); return bEqual; } else if(fi1.isSymLink() && fi2.isSymLink()) { bError = false; bEqual = fi1.readLink() == fi2.readLink(); status = i18n("Link: "); return bEqual; } } if(fi1.size() != fi2.size()) { bEqual = false; status = i18n("Size. "); return bEqual; } else if(m_pOptions->m_bDmTrustSize) { bEqual = true; return bEqual; } if(m_pOptions->m_bDmTrustDate) { bEqual = (fi1.lastModified() == fi2.lastModified() && fi1.size() == fi2.size()); bError = false; status = i18n("Date & Size: "); return bEqual; } if(m_pOptions->m_bDmTrustDateFallbackToBinary) { bEqual = (fi1.lastModified() == fi2.lastModified() && fi1.size() == fi2.size()); if(bEqual) { bError = false; status = i18n("Date & Size: "); return bEqual; } } QString fileName1 = fi1.absoluteFilePath(); QString fileName2 = fi2.absoluteFilePath(); if(!fi1.createLocalCopy()) { status = i18n("Creating temp copy of %1 failed.", fileName1); return bEqual; } if(!fi2.createLocalCopy()) { status = i18n("Creating temp copy of %1 failed.", fileName2); return bEqual; } std::vector buf1(100000); std::vector buf2(buf1.size()); QFile file1(fi1.fileName()); if(!file1.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) { status = i18n("Opening %1 failed. %2", fileName1, file1.errorString()); return bEqual; } QFile file2(fi2.fileName()); if(!file2.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) { status = i18n("Opening %1 failed. %2", fileName2, file2.errorString()); return bEqual; } pp.setInformation(i18n("Comparing file..."), 0, false); typedef qint64 t_FileSize; t_FileSize fullSize = file1.size(); t_FileSize sizeLeft = fullSize; pp.setMaxNofSteps(fullSize / buf1.size()); while(sizeLeft > 0 && !pp.wasCancelled()) { qint64 len = std::min(sizeLeft, (t_FileSize)buf1.size()); if(len != file1.read(&buf1[0], len)) { status = i18n("Error reading from %1", fileName1); return bEqual; } if(len != file2.read(&buf2[0], len)) { status = i18n("Error reading from %1", fileName2); return bEqual; } if(memcmp(&buf1[0], &buf2[0], len) != 0) { bError = false; return bEqual; } sizeLeft -= len; //pp.setCurrent(double(fullSize-sizeLeft)/fullSize, false ); pp.step(); } // If the program really arrives here, then the files are really equal. bError = false; bEqual = true; return bEqual; } int DirectoryMergeWindow::totalColumnWidth() { int w = 0; for(int i = 0; i < s_OpStatusCol; ++i) { w += columnWidth(i); } return w; } void DirectoryMergeWindow::reload() { if(isDirectoryMergeInProgress()) { int result = KMessageBox::warningYesNo(this, i18n("You are currently doing a directory merge. Are you sure, you want to abort the merge and rescan the directory?"), i18n("Warning"), KGuiItem(i18n("Rescan")), KGuiItem(i18n("Continue Merging"))); if(result != KMessageBox::Yes) return; } init(d->rootMFI()->getDirectoryInfo(), true); //fix file visibilities after reload or menu will be out of sync with display if changed from defaults. updateFileVisibilities(); } // Copy pm2 onto pm1, but preserve the alpha value from pm1 where pm2 is transparent. static QPixmap pixCombiner(const QPixmap* pm1, const QPixmap* pm2) { QImage img1 = pm1->toImage().convertToFormat(QImage::Format_ARGB32); QImage img2 = pm2->toImage().convertToFormat(QImage::Format_ARGB32); for(int y = 0; y < img1.height(); y++) { quint32* line1 = reinterpret_cast(img1.scanLine(y)); quint32* line2 = reinterpret_cast(img2.scanLine(y)); for(int x = 0; x < img1.width(); x++) { if(qAlpha(line2[x]) > 0) line1[x] = (line2[x] | 0xff000000); } } return QPixmap::fromImage(img1); } // like pixCombiner but let the pm1 color shine through static QPixmap pixCombiner2(const QPixmap* pm1, const QPixmap* pm2) { QPixmap pix = *pm1; QPainter p(&pix); p.setOpacity(0.5); p.drawPixmap(0, 0, *pm2); p.end(); return pix; } void DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::calcDirStatus(bool bThreeDirs, const QModelIndex& mi, int& nofFiles, int& nofDirs, int& nofEqualFiles, int& nofManualMerges) { MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(mi); if(pMFI->dirA() || pMFI->dirB() || pMFI->dirC()) { ++nofDirs; } else { ++nofFiles; if(pMFI->m_bEqualAB && (!bThreeDirs || pMFI->m_bEqualAC)) { ++nofEqualFiles; } else { if(pMFI->m_eMergeOperation == eMergeABCToDest || pMFI->m_eMergeOperation == eMergeABToDest) ++nofManualMerges; } } for(int childIdx = 0; childIdx < rowCount(mi); ++childIdx) calcDirStatus(bThreeDirs, index(childIdx, 0, mi), nofFiles, nofDirs, nofEqualFiles, nofManualMerges); } struct t_ItemInfo { bool bExpanded; bool bOperationComplete; QString status; e_MergeOperation eMergeOperation; }; bool DirectoryMergeWindow::init( QSharedPointer dirInfo, bool bDirectoryMerge, bool bReload) { return d->init(dirInfo, bDirectoryMerge, bReload); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::buildMergeMap(const QSharedPointer &dirInfo) { t_DirectoryList::iterator dirIterator; if(dirInfo->dirA().isValid()) { for(dirIterator = m_dirListA.begin(); dirIterator != m_dirListA.end(); ++dirIterator) { MergeFileInfos& mfi = m_fileMergeMap[FileKey(*dirIterator)]; mfi.setFileInfoA(&(*dirIterator)); mfi.setDirectoryInfo(dirInfo); } } if(dirInfo->dirB().isValid()) { for(dirIterator = m_dirListB.begin(); dirIterator != m_dirListB.end(); ++dirIterator) { MergeFileInfos& mfi = m_fileMergeMap[FileKey(*dirIterator)]; mfi.setFileInfoB(&(*dirIterator)); mfi.setDirectoryInfo(dirInfo); } } if(dirInfo->dirC().isValid()) { for(dirIterator = m_dirListC.begin(); dirIterator != m_dirListC.end(); ++dirIterator) { MergeFileInfos& mfi = m_fileMergeMap[FileKey(*dirIterator)]; mfi.setFileInfoC(&(*dirIterator)); mfi.setDirectoryInfo(dirInfo); } } } bool DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::init( QSharedPointer dirInfo, bool bDirectoryMerge, bool bReload) { if(m_pOptions->m_bDmFullAnalysis) { // A full analysis uses the same resources that a normal text-diff/merge uses. // So make sure that the user saves his data first. bool bCanContinue = false; emit q->checkIfCanContinue(&bCanContinue); if(!bCanContinue) return false; emit q->startDiffMerge("", "", "", "", "", "", "", nullptr); // hide main window } q->show(); q->setUpdatesEnabled(true); std::map expandedDirsMap; if(bReload) { // Remember expanded items TODO //QTreeWidgetItemIterator it( this ); //while ( *it ) //{ // DirMergeItem* pDMI = static_cast( *it ); // t_ItemInfo& ii = expandedDirsMap[ pDMI->m_pMFI->subPath() ]; // ii.bExpanded = pDMI->isExpanded(); // ii.bOperationComplete = pDMI->m_pMFI->m_bOperationComplete; // ii.status = pDMI->text( s_OpStatusCol ); // ii.eMergeOperation = pDMI->m_pMFI->m_eMergeOperation; // ++it; //} } ProgressProxy pp; m_bFollowDirLinks = m_pOptions->m_bDmFollowDirLinks; m_bFollowFileLinks = m_pOptions->m_bDmFollowFileLinks; m_bSimulatedMergeStarted = false; m_bRealMergeStarted = false; m_bError = false; m_bDirectoryMerge = bDirectoryMerge; m_selection1Index = QModelIndex(); m_selection2Index = QModelIndex(); m_selection3Index = QModelIndex(); m_bCaseSensitive = m_pOptions->m_bDmCaseSensitiveFilenameComparison; m_bUnfoldSubdirs = m_pOptions->m_bDmUnfoldSubdirs; m_bSkipDirStatus = m_pOptions->m_bDmSkipDirStatus; beginResetModel(); m_pRoot->clear(); m_mergeItemList.clear(); endResetModel(); m_currentIndexForOperation = m_mergeItemList.end(); if(!bReload) { m_pDirShowIdenticalFiles->setChecked(true); m_pDirShowDifferentFiles->setChecked(true); m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInA->setChecked(true); m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInB->setChecked(true); m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInC->setChecked(true); } FileAccess dirA = dirInfo->dirA(); FileAccess dirB = dirInfo->dirB(); FileAccess dirC = dirInfo->dirC(); const FileAccess dirDest = dirInfo->destDir(); // Check if all input directories exist and are valid. The dest dir is not tested now. // The test will happen only when we are going to write to it. if(!dirA.isDir() || !dirB.isDir() || (dirC.isValid() && !dirC.isDir())) { QString text(i18n("Opening of directories failed:")); text += "\n\n"; if(!dirA.isDir()) { text += i18n("Dir A \"%1\" does not exist or is not a directory.\n", dirA.prettyAbsPath()); } if(!dirB.isDir()) { text += i18n("Dir B \"%1\" does not exist or is not a directory.\n", dirB.prettyAbsPath()); } if(dirC.isValid() && !dirC.isDir()) { text += i18n("Dir C \"%1\" does not exist or is not a directory.\n", dirC.prettyAbsPath()); } KMessageBox::sorry(q, text, i18n("Directory Open Error")); return false; } if(dirC.isValid() && (dirDest.prettyAbsPath() == dirA.prettyAbsPath() || dirDest.prettyAbsPath() == dirB.prettyAbsPath())) { KMessageBox::error(q, i18n("The destination directory must not be the same as A or B when " "three directories are merged.\nCheck again before continuing."), i18n("Parameter Warning")); return false; } m_bScanning = true; emit q->statusBarMessage(i18n("Scanning directories...")); m_bSyncMode = m_pOptions->m_bDmSyncMode && !dirC.isValid() && !dirDest.isValid(); m_fileMergeMap.clear(); s_eCaseSensitivity = m_bCaseSensitive ? Qt::CaseSensitive : Qt::CaseInsensitive; // calc how many directories will be read: double nofScans = (dirA.isValid() ? 1 : 0) + (dirB.isValid() ? 1 : 0) + (dirC.isValid() ? 1 : 0); int currentScan = 0; //TODO setColumnWidthMode(s_UnsolvedCol, Q3ListView::Manual); // setColumnWidthMode(s_SolvedCol, Q3ListView::Manual); // setColumnWidthMode(s_WhiteCol, Q3ListView::Manual); // setColumnWidthMode(s_NonWhiteCol, Q3ListView::Manual); q->setColumnHidden(s_CCol, !dirC.isValid()); q->setColumnHidden(s_WhiteCol, !m_pOptions->m_bDmFullAnalysis); q->setColumnHidden(s_NonWhiteCol, !m_pOptions->m_bDmFullAnalysis); q->setColumnHidden(s_UnsolvedCol, !m_pOptions->m_bDmFullAnalysis); q->setColumnHidden(s_SolvedCol, !(m_pOptions->m_bDmFullAnalysis && dirC.isValid())); bool bListDirSuccessA = true; bool bListDirSuccessB = true; bool bListDirSuccessC = true; m_dirListA.clear(); m_dirListB.clear(); m_dirListC.clear(); if(dirA.isValid()) { pp.setInformation(i18n("Reading Directory A")); pp.setSubRangeTransformation(currentScan / nofScans, (currentScan + 1) / nofScans); ++currentScan; bListDirSuccessA = dirA.listDir(&m_dirListA, m_pOptions->m_bDmRecursiveDirs, m_pOptions->m_bDmFindHidden, m_pOptions->m_DmFilePattern, m_pOptions->m_DmFileAntiPattern, m_pOptions->m_DmDirAntiPattern, m_pOptions->m_bDmFollowDirLinks, m_pOptions->m_bDmUseCvsIgnore); } if(dirB.isValid()) { pp.setInformation(i18n("Reading Directory B")); pp.setSubRangeTransformation(currentScan / nofScans, (currentScan + 1) / nofScans); ++currentScan; bListDirSuccessB = dirB.listDir(&m_dirListB, m_pOptions->m_bDmRecursiveDirs, m_pOptions->m_bDmFindHidden, m_pOptions->m_DmFilePattern, m_pOptions->m_DmFileAntiPattern, m_pOptions->m_DmDirAntiPattern, m_pOptions->m_bDmFollowDirLinks, m_pOptions->m_bDmUseCvsIgnore); } e_MergeOperation eDefaultMergeOp; if(dirC.isValid()) { pp.setInformation(i18n("Reading Directory C")); pp.setSubRangeTransformation(currentScan / nofScans, (currentScan + 1) / nofScans); ++currentScan; bListDirSuccessC = dirC.listDir(&m_dirListC, m_pOptions->m_bDmRecursiveDirs, m_pOptions->m_bDmFindHidden, m_pOptions->m_DmFilePattern, m_pOptions->m_DmFileAntiPattern, m_pOptions->m_DmDirAntiPattern, m_pOptions->m_bDmFollowDirLinks, m_pOptions->m_bDmUseCvsIgnore); eDefaultMergeOp = eMergeABCToDest; } else eDefaultMergeOp = m_bSyncMode ? eMergeToAB : eMergeABToDest; buildMergeMap(dirInfo); bool bContinue = true; if(!bListDirSuccessA || !bListDirSuccessB || !bListDirSuccessC) { QString s = i18n("Some subdirectories were not readable in"); if(!bListDirSuccessA) s += "\nA: " + dirA.prettyAbsPath(); if(!bListDirSuccessB) s += "\nB: " + dirB.prettyAbsPath(); if(!bListDirSuccessC) s += "\nC: " + dirC.prettyAbsPath(); s += '\n'; s += i18n("Check the permissions of the subdirectories."); bContinue = KMessageBox::Continue == KMessageBox::warningContinueCancel(q, s); } if(bContinue) { prepareListView(pp); q->updateFileVisibilities(); for(int childIdx = 0; childIdx < rowCount(); ++childIdx) { QModelIndex mi = index(childIdx, 0, QModelIndex()); calcSuggestedOperation(mi, eDefaultMergeOp); } } q->sortByColumn(0, Qt::AscendingOrder); for(int column = 0; column < columnCount(QModelIndex()); ++column) q->resizeColumnToContents(column); // Try to improve the view a little bit. QWidget* pParent = q->parentWidget(); QSplitter* pSplitter = static_cast(pParent); if(pSplitter != nullptr) { QList sizes = pSplitter->sizes(); int total = sizes[0] + sizes[1]; if(total < 10) total = 100; sizes[0] = total * 6 / 10; sizes[1] = total - sizes[0]; pSplitter->setSizes(sizes); } m_bScanning = false; emit q->statusBarMessage(i18n("Ready.")); if(bContinue && !m_bSkipDirStatus) { // Generate a status report int nofFiles = 0; int nofDirs = 0; int nofEqualFiles = 0; int nofManualMerges = 0; //TODO for(int childIdx = 0; childIdx < rowCount(); ++childIdx) calcDirStatus(dirC.isValid(), index(childIdx, 0, QModelIndex()), nofFiles, nofDirs, nofEqualFiles, nofManualMerges); QString s; s = i18n("Directory Comparison Status\n\n" "Number of subdirectories: %1\n" "Number of equal files: %2\n" "Number of different files: %3", nofDirs, nofEqualFiles, nofFiles - nofEqualFiles); if(dirC.isValid()) s += '\n' + i18n("Number of manual merges: %1", nofManualMerges); KMessageBox::information(q, s); // //TODO //if ( topLevelItemCount()>0 ) //{ // topLevelItem(0)->setSelected(true); // setCurrentItem( topLevelItem(0) ); //} } if(bReload) { // Remember expanded items //TODO //QTreeWidgetItemIterator it( this ); //while ( *it ) //{ // DirMergeItem* pDMI = static_cast( *it ); // std::map::iterator i = expandedDirsMap.find( pDMI->m_pMFI->subPath() ); // if ( i!=expandedDirsMap.end() ) // { // t_ItemInfo& ii = i->second; // pDMI->setExpanded( ii.bExpanded ); // //pDMI->m_pMFI->setMergeOperation( ii.eMergeOperation, false ); unsafe, might have changed // pDMI->m_pMFI->m_bOperationComplete = ii.bOperationComplete; // pDMI->setText( s_OpStatusCol, ii.status ); // } // ++it; //} } else if(m_bUnfoldSubdirs) { m_pDirUnfoldAll->trigger(); } return true; } inline QString DirectoryMergeWindow::getDirNameA() const { return d->rootMFI()->getDirectoryInfo()->dirA().prettyAbsPath(); } inline QString DirectoryMergeWindow::getDirNameB() const { return d->rootMFI()->getDirectoryInfo()->dirB().prettyAbsPath(); } inline QString DirectoryMergeWindow::getDirNameC() const { return d->rootMFI()->getDirectoryInfo()->dirC().prettyAbsPath(); } inline QString DirectoryMergeWindow::getDirNameDest() const { return d->rootMFI()->getDirectoryInfo()->destDir().prettyAbsPath(); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::onExpanded() { resizeColumnToContents(s_NameCol); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotChooseAEverywhere() { d->setAllMergeOperations(eCopyAToDest); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotChooseBEverywhere() { d->setAllMergeOperations(eCopyBToDest); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotChooseCEverywhere() { d->setAllMergeOperations(eCopyCToDest); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotAutoChooseEverywhere() { e_MergeOperation eDefaultMergeOp = d->isThreeWay() ? eMergeABCToDest : d->m_bSyncMode ? eMergeToAB : eMergeABToDest; d->setAllMergeOperations(eDefaultMergeOp); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotNoOpEverywhere() { d->setAllMergeOperations(eNoOperation); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotFoldAllSubdirs() { collapseAll(); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotUnfoldAllSubdirs() { expandAll(); } // Merge current item (merge mode) void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentDoNothing() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eNoOperation); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentChooseA() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), d->m_bSyncMode ? eCopyAToB : eCopyAToDest); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentChooseB() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), d->m_bSyncMode ? eCopyBToA : eCopyBToDest); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentChooseC() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eCopyCToDest); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentMerge() { bool bThreeDirs = d->isThreeWay(); d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), bThreeDirs ? eMergeABCToDest : eMergeABToDest); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentDelete() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eDeleteFromDest); } // Sync current item void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentCopyAToB() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eCopyAToB); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentCopyBToA() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eCopyBToA); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentDeleteA() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eDeleteA); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentDeleteB() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eDeleteB); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentDeleteAAndB() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eDeleteAB); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentMergeToA() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eMergeToA); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentMergeToB() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eMergeToB); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentMergeToAAndB() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eMergeToAB); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent* e) { if((e->QInputEvent::modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) != 0) { MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(currentIndex()); if(pMFI == nullptr) return; bool bThreeDirs = pMFI->getDirectoryInfo()->dirC().isValid(); bool bMergeMode = bThreeDirs || !d->m_bSyncMode; bool bFTConflict = pMFI == nullptr ? false : pMFI->conflictingFileTypes(); if(bMergeMode) { switch(e->key()) { case Qt::Key_1: if(pMFI->existsInA()) { slotCurrentChooseA(); } return; case Qt::Key_2: if(pMFI->existsInB()) { slotCurrentChooseB(); } return; case Qt::Key_3: if(pMFI->existsInC()) { slotCurrentChooseC(); } return; case Qt::Key_Space: slotCurrentDoNothing(); return; case Qt::Key_4: if(!bFTConflict) { slotCurrentMerge(); } return; case Qt::Key_Delete: slotCurrentDelete(); return; default: break; } } else { switch(e->key()) { case Qt::Key_1: if(pMFI->existsInA()) { slotCurrentCopyAToB(); } return; case Qt::Key_2: if(pMFI->existsInB()) { slotCurrentCopyBToA(); } return; case Qt::Key_Space: slotCurrentDoNothing(); return; case Qt::Key_4: if(!bFTConflict) { slotCurrentMergeToAAndB(); } return; case Qt::Key_Delete: if(pMFI->existsInA() && pMFI->existsInB()) slotCurrentDeleteAAndB(); else if(pMFI->existsInA()) slotCurrentDeleteA(); else if(pMFI->existsInB()) slotCurrentDeleteB(); return; default: break; } } } else if(e->key() == Qt::Key_Return || e->key() == Qt::Key_Enter) { onDoubleClick(currentIndex()); return; } QTreeView::keyPressEvent(e); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::focusInEvent(QFocusEvent*) { emit updateAvailabilities(); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::focusOutEvent(QFocusEvent*) { emit updateAvailabilities(); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::setAllMergeOperations(e_MergeOperation eDefaultOperation) { if(KMessageBox::Yes == KMessageBox::warningYesNo(q, i18n("This affects all merge operations."), i18n("Changing All Merge Operations"), KStandardGuiItem::cont(), KStandardGuiItem::cancel())) { for(int i = 0; i < rowCount(); ++i) { calcSuggestedOperation(index(i, 0, QModelIndex()), eDefaultOperation); } } } bool DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::compareFilesAndCalcAges(MergeFileInfos& mfi) { std::map dateMap; if(mfi.existsInA()) { dateMap[mfi.getFileInfoA()->lastModified()] = 0; } if(mfi.existsInB()) { dateMap[mfi.getFileInfoB()->lastModified()] = 1; } if(mfi.existsInC()) { dateMap[mfi.getFileInfoC()->lastModified()] = 2; } if(m_pOptions->m_bDmFullAnalysis) { if((mfi.existsInA() && mfi.dirA()) || (mfi.existsInB() && mfi.dirB()) || (mfi.existsInC() && mfi.dirC())) { // If any input is a directory, don't start any comparison. mfi.m_bEqualAB = mfi.existsInA() && mfi.existsInB(); mfi.m_bEqualAC = mfi.existsInA() && mfi.existsInC(); mfi.m_bEqualBC = mfi.existsInB() && mfi.existsInC(); } else { emit q->startDiffMerge( mfi.existsInA() ? mfi.getFileInfoA()->absoluteFilePath() : QString(""), mfi.existsInB() ? mfi.getFileInfoB()->absoluteFilePath() : QString(""), mfi.existsInC() ? mfi.getFileInfoC()->absoluteFilePath() : QString(""), "", "", "", "", mfi.diffStatus()); int nofNonwhiteConflicts = mfi.diffStatus()->getUnsolvedConflicts() + mfi.diffStatus()->getSolvedConflicts() - mfi.diffStatus()->getWhitespaceConflicts(); if(m_pOptions->m_bDmWhiteSpaceEqual && nofNonwhiteConflicts == 0) { mfi.m_bEqualAB = mfi.existsInA() && mfi.existsInB(); mfi.m_bEqualAC = mfi.existsInA() && mfi.existsInC(); mfi.m_bEqualBC = mfi.existsInB() && mfi.existsInC(); } else { mfi.m_bEqualAB = mfi.diffStatus()->isBinaryEqualAB(); mfi.m_bEqualBC = mfi.diffStatus()->isBinaryEqualBC(); mfi.m_bEqualAC = mfi.diffStatus()->isBinaryEqualAC(); } } } else { bool bError; QString eqStatus; if(mfi.existsInA() && mfi.existsInB()) { if(mfi.dirA()) mfi.m_bEqualAB = true; else mfi.m_bEqualAB = fastFileComparison(*mfi.getFileInfoA(), *mfi.getFileInfoB(), bError, eqStatus); } if(mfi.existsInA() && mfi.existsInC()) { if(mfi.dirA()) mfi.m_bEqualAC = true; else mfi.m_bEqualAC = fastFileComparison(*mfi.getFileInfoA(), *mfi.getFileInfoC(), bError, eqStatus); } if(mfi.existsInB() && mfi.existsInC()) { if(mfi.m_bEqualAB && mfi.m_bEqualAC) mfi.m_bEqualBC = true; else { if(mfi.dirB()) mfi.m_bEqualBC = true; else mfi.m_bEqualBC = fastFileComparison(*mfi.getFileInfoB(), *mfi.getFileInfoC(), bError, eqStatus); } } if(!eqStatus.isEmpty()) { KMessageBox::error(q, eqStatus, i18n("Compare failed")); return false; } } if(mfi.isLinkA() != mfi.isLinkB()) mfi.m_bEqualAB = false; if(mfi.isLinkA() != mfi.isLinkC()) mfi.m_bEqualAC = false; if(mfi.isLinkB() != mfi.isLinkC()) mfi.m_bEqualBC = false; if(mfi.dirA() != mfi.dirB()) mfi.m_bEqualAB = false; if(mfi.dirA() != mfi.dirC()) mfi.m_bEqualAC = false; if(mfi.dirB() != mfi.dirC()) mfi.m_bEqualBC = false; Q_ASSERT(eNew == 0 && eMiddle == 1 && eOld == 2); // The map automatically sorts the keys. int age = eNew; std::map::reverse_iterator i; for(i = dateMap.rbegin(); i != dateMap.rend(); ++i) { int n = i->second; if(n == 0 && mfi.m_ageA == eNotThere) { mfi.m_ageA = (e_Age)age; ++age; if(mfi.m_bEqualAB) { mfi.m_ageB = mfi.m_ageA; ++age; } if(mfi.m_bEqualAC) { mfi.m_ageC = mfi.m_ageA; ++age; } } else if(n == 1 && mfi.m_ageB == eNotThere) { mfi.m_ageB = (e_Age)age; ++age; if(mfi.m_bEqualAB) { mfi.m_ageA = mfi.m_ageB; ++age; } if(mfi.m_bEqualBC) { mfi.m_ageC = mfi.m_ageB; ++age; } } else if(n == 2 && mfi.m_ageC == eNotThere) { mfi.m_ageC = (e_Age)age; ++age; if(mfi.m_bEqualAC) { mfi.m_ageA = mfi.m_ageC; ++age; } if(mfi.m_bEqualBC) { mfi.m_ageB = mfi.m_ageC; ++age; } } } // The checks below are necessary when the dates of the file are equal but the // files are not. One wouldn't expect this to happen, yet it happens sometimes. if(mfi.existsInC() && mfi.m_ageC == eNotThere) { mfi.m_ageC = (e_Age)age; ++age; mfi.m_bConflictingAges = true; } if(mfi.existsInB() && mfi.m_ageB == eNotThere) { mfi.m_ageB = (e_Age)age; ++age; mfi.m_bConflictingAges = true; } if(mfi.existsInA() && mfi.m_ageA == eNotThere) { mfi.m_ageA = (e_Age)age; ++age; mfi.m_bConflictingAges = true; } if(mfi.m_ageA != eOld && mfi.m_ageB != eOld && mfi.m_ageC != eOld) { if(mfi.m_ageA == eMiddle) mfi.m_ageA = eOld; if(mfi.m_ageB == eMiddle) mfi.m_ageB = eOld; if(mfi.m_ageC == eMiddle) mfi.m_ageC = eOld; } return true; } //TODO move this static QPixmap* s_pm_dir; static QPixmap* s_pm_file; static QPixmap* pmNotThere; static QPixmap* pmNew; static QPixmap* pmOld; static QPixmap* pmMiddle; static QPixmap* pmLink; static QPixmap* pmDirLink; static QPixmap* pmFileLink; static QPixmap* pmNewLink; static QPixmap* pmOldLink; static QPixmap* pmMiddleLink; static QPixmap* pmNewDir; static QPixmap* pmMiddleDir; static QPixmap* pmOldDir; static QPixmap* pmNewDirLink; static QPixmap* pmMiddleDirLink; static QPixmap* pmOldDirLink; static QPixmap colorToPixmap(QColor c) { QPixmap pm(16, 16); QPainter p(&pm); p.setPen(Qt::black); p.setBrush(c); p.drawRect(0, 0, pm.width(), pm.height()); return pm; } static void initPixmaps(QColor newest, QColor oldest, QColor middle, QColor notThere) { if(pmNew == nullptr) { pmNotThere = new QPixmap; pmNew = new QPixmap; pmOld = new QPixmap; pmMiddle = new QPixmap; #include "xpm/link_arrow.xpm" pmLink = new QPixmap(link_arrow); pmDirLink = new QPixmap; pmFileLink = new QPixmap; pmNewLink = new QPixmap; pmOldLink = new QPixmap; pmMiddleLink = new QPixmap; pmNewDir = new QPixmap; pmMiddleDir = new QPixmap; pmOldDir = new QPixmap; pmNewDirLink = new QPixmap; pmMiddleDirLink = new QPixmap; pmOldDirLink = new QPixmap; } *pmNotThere = colorToPixmap(notThere); *pmNew = colorToPixmap(newest); *pmOld = colorToPixmap(oldest); *pmMiddle = colorToPixmap(middle); *pmDirLink = pixCombiner(s_pm_dir, pmLink); *pmFileLink = pixCombiner(s_pm_file, pmLink); *pmNewLink = pixCombiner(pmNew, pmLink); *pmOldLink = pixCombiner(pmOld, pmLink); *pmMiddleLink = pixCombiner(pmMiddle, pmLink); *pmNewDir = pixCombiner2(pmNew, s_pm_dir); *pmMiddleDir = pixCombiner2(pmMiddle, s_pm_dir); *pmOldDir = pixCombiner2(pmOld, s_pm_dir); *pmNewDirLink = pixCombiner(pmNewDir, pmLink); *pmMiddleDirLink = pixCombiner(pmMiddleDir, pmLink); *pmOldDirLink = pixCombiner(pmOldDir, pmLink); } static QPixmap getOnePixmap(e_Age eAge, bool bLink, bool bDir) { static QPixmap* ageToPm[] = {pmNew, pmMiddle, pmOld, pmNotThere, s_pm_file}; static QPixmap* ageToPmLink[] = {pmNewLink, pmMiddleLink, pmOldLink, pmNotThere, pmFileLink}; static QPixmap* ageToPmDir[] = {pmNewDir, pmMiddleDir, pmOldDir, pmNotThere, s_pm_dir}; static QPixmap* ageToPmDirLink[] = {pmNewDirLink, pmMiddleDirLink, pmOldDirLink, pmNotThere, pmDirLink}; QPixmap** ppPm = bDir ? (bLink ? ageToPmDirLink : ageToPmDir) : (bLink ? ageToPmLink : ageToPm); return *ppPm[eAge]; } void DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::setPixmaps(MergeFileInfos& mfi, bool) { if(mfi.dirA() || mfi.dirB() || mfi.dirC()) { mfi.m_ageA = eNotThere; mfi.m_ageB = eNotThere; mfi.m_ageC = eNotThere; int age = eNew; if(mfi.existsInC()) { mfi.m_ageC = (e_Age)age; if(mfi.m_bEqualAC) mfi.m_ageA = (e_Age)age; if(mfi.m_bEqualBC) mfi.m_ageB = (e_Age)age; ++age; } if(mfi.existsInB() && mfi.m_ageB == eNotThere) { mfi.m_ageB = (e_Age)age; if(mfi.m_bEqualAB) mfi.m_ageA = (e_Age)age; ++age; } if(mfi.existsInA() && mfi.m_ageA == eNotThere) { mfi.m_ageA = (e_Age)age; } if(mfi.m_ageA != eOld && mfi.m_ageB != eOld && mfi.m_ageC != eOld) { if(mfi.m_ageA == eMiddle) mfi.m_ageA = eOld; if(mfi.m_ageB == eMiddle) mfi.m_ageB = eOld; if(mfi.m_ageC == eMiddle) mfi.m_ageC = eOld; } } } QModelIndex DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::nextSibling(const QModelIndex& mi) { QModelIndex miParent = mi.parent(); int currentIdx = mi.row(); if(currentIdx + 1 < mi.model()->rowCount(miParent)) return mi.model()->index(mi.row() + 1, 0, miParent); // next child of parent return QModelIndex(); } // Iterate through the complete tree. Start by specifying QListView::firstChild(). QModelIndex DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::treeIterator(QModelIndex mi, bool bVisitChildren, bool bFindInvisible) { if(mi.isValid()) { do { if(bVisitChildren && mi.model()->rowCount(mi) != 0) mi = mi.model()->index(0, 0, mi); else { QModelIndex miNextSibling = nextSibling(mi); if(miNextSibling.isValid()) mi = miNextSibling; else { mi = mi.parent(); while(mi.isValid()) { miNextSibling = nextSibling(mi); if(miNextSibling.isValid()) { mi = miNextSibling; break; } else { mi = mi.parent(); } } } } } while(mi.isValid() && q->isRowHidden(mi.row(), mi.parent()) && !bFindInvisible); } return mi; } void DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::prepareListView(ProgressProxy& pp) { static bool bFirstTime = true; if(bFirstTime) { #include "xpm/file.xpm" #include "xpm/folder.xpm" // FIXME specify correct icon loader group s_pm_dir = new QPixmap(m_pIconLoader->loadIcon("folder", KIconLoader::NoGroup, KIconLoader::Small)); if(s_pm_dir->size() != QSize(16, 16)) { delete s_pm_dir; s_pm_dir = new QPixmap(folder_pm); } s_pm_file = new QPixmap(file_pm); bFirstTime = false; } //TODO clear(); initPixmaps(m_pOptions->m_newestFileColor, m_pOptions->m_oldestFileColor, m_pOptions->m_midAgeFileColor, m_pOptions->m_missingFileColor); q->setRootIsDecorated(true); bool bCheckC = isThreeWay(); t_fileMergeMap::iterator j; int nrOfFiles = m_fileMergeMap.size(); int currentIdx = 1; QTime t; t.start(); pp.setMaxNofSteps(nrOfFiles); for(j = m_fileMergeMap.begin(); j != m_fileMergeMap.end(); ++j) { MergeFileInfos& mfi = j.value(); // const QString& fileName = j->first; const QString& fileName = mfi.subPath(); pp.setInformation( i18n("Processing %1 / %2\n%3", currentIdx, nrOfFiles, fileName), currentIdx, false); if(pp.wasCancelled()) break; ++currentIdx; // The comparisons and calculations for each file take place here. compareFilesAndCalcAges(mfi); // Get dirname from fileName: Search for "/" from end: int pos = fileName.lastIndexOf('/'); QString dirPart; QString filePart; if(pos == -1) { // Top dir filePart = fileName; } else { dirPart = fileName.left(pos); filePart = fileName.mid(pos + 1); } if(dirPart.isEmpty()) // Top level { m_pRoot->addChild(&mfi); //new DirMergeItem( this, filePart, &mfi ); mfi.setParent(m_pRoot); } else { FileAccess* pFA = mfi.getFileInfoA() ? mfi.getFileInfoA() : mfi.getFileInfoB() ? mfi.getFileInfoB() : mfi.getFileInfoC(); MergeFileInfos& dirMfi = pFA->parent() ? m_fileMergeMap[FileKey(*pFA->parent())] : *m_pRoot; // parent dirMfi.addChild(&mfi); //new DirMergeItem( dirMfi.m_pDMI, filePart, &mfi ); mfi.setParent(&dirMfi); // // Equality for parent dirs is set in updateFileVisibilities() } setPixmaps(mfi, bCheckC); } beginResetModel(); endResetModel(); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::calcSuggestedOperation(const QModelIndex& mi, e_MergeOperation eDefaultMergeOp) { MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(mi); if(pMFI == nullptr) return; bool bCheckC = pMFI->getDirectoryInfo()->dirC().isValid(); bool bCopyNewer = m_pOptions->m_bDmCopyNewer; bool bOtherDest = !((pMFI->getDirectoryInfo()->destDir().absoluteFilePath() == pMFI->getDirectoryInfo()->dirA().absoluteFilePath()) || (pMFI->getDirectoryInfo()->destDir().absoluteFilePath() == pMFI->getDirectoryInfo()->dirB().absoluteFilePath()) || (bCheckC && pMFI->getDirectoryInfo()->destDir().absoluteFilePath() == pMFI->getDirectoryInfo()->dirC().absoluteFilePath())); if(eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeABCToDest && !bCheckC) { eDefaultMergeOp = eMergeABToDest; } if(eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeToAB && bCheckC) { Q_ASSERT(true); } if(eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeToA || eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeToB || eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeABCToDest || eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeABToDest || eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeToAB) { if(!bCheckC) { if(pMFI->m_bEqualAB) { setMergeOperation(mi, bOtherDest ? eCopyBToDest : eNoOperation); } else if(pMFI->existsInA() && pMFI->existsInB()) { if(!bCopyNewer || pMFI->dirA()) setMergeOperation(mi, eDefaultMergeOp); else if(bCopyNewer && pMFI->m_bConflictingAges) { setMergeOperation(mi, eConflictingAges); } else { if(pMFI->m_ageA == eNew) setMergeOperation(mi, eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeToAB ? eCopyAToB : eCopyAToDest); else setMergeOperation(mi, eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeToAB ? eCopyBToA : eCopyBToDest); } } else if(!pMFI->existsInA() && pMFI->existsInB()) { if(eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeABToDest) setMergeOperation(mi, eCopyBToDest); else if(eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeToB) setMergeOperation(mi, eNoOperation); else setMergeOperation(mi, eCopyBToA); } else if(pMFI->existsInA() && !pMFI->existsInB()) { if(eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeABToDest) setMergeOperation(mi, eCopyAToDest); else if(eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeToA) setMergeOperation(mi, eNoOperation); else setMergeOperation(mi, eCopyAToB); } else //if ( !pMFI->existsInA() && !pMFI->existsInB() ) { setMergeOperation(mi, eNoOperation); } } else { if(pMFI->m_bEqualAB && pMFI->m_bEqualAC) { setMergeOperation(mi, bOtherDest ? eCopyCToDest : eNoOperation); } else if(pMFI->existsInA() && pMFI->existsInB() && pMFI->existsInC()) { if(pMFI->m_bEqualAB) setMergeOperation(mi, eCopyCToDest); else if(pMFI->m_bEqualAC) setMergeOperation(mi, eCopyBToDest); else if(pMFI->m_bEqualBC) setMergeOperation(mi, eCopyCToDest); else setMergeOperation(mi, eMergeABCToDest); } else if(pMFI->existsInA() && pMFI->existsInB() && !pMFI->existsInC()) { if(pMFI->m_bEqualAB) setMergeOperation(mi, eDeleteFromDest); else setMergeOperation(mi, eChangedAndDeleted); } else if(pMFI->existsInA() && !pMFI->existsInB() && pMFI->existsInC()) { if(pMFI->m_bEqualAC) setMergeOperation(mi, eDeleteFromDest); else setMergeOperation(mi, eChangedAndDeleted); } else if(!pMFI->existsInA() && pMFI->existsInB() && pMFI->existsInC()) { if(pMFI->m_bEqualBC) setMergeOperation(mi, eCopyCToDest); else setMergeOperation(mi, eMergeABCToDest); } else if(!pMFI->existsInA() && !pMFI->existsInB() && pMFI->existsInC()) { setMergeOperation(mi, eCopyCToDest); } else if(!pMFI->existsInA() && pMFI->existsInB() && !pMFI->existsInC()) { setMergeOperation(mi, eCopyBToDest); } else if(pMFI->existsInA() && !pMFI->existsInB() && !pMFI->existsInC()) { setMergeOperation(mi, eDeleteFromDest); } else //if ( !pMFI->existsInA() && !pMFI->existsInB() && !pMFI->existsInC() ) { setMergeOperation(mi, eNoOperation); } } // Now check if file/dir-types fit. if(pMFI->conflictingFileTypes()) { setMergeOperation(mi, eConflictingFileTypes); } } else { e_MergeOperation eMO = eDefaultMergeOp; switch(eDefaultMergeOp) { case eConflictingFileTypes: case eChangedAndDeleted: case eConflictingAges: case eDeleteA: case eDeleteB: case eDeleteAB: case eDeleteFromDest: case eNoOperation: break; case eCopyAToB: if(!pMFI->existsInA()) { eMO = eDeleteB; } break; case eCopyBToA: if(!pMFI->existsInB()) { eMO = eDeleteA; } break; case eCopyAToDest: if(!pMFI->existsInA()) { eMO = eDeleteFromDest; } break; case eCopyBToDest: if(!pMFI->existsInB()) { eMO = eDeleteFromDest; } break; case eCopyCToDest: if(!pMFI->existsInC()) { eMO = eDeleteFromDest; } break; case eMergeToA: case eMergeToB: case eMergeToAB: case eMergeABCToDest: case eMergeABToDest: break; default: Q_ASSERT(true); break; } setMergeOperation(mi, eMO); } } void DirectoryMergeWindow::onDoubleClick(const QModelIndex& mi) { if(!mi.isValid()) return; d->m_bSimulatedMergeStarted = false; if(d->m_bDirectoryMerge) mergeCurrentFile(); else compareCurrentFile(); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::currentChanged(const QModelIndex& current, const QModelIndex& previous) { QTreeView::currentChanged(current, previous); MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(current); if(pMFI == nullptr) return; d->m_pDirectoryMergeInfo->setInfo(pMFI->getDirectoryInfo()->dirA(), pMFI->getDirectoryInfo()->dirB(), pMFI->getDirectoryInfo()->dirC(), pMFI->getDirectoryInfo()->destDir(), *pMFI); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* e) { QTreeView::mousePressEvent(e); QModelIndex mi = indexAt(e->pos()); int c = mi.column(); QPoint p = e->globalPos(); MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(mi); if(pMFI == nullptr) return; if(c == s_OpCol) { bool bThreeDirs = d->isThreeWay(); QMenu m(this); if(bThreeDirs) { m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentDoNothing); int count = 0; if(pMFI->existsInA()) { m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentChooseA); ++count; } if(pMFI->existsInB()) { m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentChooseB); ++count; } if(pMFI->existsInC()) { m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentChooseC); ++count; } if(!pMFI->conflictingFileTypes() && count > 1) m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentMerge); m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentDelete); } else if(d->m_bSyncMode) { m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDoNothing); if(pMFI->existsInA()) m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentSyncCopyAToB); if(pMFI->existsInB()) m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentSyncCopyBToA); if(pMFI->existsInA()) m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteA); if(pMFI->existsInB()) m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteB); if(pMFI->existsInA() && pMFI->existsInB()) { m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteAAndB); if(!pMFI->conflictingFileTypes()) { m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToA); m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToB); m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToAAndB); } } } else { m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentDoNothing); if(pMFI->existsInA()) { m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentChooseA); } if(pMFI->existsInB()) { m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentChooseB); } if(!pMFI->conflictingFileTypes() && pMFI->existsInA() && pMFI->existsInB()) m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentMerge); m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentDelete); } m.exec(p); } else if(c == s_ACol || c == s_BCol || c == s_CCol) { QString itemPath; if(c == s_ACol && pMFI->existsInA()) { itemPath = pMFI->fullNameA(); } else if(c == s_BCol && pMFI->existsInB()) { itemPath = pMFI->fullNameB(); } else if(c == s_CCol && pMFI->existsInC()) { itemPath = pMFI->fullNameC(); } if(!itemPath.isEmpty()) { d->selectItemAndColumn(mi, e->button() == Qt::RightButton); } } } #ifndef QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU void DirectoryMergeWindow::contextMenuEvent(QContextMenuEvent* e) { QModelIndex mi = indexAt(e->pos()); int c = mi.column(); MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(mi); if(pMFI == nullptr) return; if(c == s_ACol || c == s_BCol || c == s_CCol) { QString itemPath; if(c == s_ACol && pMFI->existsInA()) { itemPath = pMFI->fullNameA(); } else if(c == s_BCol && pMFI->existsInB()) { itemPath = pMFI->fullNameB(); } else if(c == s_CCol && pMFI->existsInC()) { itemPath = pMFI->fullNameC(); } if(!itemPath.isEmpty()) { d->selectItemAndColumn(mi, true); QMenu m(this); m.addAction(d->m_pDirCompareExplicit); m.addAction(d->m_pDirMergeExplicit); m.popup(e->globalPos()); } } } #endif QString DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::getFileName(const QModelIndex& mi) { MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(mi); if(pMFI != nullptr) { return mi.column() == s_ACol ? pMFI->getFileInfoA()->absoluteFilePath() : mi.column() == s_BCol ? pMFI->getFileInfoB()->absoluteFilePath() : mi.column() == s_CCol ? pMFI->getFileInfoC()->absoluteFilePath() : QString(""); } - return ""; + return QString(); } bool DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::isDir(const QModelIndex& mi) { MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(mi); if(pMFI != nullptr) { return mi.column() == s_ACol ? pMFI->dirA() : mi.column() == s_BCol ? pMFI->dirB() : pMFI->dirC(); } return false; } void DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::selectItemAndColumn(const QModelIndex& mi, bool bContextMenu) { if(bContextMenu && (mi == m_selection1Index || mi == m_selection2Index || mi == m_selection3Index)) return; QModelIndex old1 = m_selection1Index; QModelIndex old2 = m_selection2Index; QModelIndex old3 = m_selection3Index; bool bReset = false; if(m_selection1Index.isValid()) { if(isDir(m_selection1Index) != isDir(mi)) bReset = true; } if(bReset || m_selection3Index.isValid() || mi == m_selection1Index || mi == m_selection2Index || mi == m_selection3Index) { // restart m_selection1Index = QModelIndex(); m_selection2Index = QModelIndex(); m_selection3Index = QModelIndex(); } else if(!m_selection1Index.isValid()) { m_selection1Index = mi; m_selection2Index = QModelIndex(); m_selection3Index = QModelIndex(); } else if(!m_selection2Index.isValid()) { m_selection2Index = mi; m_selection3Index = QModelIndex(); } else if(!m_selection3Index.isValid()) { m_selection3Index = mi; } if(old1.isValid()) emit dataChanged(old1, old1); if(old2.isValid()) emit dataChanged(old2, old2); if(old3.isValid()) emit dataChanged(old3, old3); if(m_selection1Index.isValid()) emit dataChanged(m_selection1Index, m_selection1Index); if(m_selection2Index.isValid()) emit dataChanged(m_selection2Index, m_selection2Index); if(m_selection3Index.isValid()) emit dataChanged(m_selection3Index, m_selection3Index); emit q->updateAvailabilities(); } //TODO //void DirMergeItem::init(MergeFileInfos* pMFI) //{ // pMFI->m_pDMI = this; //no not here // m_pMFI = pMFI; // TotalDiffStatus& tds = pMFI->m_totalDiffStatus; // if ( m_pMFI->dirA() || m_pMFI->dirB() || m_pMFI->dirC() ) // { // } // else // { // setText( s_UnsolvedCol, QString::number( tds.getUnsolvedConflicts() ) ); // setText( s_SolvedCol, QString::number( tds.getSolvedConflicts() ) ); // setText( s_NonWhiteCol, QString::number( tds.getUnsolvedConflicts() + tds.getSolvedConflicts() - tds.getWhitespaceConflicts() ) ); // setText( s_WhiteCol, QString::number( tds.getWhitespaceConflicts() ) ); // } // setSizeHint( s_ACol, QSize(17,17) ); // Iconsize // setSizeHint( s_BCol, QSize(17,17) ); // Iconsize // setSizeHint( s_CCol, QSize(17,17) ); // Iconsize //} void DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::sort(int column, Qt::SortOrder order) { Q_UNUSED(column); beginResetModel(); m_pRoot->sort(order); endResetModel(); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::setMergeOperation(const QModelIndex& mi, e_MergeOperation eMOp, bool bRecursive) { MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(mi); if(pMFI == nullptr) return; if(eMOp != pMFI->m_eMergeOperation) { pMFI->m_bOperationComplete = false; setOpStatus(mi, eOpStatusNone); } pMFI->m_eMergeOperation = eMOp; if(bRecursive) { e_MergeOperation eChildrenMergeOp = pMFI->m_eMergeOperation; if(eChildrenMergeOp == eConflictingFileTypes) eChildrenMergeOp = eMergeABCToDest; for(int childIdx = 0; childIdx < pMFI->children().count(); ++childIdx) { calcSuggestedOperation(index(childIdx, 0, mi), eChildrenMergeOp); } } } void DirectoryMergeWindow::compareCurrentFile() { if(!d->canContinue()) return; if(d->m_bRealMergeStarted) { KMessageBox::sorry(this, i18n("This operation is currently not possible."), i18n("Operation Not Possible")); return; } if(MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(currentIndex())) { if(!(pMFI->dirA() || pMFI->dirB() || pMFI->dirC())) { emit startDiffMerge( pMFI->existsInA() ? pMFI->getFileInfoA()->absoluteFilePath() : QString(""), pMFI->existsInB() ? pMFI->getFileInfoB()->absoluteFilePath() : QString(""), pMFI->existsInC() ? pMFI->getFileInfoC()->absoluteFilePath() : QString(""), "", "", "", "", nullptr); } } emit updateAvailabilities(); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCompareExplicitlySelectedFiles() { if(!d->isDir(d->m_selection1Index) && !d->canContinue()) return; if(d->m_bRealMergeStarted) { KMessageBox::sorry(this, i18n("This operation is currently not possible."), i18n("Operation Not Possible")); return; } emit startDiffMerge( d->getFileName(d->m_selection1Index), d->getFileName(d->m_selection2Index), d->getFileName(d->m_selection3Index), "", "", "", "", nullptr); d->m_selection1Index = QModelIndex(); d->m_selection2Index = QModelIndex(); d->m_selection3Index = QModelIndex(); emit updateAvailabilities(); update(); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotMergeExplicitlySelectedFiles() { if(!d->isDir(d->m_selection1Index) && !d->canContinue()) return; if(d->m_bRealMergeStarted) { KMessageBox::sorry(this, i18n("This operation is currently not possible."), i18n("Operation Not Possible")); return; } QString fn1 = d->getFileName(d->m_selection1Index); QString fn2 = d->getFileName(d->m_selection2Index); QString fn3 = d->getFileName(d->m_selection3Index); emit startDiffMerge(fn1, fn2, fn3, fn3.isEmpty() ? fn2 : fn3, "", "", "", nullptr); d->m_selection1Index = QModelIndex(); d->m_selection2Index = QModelIndex(); d->m_selection3Index = QModelIndex(); emit updateAvailabilities(); update(); } bool DirectoryMergeWindow::isFileSelected() { if(MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(currentIndex())) { return !(pMFI->dirA() || pMFI->dirB() || pMFI->dirC() || pMFI->conflictingFileTypes()); } return false; } void DirectoryMergeWindow::mergeResultSaved(const QString& fileName) { QModelIndex mi = (d->m_mergeItemList.empty() || d->m_currentIndexForOperation == d->m_mergeItemList.end()) ? QModelIndex() : *d->m_currentIndexForOperation; MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(mi); if(pMFI == nullptr) { // This can happen if the same file is saved and modified and saved again. Nothing to do then. return; } if(fileName == pMFI->fullNameDest()) { if(pMFI->m_eMergeOperation == eMergeToAB) { bool bSuccess = d->copyFLD(pMFI->fullNameB(), pMFI->fullNameA()); if(!bSuccess) { KMessageBox::error(this, i18n("An error occurred while copying.")); d->m_pStatusInfo->setWindowTitle(i18n("Merge Error")); d->m_pStatusInfo->exec(); //if ( m_pStatusInfo->firstChild()!=0 ) // m_pStatusInfo->ensureItemVisible( m_pStatusInfo->last() ); d->m_bError = true; d->setOpStatus(mi, eOpStatusError); pMFI->m_eMergeOperation = eCopyBToA; return; } } d->setOpStatus(mi, eOpStatusDone); pMFI->m_bOperationComplete = true; if(d->m_mergeItemList.size() == 1) { d->m_mergeItemList.clear(); d->m_bRealMergeStarted = false; } } emit updateAvailabilities(); } bool DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::canContinue() { bool bCanContinue = false; emit q->checkIfCanContinue(&bCanContinue); if(bCanContinue && !m_bError) { QModelIndex mi = (m_mergeItemList.empty() || m_currentIndexForOperation == m_mergeItemList.end()) ? QModelIndex() : *m_currentIndexForOperation; MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(mi); if(pMFI && !pMFI->m_bOperationComplete) { setOpStatus(mi, eOpStatusNotSaved); pMFI->m_bOperationComplete = true; if(m_mergeItemList.size() == 1) { m_mergeItemList.clear(); m_bRealMergeStarted = false; } } } return bCanContinue; } bool DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::executeMergeOperation(MergeFileInfos& mfi, bool& bSingleFileMerge) { bool bCreateBackups = m_pOptions->m_bDmCreateBakFiles; // First decide destname QString destName; switch(mfi.m_eMergeOperation) { case eNoOperation: break; case eDeleteAB: break; case eMergeToAB: // let the user save in B. In mergeResultSaved() the file will be copied to A. case eMergeToB: case eDeleteB: case eCopyAToB: destName = mfi.fullNameB(); break; case eMergeToA: case eDeleteA: case eCopyBToA: destName = mfi.fullNameA(); break; case eMergeABToDest: case eMergeABCToDest: case eCopyAToDest: case eCopyBToDest: case eCopyCToDest: case eDeleteFromDest: destName = mfi.fullNameDest(); break; default: KMessageBox::error(q, i18n("Unknown merge operation. (This must never happen!)")); } bool bSuccess = false; bSingleFileMerge = false; switch(mfi.m_eMergeOperation) { case eNoOperation: bSuccess = true; break; case eCopyAToDest: case eCopyAToB: bSuccess = copyFLD(mfi.fullNameA(), destName); break; case eCopyBToDest: case eCopyBToA: bSuccess = copyFLD(mfi.fullNameB(), destName); break; case eCopyCToDest: bSuccess = copyFLD(mfi.fullNameC(), destName); break; case eDeleteFromDest: case eDeleteA: case eDeleteB: bSuccess = deleteFLD(destName, bCreateBackups); break; case eDeleteAB: bSuccess = deleteFLD(mfi.fullNameA(), bCreateBackups) && deleteFLD(mfi.fullNameB(), bCreateBackups); break; case eMergeABToDest: case eMergeToA: case eMergeToAB: case eMergeToB: bSuccess = mergeFLD(mfi.fullNameA(), mfi.fullNameB(), "", destName, bSingleFileMerge); break; case eMergeABCToDest: bSuccess = mergeFLD( mfi.existsInA() ? mfi.fullNameA() : QString(""), mfi.existsInB() ? mfi.fullNameB() : QString(""), mfi.existsInC() ? mfi.fullNameC() : QString(""), destName, bSingleFileMerge); break; default: KMessageBox::error(q, i18n("Unknown merge operation.")); } return bSuccess; } // Check if the merge can start, and prepare the m_mergeItemList which then contains all // items that must be merged. void DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::prepareMergeStart(const QModelIndex& miBegin, const QModelIndex& miEnd, bool bVerbose) { if(bVerbose) { int status = KMessageBox::warningYesNoCancel(q, i18n("The merge is about to begin.\n\n" "Choose \"Do it\" if you have read the instructions and know what you are doing.\n" "Choosing \"Simulate it\" will tell you what would happen.\n\n" "Be aware that this program still has beta status " "and there is NO WARRANTY whatsoever! Make backups of your vital data!"), i18n("Starting Merge"), KGuiItem(i18n("Do It")), KGuiItem(i18n("Simulate It"))); if(status == KMessageBox::Yes) m_bRealMergeStarted = true; else if(status == KMessageBox::No) m_bSimulatedMergeStarted = true; else return; } else { m_bRealMergeStarted = true; } m_mergeItemList.clear(); if(!miBegin.isValid()) return; for(QModelIndex mi = miBegin; mi != miEnd; mi = treeIterator(mi)) { MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(mi); if(pMFI && !pMFI->m_bOperationComplete) { m_mergeItemList.push_back(mi); QString errorText; if(pMFI->m_eMergeOperation == eConflictingFileTypes) { errorText = i18n("The highlighted item has a different type in the different directories. Select what to do."); } if(pMFI->m_eMergeOperation == eConflictingAges) { errorText = i18n("The modification dates of the file are equal but the files are not. Select what to do."); } if(pMFI->m_eMergeOperation == eChangedAndDeleted) { errorText = i18n("The highlighted item was changed in one directory and deleted in the other. Select what to do."); } if(!errorText.isEmpty()) { q->scrollTo(mi, QAbstractItemView::EnsureVisible); q->setCurrentIndex(mi); KMessageBox::error(q, errorText); m_mergeItemList.clear(); m_bRealMergeStarted = false; return; } } } m_currentIndexForOperation = m_mergeItemList.begin(); return; } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotRunOperationForCurrentItem() { if(!d->canContinue()) return; bool bVerbose = false; if(d->m_mergeItemList.empty()) { QModelIndex miBegin = currentIndex(); QModelIndex miEnd = d->treeIterator(miBegin, false, false); // find next visible sibling (no children) d->prepareMergeStart(miBegin, miEnd, bVerbose); d->mergeContinue(true, bVerbose); } else d->mergeContinue(false, bVerbose); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotRunOperationForAllItems() { if(!d->canContinue()) return; bool bVerbose = true; if(d->m_mergeItemList.empty()) { QModelIndex miBegin = d->rowCount() > 0 ? d->index(0, 0, QModelIndex()) : QModelIndex(); d->prepareMergeStart(miBegin, QModelIndex(), bVerbose); d->mergeContinue(true, bVerbose); } else d->mergeContinue(false, bVerbose); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::mergeCurrentFile() { if(!d->canContinue()) return; if(d->m_bRealMergeStarted) { KMessageBox::sorry(this, i18n("This operation is currently not possible because directory merge is currently running."), i18n("Operation Not Possible")); return; } if(isFileSelected()) { MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(currentIndex()); if(pMFI != nullptr) { d->m_mergeItemList.clear(); d->m_mergeItemList.push_back(currentIndex()); d->m_currentIndexForOperation = d->m_mergeItemList.begin(); bool bDummy = false; d->mergeFLD( pMFI->existsInA() ? pMFI->getFileInfoA()->absoluteFilePath() : QString(""), pMFI->existsInB() ? pMFI->getFileInfoB()->absoluteFilePath() : QString(""), pMFI->existsInC() ? pMFI->getFileInfoC()->absoluteFilePath() : QString(""), pMFI->fullNameDest(), bDummy); } } emit updateAvailabilities(); } // When bStart is true then m_currentIndexForOperation must still be processed. // When bVerbose is true then a messagebox will tell when the merge is complete. void DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::mergeContinue(bool bStart, bool bVerbose) { ProgressProxy pp; if(m_mergeItemList.empty()) return; int nrOfItems = 0; int nrOfCompletedItems = 0; int nrOfCompletedSimItems = 0; // Count the number of completed items (for the progress bar). for(MergeItemList::iterator i = m_mergeItemList.begin(); i != m_mergeItemList.end(); ++i) { MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(*i); ++nrOfItems; if(pMFI->m_bOperationComplete) ++nrOfCompletedItems; if(pMFI->m_bSimOpComplete) ++nrOfCompletedSimItems; } m_pStatusInfo->hide(); m_pStatusInfo->clear(); QModelIndex miCurrent = m_currentIndexForOperation == m_mergeItemList.end() ? QModelIndex() : *m_currentIndexForOperation; bool bContinueWithCurrentItem = bStart; // true for first item, else false bool bSkipItem = false; if(!bStart && m_bError && miCurrent.isValid()) { int status = KMessageBox::warningYesNoCancel(q, i18n("There was an error in the last step.\n" "Do you want to continue with the item that caused the error or do you want to skip this item?"), i18n("Continue merge after an error"), KGuiItem(i18n("Continue With Last Item")), KGuiItem(i18n("Skip Item"))); if(status == KMessageBox::Yes) bContinueWithCurrentItem = true; else if(status == KMessageBox::No) bSkipItem = true; else return; m_bError = false; } pp.setMaxNofSteps(nrOfItems); bool bSuccess = true; bool bSingleFileMerge = false; bool bSim = m_bSimulatedMergeStarted; while(bSuccess) { MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(miCurrent); if(pMFI == nullptr) { m_mergeItemList.clear(); m_bRealMergeStarted = false; break; } if(pMFI != nullptr && !bContinueWithCurrentItem) { if(bSim) { if(rowCount(miCurrent) == 0) { pMFI->m_bSimOpComplete = true; } } else { if(rowCount(miCurrent) == 0) { if(!pMFI->m_bOperationComplete) { setOpStatus(miCurrent, bSkipItem ? eOpStatusSkipped : eOpStatusDone); pMFI->m_bOperationComplete = true; bSkipItem = false; } } else { setOpStatus(miCurrent, eOpStatusInProgress); } } } if(!bContinueWithCurrentItem) { // Depth first QModelIndex miPrev = miCurrent; ++m_currentIndexForOperation; miCurrent = m_currentIndexForOperation == m_mergeItemList.end() ? QModelIndex() : *m_currentIndexForOperation; if((!miCurrent.isValid() || miCurrent.parent() != miPrev.parent()) && miPrev.parent().isValid()) { // Check if the parent may be set to "Done" QModelIndex miParent = miPrev.parent(); bool bDone = true; while(bDone && miParent.isValid()) { for(int childIdx = 0; childIdx < rowCount(miParent); ++childIdx) { pMFI = getMFI(index(childIdx, 0, miParent)); if((!bSim && !pMFI->m_bOperationComplete) || (bSim && pMFI->m_bSimOpComplete)) { bDone = false; break; } } if(bDone) { pMFI = getMFI(miParent); if(bSim) pMFI->m_bSimOpComplete = bDone; else { setOpStatus(miParent, eOpStatusDone); pMFI->m_bOperationComplete = bDone; } } miParent = miParent.parent(); } } } if(!miCurrent.isValid()) // end? { if(m_bRealMergeStarted) { if(bVerbose) { KMessageBox::information(q, i18n("Merge operation complete."), i18n("Merge Complete")); } m_bRealMergeStarted = false; m_pStatusInfo->setWindowTitle(i18n("Merge Complete")); } if(m_bSimulatedMergeStarted) { m_bSimulatedMergeStarted = false; QModelIndex mi = rowCount() > 0 ? index(0, 0, QModelIndex()) : QModelIndex(); for(; mi.isValid(); mi = treeIterator(mi)) { getMFI(mi)->m_bSimOpComplete = false; } m_pStatusInfo->setWindowTitle(i18n("Simulated merge complete: Check if you agree with the proposed operations.")); m_pStatusInfo->exec(); } m_mergeItemList.clear(); m_bRealMergeStarted = false; return; } pMFI = getMFI(miCurrent); pp.setInformation(pMFI->subPath(), bSim ? nrOfCompletedSimItems : nrOfCompletedItems, false // bRedrawUpdate ); bSuccess = executeMergeOperation(*pMFI, bSingleFileMerge); // Here the real operation happens. if(bSuccess) { if(bSim) ++nrOfCompletedSimItems; else ++nrOfCompletedItems; bContinueWithCurrentItem = false; } if(pp.wasCancelled()) break; } // end while //g_pProgressDialog->hide(); q->setCurrentIndex(miCurrent); q->scrollTo(miCurrent, EnsureVisible); if(!bSuccess && !bSingleFileMerge) { KMessageBox::error(q, i18n("An error occurred. Press OK to see detailed information.")); m_pStatusInfo->setWindowTitle(i18n("Merge Error")); m_pStatusInfo->exec(); //if ( m_pStatusInfo->firstChild()!=0 ) // m_pStatusInfo->ensureItemVisible( m_pStatusInfo->last() ); m_bError = true; setOpStatus(miCurrent, eOpStatusError); } else { m_bError = false; } emit q->updateAvailabilities(); if(m_currentIndexForOperation == m_mergeItemList.end()) { m_mergeItemList.clear(); m_bRealMergeStarted = false; } } bool DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::deleteFLD(const QString& name, bool bCreateBackup) { FileAccess fi(name, true); if(!fi.exists()) return true; if(bCreateBackup) { bool bSuccess = renameFLD(name, name + ".orig"); if(!bSuccess) { m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error: While deleting %1: Creating backup failed.", name)); return false; } } else { if(fi.isDir() && !fi.isSymLink()) m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("delete directory recursively( %1 )", name)); else m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("delete( %1 )", name)); if(m_bSimulatedMergeStarted) { return true; } if(fi.isDir() && !fi.isSymLink()) // recursive directory delete only for real dirs, not symlinks { t_DirectoryList dirList; bool bSuccess = fi.listDir(&dirList, false, true, "*", "", "", false, false); // not recursive, find hidden files if(!bSuccess) { // No Permission to read directory or other error. m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error: delete dir operation failed while trying to read the directory.")); return false; } t_DirectoryList::iterator it; // create list iterator for(it = dirList.begin(); it != dirList.end(); ++it) // for each file... { FileAccess& fi2 = *it; if(fi2.fileName() == "." || fi2.fileName() == "..") continue; bSuccess = deleteFLD(fi2.absoluteFilePath(), false); if(!bSuccess) break; } if(bSuccess) { bSuccess = FileAccess::removeDir(name); if(!bSuccess) { m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error: rmdir( %1 ) operation failed.", name)); return false; } } } else { bool bSuccess = FileAccess::removeFile(name); if(!bSuccess) { m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error: delete operation failed.")); return false; } } } return true; } bool DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::mergeFLD(const QString& nameA, const QString& nameB, const QString& nameC, const QString& nameDest, bool& bSingleFileMerge) { FileAccess fi(nameA); if(fi.isDir()) { return makeDir(nameDest); } // Make sure that the dir exists, into which we will save the file later. int pos = nameDest.lastIndexOf('/'); if(pos > 0) { QString parentName = nameDest.left(pos); bool bSuccess = makeDir(parentName, true /*quiet*/); if(!bSuccess) return false; } m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("manual merge( %1, %2, %3 -> %4)", nameA, nameB, nameC, nameDest)); if(m_bSimulatedMergeStarted) { m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n(" Note: After a manual merge the user should continue by pressing F7.")); return true; } bSingleFileMerge = true; setOpStatus(*m_currentIndexForOperation, eOpStatusInProgress); q->scrollTo(*m_currentIndexForOperation, EnsureVisible); emit q->startDiffMerge(nameA, nameB, nameC, nameDest, "", "", "", nullptr); return false; } bool DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::copyFLD(const QString& srcName, const QString& destName) { bool bSuccess = false; if(srcName == destName) return true; FileAccess fi(srcName); FileAccess faDest(destName, true); if(faDest.exists() && !(fi.isDir() && faDest.isDir() && (fi.isSymLink() == faDest.isSymLink()))) { bSuccess = deleteFLD(destName, m_pOptions->m_bDmCreateBakFiles); if(!bSuccess) { m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error: copy( %1 -> %2 ) failed." "Deleting existing destination failed.", srcName, destName)); return bSuccess; } } if(fi.isSymLink() && ((fi.isDir() && !m_bFollowDirLinks) || (!fi.isDir() && !m_bFollowFileLinks))) { m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("copyLink( %1 -> %2 )", srcName, destName)); if(m_bSimulatedMergeStarted) { return true; } FileAccess destFi(destName); if(!destFi.isLocal() || !fi.isLocal()) { m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error: copyLink failed: Remote links are not yet supported.")); return false; } bSuccess = false; QString linkTarget = fi.readLink(); if(!linkTarget.isEmpty()) { bSuccess = FileAccess::symLink(linkTarget, destName); if(!bSuccess) m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error: copyLink failed.")); } return bSuccess; } if(fi.isDir()) { if(faDest.exists()) return true; else { bSuccess = makeDir(destName); return bSuccess; } } int pos = destName.lastIndexOf('/'); if(pos > 0) { QString parentName = destName.left(pos); bSuccess = makeDir(parentName, true /*quiet*/); if(!bSuccess) return false; } m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("copy( %1 -> %2 )", srcName, destName)); if(m_bSimulatedMergeStarted) { return true; } FileAccess faSrc(srcName); bSuccess = faSrc.copyFile(destName); if(!bSuccess) m_pStatusInfo->addText(faSrc.getStatusText()); return bSuccess; } // Rename is not an operation that can be selected by the user. // It will only be used to create backups. // Hence it will delete an existing destination without making a backup (of the old backup.) bool DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::renameFLD(const QString& srcName, const QString& destName) { if(srcName == destName) return true; if(FileAccess(destName, true).exists()) { bool bSuccess = deleteFLD(destName, false /*no backup*/); if(!bSuccess) { m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error during rename( %1 -> %2 ): " "Cannot delete existing destination.", srcName, destName)); return false; } } m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("rename( %1 -> %2 )", srcName, destName)); if(m_bSimulatedMergeStarted) { return true; } bool bSuccess = FileAccess(srcName).rename(destName); if(!bSuccess) { m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error: Rename failed.")); return false; } return true; } bool DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::makeDir(const QString& name, bool bQuiet) { FileAccess fi(name, true); if(fi.exists() && fi.isDir()) return true; if(fi.exists() && !fi.isDir()) { bool bSuccess = deleteFLD(name, true); if(!bSuccess) { m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error during makeDir of %1. " "Cannot delete existing file.", name)); return false; } } int pos = name.lastIndexOf('/'); if(pos > 0) { QString parentName = name.left(pos); bool bSuccess = makeDir(parentName, true); if(!bSuccess) return false; } if(!bQuiet) m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("makeDir( %1 )", name)); if(m_bSimulatedMergeStarted) { return true; } bool bSuccess = FileAccess::makeDir(name); if(bSuccess == false) { m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error while creating directory.")); return false; } return true; } DirectoryMergeInfo::DirectoryMergeInfo(QWidget* pParent) : QFrame(pParent) { QVBoxLayout* topLayout = new QVBoxLayout(this); topLayout->setMargin(0); QGridLayout* grid = new QGridLayout(); topLayout->addLayout(grid); grid->setColumnStretch(1, 10); int line = 0; m_pA = new QLabel(i18n("A"), this); grid->addWidget(m_pA, line, 0); m_pInfoA = new QLabel(this); grid->addWidget(m_pInfoA, line, 1); ++line; m_pB = new QLabel(i18n("B"), this); grid->addWidget(m_pB, line, 0); m_pInfoB = new QLabel(this); grid->addWidget(m_pInfoB, line, 1); ++line; m_pC = new QLabel(i18n("C"), this); grid->addWidget(m_pC, line, 0); m_pInfoC = new QLabel(this); grid->addWidget(m_pInfoC, line, 1); ++line; m_pDest = new QLabel(i18n("Dest"), this); grid->addWidget(m_pDest, line, 0); m_pInfoDest = new QLabel(this); grid->addWidget(m_pInfoDest, line, 1); ++line; m_pInfoList = new QTreeWidget(this); topLayout->addWidget(m_pInfoList); m_pInfoList->setHeaderLabels(QStringList() << i18n("Dir") << i18n("Type") << i18n("Size") << i18n("Attr") << i18n("Last Modification") << i18n("Link-Destination")); setMinimumSize(100, 100); m_pInfoList->installEventFilter(this); m_pInfoList->setRootIsDecorated(false); } bool DirectoryMergeInfo::eventFilter(QObject* o, QEvent* e) { if(e->type() == QEvent::FocusIn && o == m_pInfoList) emit gotFocus(); return false; } void DirectoryMergeInfo::addListViewItem(const QString& dir, const QString& basePath, FileAccess* fi) { if(basePath.isEmpty()) { return; } else { if(fi != nullptr && fi->exists()) { QString dateString = fi->lastModified().toString("yyyy-MM-dd hh:mm:ss"); //TODO: Move logic to FileAccess m_pInfoList->addTopLevelItem( new QTreeWidgetItem( m_pInfoList, QStringList() << dir << QString(fi->isDir() ? i18n("Dir") : i18n("File")) + (fi->isSymLink() ? i18n("-Link") : "") << QString::number(fi->size()) << QLatin1String(fi->isReadable() ? "r" : " ") + QLatin1String(fi->isWritable() ? "w" : " ") + QLatin1String((fi->isExecutable() ? "x" : " ")) << dateString << QString(fi->isSymLink() ? (" -> " + fi->readLink()) : QString(""))) ); } else { m_pInfoList->addTopLevelItem(new QTreeWidgetItem( m_pInfoList, QStringList() << dir << i18n("not available") << "" << "" << "" << "")); } } } void DirectoryMergeInfo::setInfo( const FileAccess& dirA, const FileAccess& dirB, const FileAccess& dirC, const FileAccess& dirDest, MergeFileInfos& mfi) { bool bHideDest = false; if(dirA.absoluteFilePath() == dirDest.absoluteFilePath()) { m_pA->setText(i18n("A (Dest): ")); bHideDest = true; } else m_pA->setText(!dirC.isValid() ? QString("A: ") : i18n("A (Base): ")); m_pInfoA->setText(dirA.prettyAbsPath()); if(dirB.absoluteFilePath() == dirDest.absoluteFilePath()) { m_pB->setText(i18n("B (Dest): ")); bHideDest = true; } else m_pB->setText("B: "); m_pInfoB->setText(dirB.prettyAbsPath()); if(dirC.absoluteFilePath() == dirDest.absoluteFilePath()) { m_pC->setText(i18n("C (Dest): ")); bHideDest = true; } else m_pC->setText("C: "); m_pInfoC->setText(dirC.prettyAbsPath()); m_pDest->setText(i18n("Dest: ")); m_pInfoDest->setText(dirDest.prettyAbsPath()); if(!dirC.isValid()) { m_pC->hide(); m_pInfoC->hide(); } else { m_pC->show(); m_pInfoC->show(); } if(!dirDest.isValid() || bHideDest) { m_pDest->hide(); m_pInfoDest->hide(); } else { m_pDest->show(); m_pInfoDest->show(); } m_pInfoList->clear(); addListViewItem(i18n("A"), dirA.prettyAbsPath(), mfi.getFileInfoA()); addListViewItem(i18n("B"), dirB.prettyAbsPath(), mfi.getFileInfoB()); addListViewItem(i18n("C"), dirC.prettyAbsPath(), mfi.getFileInfoC()); if(!bHideDest) { FileAccess fiDest(dirDest.prettyAbsPath() + "/" + mfi.subPath(), true); addListViewItem(i18n("Dest"), dirDest.prettyAbsPath(), &fiDest); } for(int i = 0; i < m_pInfoList->columnCount(); ++i) m_pInfoList->resizeColumnToContents(i); } QTextStream& operator<<(QTextStream& ts, MergeFileInfos& mfi) { ts << "{\n"; ValueMap vm; vm.writeEntry("SubPath", mfi.subPath()); vm.writeEntry("ExistsInA", mfi.existsInA()); vm.writeEntry("ExistsInB", mfi.existsInB()); vm.writeEntry("ExistsInC", mfi.existsInC()); vm.writeEntry("EqualAB", mfi.m_bEqualAB); vm.writeEntry("EqualAC", mfi.m_bEqualAC); vm.writeEntry("EqualBC", mfi.m_bEqualBC); vm.writeEntry("MergeOperation", (int)mfi.m_eMergeOperation); vm.writeEntry("DirA", mfi.dirA()); vm.writeEntry("DirB", mfi.dirB()); vm.writeEntry("DirC", mfi.dirC()); vm.writeEntry("LinkA", mfi.isLinkA()); vm.writeEntry("LinkB", mfi.isLinkB()); vm.writeEntry("LinkC", mfi.isLinkC()); vm.writeEntry("OperationComplete", mfi.m_bOperationComplete); vm.writeEntry("AgeA", (int)mfi.m_ageA); vm.writeEntry("AgeB", (int)mfi.m_ageB); vm.writeEntry("AgeC", (int)mfi.m_ageC); vm.writeEntry("ConflictingAges", mfi.m_bConflictingAges); // Equal age but files are not! vm.save(ts); ts << "}\n"; return ts; } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotSaveMergeState() { //slotStatusMsg(i18n("Saving Directory Merge State ...")); QString s = QFileDialog::getSaveFileName(this, i18n("Save Directory Merge State As..."), QDir::currentPath()); if(!s.isEmpty()) { d->m_dirMergeStateFilename = s; QFile file(d->m_dirMergeStateFilename); bool bSuccess = file.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly); if(bSuccess) { QTextStream ts(&file); QModelIndex mi(d->index(0, 0, QModelIndex())); while(mi.isValid()) { MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(mi); ts << *pMFI; mi = d->treeIterator(mi, true, true); } } } //slotStatusMsg(i18n("Ready.")); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotLoadMergeState() { } void DirectoryMergeWindow::updateFileVisibilities() { bool bShowIdentical = d->m_pDirShowIdenticalFiles->isChecked(); bool bShowDifferent = d->m_pDirShowDifferentFiles->isChecked(); bool bShowOnlyInA = d->m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInA->isChecked(); bool bShowOnlyInB = d->m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInB->isChecked(); bool bShowOnlyInC = d->m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInC->isChecked(); bool bThreeDirs = d->isThreeWay(); d->m_selection1Index = QModelIndex(); d->m_selection2Index = QModelIndex(); d->m_selection3Index = QModelIndex(); // in first run set all dirs to equal and determine if they are not equal. // on second run don't change the equal-status anymore; it is needed to // set the visibility (when bShowIdentical is false). for(int loop = 0; loop < 2; ++loop) { QModelIndex mi = d->rowCount() > 0 ? d->index(0, 0, QModelIndex()) : QModelIndex(); while(mi.isValid()) { MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(mi); bool bDir = pMFI->dirA() || pMFI->dirB() || pMFI->dirC(); if(loop == 0 && bDir) { bool bChange = false; if(!pMFI->m_bEqualAB && pMFI->dirA() == pMFI->dirB() && pMFI->isLinkA() == pMFI->isLinkB()) { pMFI->m_bEqualAB = true; bChange = true; } if(!pMFI->m_bEqualBC && pMFI->dirC() == pMFI->dirB() && pMFI->isLinkC() == pMFI->isLinkB()) { pMFI->m_bEqualBC = true; bChange = true; } if(!pMFI->m_bEqualAC && pMFI->dirA() == pMFI->dirC() && pMFI->isLinkA() == pMFI->isLinkC()) { pMFI->m_bEqualAC = true; bChange = true; } if(bChange) DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::setPixmaps(*pMFI, bThreeDirs); } bool bExistsEverywhere = pMFI->existsInA() && pMFI->existsInB() && (pMFI->existsInC() || !bThreeDirs); int existCount = int(pMFI->existsInA()) + int(pMFI->existsInB()) + int(pMFI->existsInC()); bool bVisible = (bShowIdentical && bExistsEverywhere && pMFI->m_bEqualAB && (pMFI->m_bEqualAC || !bThreeDirs)) || ((bShowDifferent || bDir) && existCount >= 2 && (!pMFI->m_bEqualAB || !(pMFI->m_bEqualAC || !bThreeDirs))) || (bShowOnlyInA && pMFI->existsInA() && !pMFI->existsInB() && !pMFI->existsInC()) || (bShowOnlyInB && !pMFI->existsInA() && pMFI->existsInB() && !pMFI->existsInC()) || (bShowOnlyInC && !pMFI->existsInA() && !pMFI->existsInB() && pMFI->existsInC()); QString fileName = pMFI->fileName(); bVisible = bVisible && ((bDir && !Utils::wildcardMultiMatch(d->m_pOptions->m_DmDirAntiPattern, fileName, d->m_bCaseSensitive)) || (Utils::wildcardMultiMatch(d->m_pOptions->m_DmFilePattern, fileName, d->m_bCaseSensitive) && !Utils::wildcardMultiMatch(d->m_pOptions->m_DmFileAntiPattern, fileName, d->m_bCaseSensitive))); setRowHidden(mi.row(), mi.parent(), !bVisible); bool bEqual = bThreeDirs ? pMFI->m_bEqualAB && pMFI->m_bEqualAC : pMFI->m_bEqualAB; if(!bEqual && bVisible && loop == 0) // Set all parents to "not equal" { MergeFileInfos* p2 = pMFI->parent(); while(p2 != nullptr) { bool bChange = false; if(!pMFI->m_bEqualAB && p2->m_bEqualAB) { p2->m_bEqualAB = false; bChange = true; } if(!pMFI->m_bEqualAC && p2->m_bEqualAC) { p2->m_bEqualAC = false; bChange = true; } if(!pMFI->m_bEqualBC && p2->m_bEqualBC) { p2->m_bEqualBC = false; bChange = true; } if(bChange) DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindowPrivate::setPixmaps(*p2, bThreeDirs); else break; p2 = p2->parent(); } } mi = d->treeIterator(mi, true, true); } } } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotShowIdenticalFiles() { d->m_pOptions->m_bDmShowIdenticalFiles = d->m_pDirShowIdenticalFiles->isChecked(); updateFileVisibilities(); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotShowDifferentFiles() { updateFileVisibilities(); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotShowFilesOnlyInA() { updateFileVisibilities(); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotShowFilesOnlyInB() { updateFileVisibilities(); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotShowFilesOnlyInC() { updateFileVisibilities(); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotSynchronizeDirectories() {} void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotChooseNewerFiles() {} void DirectoryMergeWindow::initDirectoryMergeActions(QObject* pKDiff3App, KActionCollection* ac) { #include "xpm/showequalfiles.xpm" #include "xpm/showfilesonlyina.xpm" #include "xpm/showfilesonlyinb.xpm" #include "xpm/showfilesonlyinc.xpm" #include "xpm/startmerge.xpm" DirectoryMergeWindow* p = this; d->m_pDirStartOperation = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Start/Continue Directory Merge"), QKeySequence(Qt::Key_F7), p, SLOT(slotRunOperationForAllItems()), ac, "dir_start_operation"); d->m_pDirRunOperationForCurrentItem = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Run Operation for Current Item"), QKeySequence(Qt::Key_F6), p, SLOT(slotRunOperationForCurrentItem()), ac, "dir_run_operation_for_current_item"); d->m_pDirCompareCurrent = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Compare Selected File"), p, SLOT(compareCurrentFile()), ac, "dir_compare_current"); d->m_pDirMergeCurrent = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Merge Current File"), QIcon(QPixmap(startmerge)), i18n("Merge\nFile"), pKDiff3App, SLOT(slotMergeCurrentFile()), ac, "merge_current"); d->m_pDirFoldAll = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Fold All Subdirs"), p, SLOT(collapseAll()), ac, "dir_fold_all"); d->m_pDirUnfoldAll = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Unfold All Subdirs"), p, SLOT(expandAll()), ac, "dir_unfold_all"); d->m_pDirRescan = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Rescan"), QKeySequence(Qt::SHIFT + Qt::Key_F5), p, SLOT(reload()), ac, "dir_rescan"); d->m_pDirSaveMergeState = nullptr; //KDiff3::createAction< QAction >(i18n("Save Directory Merge State ..."), 0, p, SLOT(slotSaveMergeState()), ac, "dir_save_merge_state"); d->m_pDirLoadMergeState = nullptr; //KDiff3::createAction< QAction >(i18n("Load Directory Merge State ..."), 0, p, SLOT(slotLoadMergeState()), ac, "dir_load_merge_state"); d->m_pDirChooseAEverywhere = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Choose A for All Items"), p, SLOT(slotChooseAEverywhere()), ac, "dir_choose_a_everywhere"); d->m_pDirChooseBEverywhere = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Choose B for All Items"), p, SLOT(slotChooseBEverywhere()), ac, "dir_choose_b_everywhere"); d->m_pDirChooseCEverywhere = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Choose C for All Items"), p, SLOT(slotChooseCEverywhere()), ac, "dir_choose_c_everywhere"); d->m_pDirAutoChoiceEverywhere = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Auto-Choose Operation for All Items"), p, SLOT(slotAutoChooseEverywhere()), ac, "dir_autochoose_everywhere"); d->m_pDirDoNothingEverywhere = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("No Operation for All Items"), p, SLOT(slotNoOpEverywhere()), ac, "dir_nothing_everywhere"); // d->m_pDirSynchronizeDirectories = KDiff3::createAction< KToggleAction >(i18n("Synchronize Directories"), 0, this, SLOT(slotSynchronizeDirectories()), ac, "dir_synchronize_directories"); // d->m_pDirChooseNewerFiles = KDiff3::createAction< KToggleAction >(i18n("Copy Newer Files Instead of Merging"), 0, this, SLOT(slotChooseNewerFiles()), ac, "dir_choose_newer_files"); d->m_pDirShowIdenticalFiles = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Show Identical Files"), QIcon(QPixmap(showequalfiles)), i18n("Identical\nFiles"), this, SLOT(slotShowIdenticalFiles()), ac, "dir_show_identical_files"); d->m_pDirShowDifferentFiles = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Show Different Files"), this, SLOT(slotShowDifferentFiles()), ac, "dir_show_different_files"); d->m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInA = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Show Files only in A"), QIcon(QPixmap(showfilesonlyina)), i18n("Files\nonly in A"), this, SLOT(slotShowFilesOnlyInA()), ac, "dir_show_files_only_in_a"); d->m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInB = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Show Files only in B"), QIcon(QPixmap(showfilesonlyinb)), i18n("Files\nonly in B"), this, SLOT(slotShowFilesOnlyInB()), ac, "dir_show_files_only_in_b"); d->m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInC = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Show Files only in C"), QIcon(QPixmap(showfilesonlyinc)), i18n("Files\nonly in C"), this, SLOT(slotShowFilesOnlyInC()), ac, "dir_show_files_only_in_c"); d->m_pDirShowIdenticalFiles->setChecked(d->m_pOptions->m_bDmShowIdenticalFiles); d->m_pDirCompareExplicit = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Compare Explicitly Selected Files"), p, SLOT(slotCompareExplicitlySelectedFiles()), ac, "dir_compare_explicitly_selected_files"); d->m_pDirMergeExplicit = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Merge Explicitly Selected Files"), p, SLOT(slotMergeExplicitlySelectedFiles()), ac, "dir_merge_explicitly_selected_files"); d->m_pDirCurrentDoNothing = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Do Nothing"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentDoNothing()), ac, "dir_current_do_nothing"); d->m_pDirCurrentChooseA = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("A"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentChooseA()), ac, "dir_current_choose_a"); d->m_pDirCurrentChooseB = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("B"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentChooseB()), ac, "dir_current_choose_b"); d->m_pDirCurrentChooseC = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("C"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentChooseC()), ac, "dir_current_choose_c"); d->m_pDirCurrentMerge = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Merge"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentMerge()), ac, "dir_current_merge"); d->m_pDirCurrentDelete = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Delete (if exists)"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentDelete()), ac, "dir_current_delete"); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDoNothing = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Do Nothing"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentDoNothing()), ac, "dir_current_sync_do_nothing"); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncCopyAToB = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Copy A to B"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentCopyAToB()), ac, "dir_current_sync_copy_a_to_b"); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncCopyBToA = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Copy B to A"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentCopyBToA()), ac, "dir_current_sync_copy_b_to_a"); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteA = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Delete A"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentDeleteA()), ac, "dir_current_sync_delete_a"); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteB = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Delete B"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentDeleteB()), ac, "dir_current_sync_delete_b"); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteAAndB = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Delete A && B"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentDeleteAAndB()), ac, "dir_current_sync_delete_a_and_b"); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToA = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Merge to A"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentMergeToA()), ac, "dir_current_sync_merge_to_a"); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToB = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Merge to B"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentMergeToB()), ac, "dir_current_sync_merge_to_b"); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToAAndB = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Merge to A && B"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentMergeToAAndB()), ac, "dir_current_sync_merge_to_a_and_b"); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::updateAvailabilities(bool bDirCompare, bool bDiffWindowVisible, KToggleAction* chooseA, KToggleAction* chooseB, KToggleAction* chooseC) { d->m_pDirStartOperation->setEnabled(bDirCompare); d->m_pDirRunOperationForCurrentItem->setEnabled(bDirCompare); d->m_pDirFoldAll->setEnabled(bDirCompare); d->m_pDirUnfoldAll->setEnabled(bDirCompare); d->m_pDirCompareCurrent->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible() && isFileSelected()); d->m_pDirMergeCurrent->setEnabled((bDirCompare && isVisible() && isFileSelected()) || bDiffWindowVisible); d->m_pDirRescan->setEnabled(bDirCompare); d->m_pDirAutoChoiceEverywhere->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible()); d->m_pDirDoNothingEverywhere->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible()); d->m_pDirChooseAEverywhere->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible()); d->m_pDirChooseBEverywhere->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible()); d->m_pDirChooseCEverywhere->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible()); bool bThreeDirs = d->isThreeWay(); MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(currentIndex()); bool bItemActive = bDirCompare && isVisible() && pMFI != nullptr; // && hasFocus(); bool bMergeMode = bThreeDirs || !d->m_bSyncMode; bool bFTConflict = pMFI == nullptr ? false : pMFI->conflictingFileTypes(); bool bDirWindowHasFocus = isVisible() && hasFocus(); d->m_pDirShowIdenticalFiles->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible()); d->m_pDirShowDifferentFiles->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible()); d->m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInA->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible()); d->m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInB->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible()); d->m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInC->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible() && bThreeDirs); d->m_pDirCompareExplicit->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible() && d->m_selection2Index.isValid()); d->m_pDirMergeExplicit->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible() && d->m_selection2Index.isValid()); d->m_pDirCurrentDoNothing->setEnabled(bItemActive && bMergeMode); d->m_pDirCurrentChooseA->setEnabled(bItemActive && bMergeMode && pMFI->existsInA()); d->m_pDirCurrentChooseB->setEnabled(bItemActive && bMergeMode && pMFI->existsInB()); d->m_pDirCurrentChooseC->setEnabled(bItemActive && bMergeMode && pMFI->existsInC()); d->m_pDirCurrentMerge->setEnabled(bItemActive && bMergeMode && !bFTConflict); d->m_pDirCurrentDelete->setEnabled(bItemActive && bMergeMode); if(bDirWindowHasFocus) { chooseA->setEnabled(bItemActive && pMFI->existsInA()); chooseB->setEnabled(bItemActive && pMFI->existsInB()); chooseC->setEnabled(bItemActive && pMFI->existsInC()); chooseA->setChecked(false); chooseB->setChecked(false); chooseC->setChecked(false); } d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDoNothing->setEnabled(bItemActive && !bMergeMode); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncCopyAToB->setEnabled(bItemActive && !bMergeMode && pMFI->existsInA()); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncCopyBToA->setEnabled(bItemActive && !bMergeMode && pMFI->existsInB()); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteA->setEnabled(bItemActive && !bMergeMode && pMFI->existsInA()); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteB->setEnabled(bItemActive && !bMergeMode && pMFI->existsInB()); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteAAndB->setEnabled(bItemActive && !bMergeMode && pMFI->existsInA() && pMFI->existsInB()); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToA->setEnabled(bItemActive && !bMergeMode && !bFTConflict); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToB->setEnabled(bItemActive && !bMergeMode && !bFTConflict); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToAAndB->setEnabled(bItemActive && !bMergeMode && !bFTConflict); } //#include "directorymergewindow.moc" diff --git a/src/gnudiff_analyze.cpp b/src/gnudiff_analyze.cpp index 7794238..b3c8d3d 100644 --- a/src/gnudiff_analyze.cpp +++ b/src/gnudiff_analyze.cpp @@ -1,860 +1,860 @@ /* Analyze file differences for GNU DIFF. Modified for KDiff3 by Joachim Eibl 2003. The original file was part of GNU DIFF. Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1998, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. GNU DIFF is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. GNU DIFF is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software Foundation, - 51 Franklin Steet, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ /* The basic algorithm is described in: "An O(ND) Difference Algorithm and its Variations", Eugene Myers, Algorithmica Vol. 1 No. 2, 1986, pp. 251-266; see especially section 4.2, which describes the variation used below. Unless the --minimal option is specified, this code uses the TOO_EXPENSIVE heuristic, by Paul Eggert, to limit the cost to O(N**1.5 log N) at the price of producing suboptimal output for large inputs with many differences. The basic algorithm was independently discovered as described in: "Algorithms for Approximate String Matching", E. Ukkonen, Information and Control Vol. 64, 1985, pp. 100-118. */ #define GDIFF_MAIN #include "common.h" #include "gnudiff_diff.h" //#include #include static LineRef *xvec, *yvec; /* Vectors being compared. */ static LineRef *fdiag; /* Vector, indexed by diagonal, containing 1 + the X coordinate of the point furthest along the given diagonal in the forward search of the edit matrix. */ static LineRef *bdiag; /* Vector, indexed by diagonal, containing the X coordinate of the point furthest along the given diagonal in the backward search of the edit matrix. */ static LineRef too_expensive; /* Edit scripts longer than this are too expensive to compute. */ #define SNAKE_LIMIT 20 /* Snakes bigger than this are considered `big'. */ struct partition { LineRef xmid, ymid; /* Midpoints of this partition. */ bool lo_minimal; /* Nonzero if low half will be analyzed minimally. */ bool hi_minimal; /* Likewise for high half. */ }; /* Find the midpoint of the shortest edit script for a specified portion of the two files. Scan from the beginnings of the files, and simultaneously from the ends, doing a breadth-first search through the space of edit-sequence. When the two searches meet, we have found the midpoint of the shortest edit sequence. If FIND_MINIMAL is nonzero, find the minimal edit script regardless of expense. Otherwise, if the search is too expensive, use heuristics to stop the search and report a suboptimal answer. Set PART->(xmid,ymid) to the midpoint (XMID,YMID). The diagonal number XMID - YMID equals the number of inserted lines minus the number of deleted lines (counting only lines before the midpoint). Return the approximate edit cost; this is the total number of lines inserted or deleted (counting only lines before the midpoint), unless a heuristic is used to terminate the search prematurely. Set PART->lo_minimal to true iff the minimal edit script for the left half of the partition is known; similarly for PART->hi_minimal. This function assumes that the first lines of the specified portions of the two files do not match, and likewise that the last lines do not match. The caller must trim matching lines from the beginning and end of the portions it is going to specify. If we return the "wrong" partitions, the worst this can do is cause suboptimal diff output. It cannot cause incorrect diff output. */ LineRef GnuDiff::diag(LineRef xoff, LineRef xlim, LineRef yoff, LineRef ylim, bool find_minimal, struct partition *part) { LineRef *const fd = fdiag; /* Give the compiler a chance. */ LineRef *const bd = bdiag; /* Additional help for the compiler. */ LineRef const *const xv = xvec; /* Still more help for the compiler. */ LineRef const *const yv = yvec; /* And more and more . . . */ LineRef const dmin = xoff - ylim; /* Minimum valid diagonal. */ LineRef const dmax = xlim - yoff; /* Maximum valid diagonal. */ LineRef const fmid = xoff - yoff; /* Center diagonal of top-down search. */ LineRef const bmid = xlim - ylim; /* Center diagonal of bottom-up search. */ LineRef fmin = fmid, fmax = fmid; /* Limits of top-down search. */ LineRef bmin = bmid, bmax = bmid; /* Limits of bottom-up search. */ LineRef c; /* Cost. */ bool odd = (fmid - bmid) & 1; /* True if southeast corner is on an odd diagonal with respect to the northwest. */ fd[fmid] = xoff; bd[bmid] = xlim; for(c = 1;; ++c) { LineRef d; /* Active diagonal. */ bool big_snake = false; /* Extend the top-down search by an edit step in each diagonal. */ fmin > dmin ? fd[--fmin - 1] = -1 : ++fmin; fmax < dmax ? fd[++fmax + 1] = -1 : --fmax; for(d = fmax; d >= fmin; d -= 2) { LineRef x, y, oldx, tlo = fd[d - 1], thi = fd[d + 1]; if(tlo >= thi) x = tlo + 1; else x = thi; oldx = x; y = x - d; while(x < xlim && y < ylim && xv[x] == yv[y]) ++x, ++y; if(x - oldx > SNAKE_LIMIT) big_snake = true; fd[d] = x; if(odd && bmin <= d && d <= bmax && bd[d] <= x) { part->xmid = x; part->ymid = y; part->lo_minimal = part->hi_minimal = true; return 2 * c - 1; } } /* Similarly extend the bottom-up search. */ bmin > dmin ? bd[--bmin - 1] = LINEREF_MAX : ++bmin; bmax < dmax ? bd[++bmax + 1] = LINEREF_MAX : --bmax; for(d = bmax; d >= bmin; d -= 2) { LineRef x, y, oldx, tlo = bd[d - 1], thi = bd[d + 1]; if(tlo < thi) x = tlo; else x = thi - 1; oldx = x; y = x - d; while(x > xoff && y > yoff && xv[x - 1] == yv[y - 1]) --x, --y; if(oldx - x > SNAKE_LIMIT) big_snake = true; bd[d] = x; if(!odd && fmin <= d && d <= fmax && x <= fd[d]) { part->xmid = x; part->ymid = y; part->lo_minimal = part->hi_minimal = true; return 2 * c; } } if(find_minimal) continue; /* Heuristic: check occasionally for a diagonal that has made lots of progress compared with the edit distance. If we have any such, find the one that has made the most progress and return it as if it had succeeded. With this heuristic, for files with a constant small density of changes, the algorithm is linear in the file size. */ if(200 < c && big_snake && speed_large_files) { LineRef best; best = 0; for(d = fmax; d >= fmin; d -= 2) { LineRef dd = d - fmid; LineRef x = fd[d]; LineRef y = x - d; LineRef v = (x - xoff) * 2 - dd; if(v > 12 * (c + (dd < 0 ? -dd : dd))) { if(v > best && xoff + SNAKE_LIMIT <= x && x < xlim && yoff + SNAKE_LIMIT <= y && y < ylim) { /* We have a good enough best diagonal; now insist that it end with a significant snake. */ int k; for(k = 1; xv[x - k] == yv[y - k]; k++) if(k == SNAKE_LIMIT) { best = v; part->xmid = x; part->ymid = y; break; } } } } if(best > 0) { part->lo_minimal = true; part->hi_minimal = false; return 2 * c - 1; } best = 0; for(d = bmax; d >= bmin; d -= 2) { LineRef dd = d - bmid; LineRef x = bd[d]; LineRef y = x - d; LineRef v = (xlim - x) * 2 + dd; if(v > 12 * (c + (dd < 0 ? -dd : dd))) { if(v > best && xoff < x && x <= xlim - SNAKE_LIMIT && yoff < y && y <= ylim - SNAKE_LIMIT) { /* We have a good enough best diagonal; now insist that it end with a significant snake. */ int k; for(k = 0; xv[x + k] == yv[y + k]; k++) if(k == SNAKE_LIMIT - 1) { best = v; part->xmid = x; part->ymid = y; break; } } } } if(best > 0) { part->lo_minimal = false; part->hi_minimal = true; return 2 * c - 1; } } /* Heuristic: if we've gone well beyond the call of duty, give up and report halfway between our best results so far. */ if(c >= too_expensive) { LineRef fxybest, fxbest; LineRef bxybest, bxbest; fxbest = bxbest = 0; /* Pacify `gcc -Wall'. */ /* Find forward diagonal that maximizes X + Y. */ fxybest = -1; for(d = fmax; d >= fmin; d -= 2) { LineRef x = MIN(fd[d], xlim); LineRef y = x - d; if(ylim < y) x = ylim + d, y = ylim; if(fxybest < x + y) { fxybest = x + y; fxbest = x; } } /* Find backward diagonal that minimizes X + Y. */ bxybest = LINEREF_MAX; for(d = bmax; d >= bmin; d -= 2) { LineRef x = MAX(xoff, bd[d]); LineRef y = x - d; if(y < yoff) x = yoff + d, y = yoff; if(x + y < bxybest) { bxybest = x + y; bxbest = x; } } /* Use the better of the two diagonals. */ if((xlim + ylim) - bxybest < fxybest - (xoff + yoff)) { part->xmid = fxbest; part->ymid = fxybest - fxbest; part->lo_minimal = true; part->hi_minimal = false; } else { part->xmid = bxbest; part->ymid = bxybest - bxbest; part->lo_minimal = false; part->hi_minimal = true; } return 2 * c - 1; } } } /* Compare in detail contiguous subsequences of the two files which are known, as a whole, to match each other. The results are recorded in the vectors files[N].changed, by storing 1 in the element for each line that is an insertion or deletion. The subsequence of file 0 is [XOFF, XLIM) and likewise for file 1. Note that XLIM, YLIM are exclusive bounds. All line numbers are origin-0 and discarded lines are not counted. If FIND_MINIMAL, find a minimal difference no matter how expensive it is. */ void GnuDiff::compareseq(LineRef xoff, LineRef xlim, LineRef yoff, LineRef ylim, bool find_minimal) { LineRef *const xv = xvec; /* Help the compiler. */ LineRef *const yv = yvec; /* Slide down the bottom initial diagonal. */ while(xoff < xlim && yoff < ylim && xv[xoff] == yv[yoff]) ++xoff, ++yoff; /* Slide up the top initial diagonal. */ while(xlim > xoff && ylim > yoff && xv[xlim - 1] == yv[ylim - 1]) --xlim, --ylim; /* Handle simple cases. */ if(xoff == xlim) while(yoff < ylim) files[1].changed[files[1].realindexes[yoff++]] = true; else if(yoff == ylim) while(xoff < xlim) files[0].changed[files[0].realindexes[xoff++]] = true; else { LineRef c; struct partition part; /* Find a point of correspondence in the middle of the files. */ c = diag(xoff, xlim, yoff, ylim, find_minimal, &part); if(c == 1) { /* This should be impossible, because it implies that one of the two subsequences is empty, and that case was handled above without calling `diag'. Let's verify that this is true. */ abort(); #if 0 /* The two subsequences differ by a single insert or delete; record it and we are done. */ if (part.xmid - part.ymid < xoff - yoff) files[1].changed[files[1].realindexes[part.ymid - 1]] = 1; else files[0].changed[files[0].realindexes[part.xmid]] = 1; #endif } else { /* Use the partitions to split this problem into subproblems. */ compareseq(xoff, part.xmid, yoff, part.ymid, part.lo_minimal); compareseq(part.xmid, xlim, part.ymid, ylim, part.hi_minimal); } } } /* Discard lines from one file that have no matches in the other file. A line which is discarded will not be considered by the actual comparison algorithm; it will be as if that line were not in the file. The file's `realindexes' table maps virtual line numbers (which don't count the discarded lines) into real line numbers; this is how the actual comparison algorithm produces results that are comprehensible when the discarded lines are counted. When we discard a line, we also mark it as a deletion or insertion so that it will be printed in the output. */ void GnuDiff::discard_confusing_lines(struct file_data filevec[]) { int f; LineRef i; char *discarded[2]; LineRef *equiv_count[2]; LineRef *p; /* Allocate our results. */ p = (LineRef *)xmalloc((filevec[0].buffered_lines + filevec[1].buffered_lines) * (2 * sizeof *p)); for(f = 0; f < 2; f++) { filevec[f].undiscarded = p; p += filevec[f].buffered_lines; filevec[f].realindexes = p; p += filevec[f].buffered_lines; } /* Set up equiv_count[F][I] as the number of lines in file F that fall in equivalence class I. */ p = (LineRef *)zalloc(filevec[0].equiv_max * (2 * sizeof *p)); equiv_count[0] = p; equiv_count[1] = p + filevec[0].equiv_max; for(i = 0; i < filevec[0].buffered_lines; ++i) ++equiv_count[0][filevec[0].equivs[i]]; for(i = 0; i < filevec[1].buffered_lines; ++i) ++equiv_count[1][filevec[1].equivs[i]]; /* Set up tables of which lines are going to be discarded. */ discarded[0] = (char *)zalloc(filevec[0].buffered_lines + filevec[1].buffered_lines); discarded[1] = discarded[0] + filevec[0].buffered_lines; /* Mark to be discarded each line that matches no line of the other file. If a line matches many lines, mark it as provisionally discardable. */ for(f = 0; f < 2; f++) { size_t end = filevec[f].buffered_lines; char *discards = discarded[f]; LineRef *counts = equiv_count[1 - f]; LineRef *equivs = filevec[f].equivs; size_t many = 5; size_t tem = end / 64; /* Multiply MANY by approximate square root of number of lines. That is the threshold for provisionally discardable lines. */ while((tem = tem >> 2) > 0) many *= 2; for(i = 0; i < (LineRef)end; i++) { LineRef nmatch; if(equivs[i] == 0) continue; nmatch = counts[equivs[i]]; if(nmatch == 0) discards[i] = 1; else if(nmatch > (LineRef)many) discards[i] = 2; } } /* Don't really discard the provisional lines except when they occur in a run of discardables, with nonprovisionals at the beginning and end. */ for(f = 0; f < 2; f++) { LineRef end = filevec[f].buffered_lines; char *discards = discarded[f]; for(i = 0; i < end; i++) { /* Cancel provisional discards not in middle of run of discards. */ if(discards[i] == 2) discards[i] = 0; else if(discards[i] != 0) { /* We have found a nonprovisional discard. */ LineRef j; LineRef length; LineRef provisional = 0; /* Find end of this run of discardable lines. Count how many are provisionally discardable. */ for(j = i; j < end; j++) { if(discards[j] == 0) break; if(discards[j] == 2) ++provisional; } /* Cancel provisional discards at end, and shrink the run. */ while(j > i && discards[j - 1] == 2) discards[--j] = 0, --provisional; /* Now we have the length of a run of discardable lines whose first and last are not provisional. */ length = j - i; /* If 1/4 of the lines in the run are provisional, cancel discarding of all provisional lines in the run. */ if(provisional * 4 > length) { while(j > i) if(discards[--j] == 2) discards[j] = 0; } else { LineRef consec; LineRef minimum = 1; LineRef tem = length >> 2; /* MINIMUM is approximate square root of LENGTH/4. A subrun of two or more provisionals can stand when LENGTH is at least 16. A subrun of 4 or more can stand when LENGTH >= 64. */ while(0 < (tem >>= 2)) minimum <<= 1; minimum++; /* Cancel any subrun of MINIMUM or more provisionals within the larger run. */ for(j = 0, consec = 0; j < length; j++) if(discards[i + j] != 2) consec = 0; else if(minimum == ++consec) /* Back up to start of subrun, to cancel it all. */ j -= consec; else if(minimum < consec) discards[i + j] = 0; /* Scan from beginning of run until we find 3 or more nonprovisionals in a row or until the first nonprovisional at least 8 lines in. Until that point, cancel any provisionals. */ for(j = 0, consec = 0; j < length; j++) { if(j >= 8 && discards[i + j] == 1) break; if(discards[i + j] == 2) consec = 0, discards[i + j] = 0; else if(discards[i + j] == 0) consec = 0; else consec++; if(consec == 3) break; } /* I advances to the last line of the run. */ i += length - 1; /* Same thing, from end. */ for(j = 0, consec = 0; j < length; j++) { if(j >= 8 && discards[i - j] == 1) break; if(discards[i - j] == 2) consec = 0, discards[i - j] = 0; else if(discards[i - j] == 0) consec = 0; else consec++; if(consec == 3) break; } } } } } /* Actually discard the lines. */ for(f = 0; f < 2; f++) { char *discards = discarded[f]; LineRef end = filevec[f].buffered_lines; LineRef j = 0; for(i = 0; i < end; ++i) if(minimal || discards[i] == 0) { filevec[f].undiscarded[j] = filevec[f].equivs[i]; filevec[f].realindexes[j++] = i; } else filevec[f].changed[i] = true; filevec[f].nondiscarded_lines = j; } free(discarded[0]); free(equiv_count[0]); } /* Adjust inserts/deletes of identical lines to join changes as much as possible. We do something when a run of changed lines include a line at one end and have an excluded, identical line at the other. We are free to choose which identical line is included. `compareseq' usually chooses the one at the beginning, but usually it is cleaner to consider the following identical line to be the "change". */ void GnuDiff::shift_boundaries(struct file_data filevec[]) { int f; for(f = 0; f < 2; f++) { bool *changed = filevec[f].changed; bool const *other_changed = filevec[1 - f].changed; LineRef const *equivs = filevec[f].equivs; LineRef i = 0; LineRef j = 0; LineRef i_end = filevec[f].buffered_lines; while(true) { LineRef runlength, start, corresponding; /* Scan forwards to find beginning of another run of changes. Also keep track of the corresponding point in the other file. */ while(i < i_end && !changed[i]) { while(other_changed[j++]) continue; i++; } if(i == i_end) break; start = i; /* Find the end of this run of changes. */ while(changed[++i]) continue; while(other_changed[j]) j++; do { /* Record the length of this run of changes, so that we can later determine whether the run has grown. */ runlength = i - start; /* Move the changed region back, so long as the previous unchanged line matches the last changed one. This merges with previous changed regions. */ while(start && equivs[start - 1] == equivs[i - 1]) { changed[--start] = true; changed[--i] = false; while(changed[start - 1]) start--; while(other_changed[--j]) continue; } /* Set CORRESPONDING to the end of the changed run, at the last point where it corresponds to a changed run in the other file. CORRESPONDING == I_END means no such point has been found. */ corresponding = other_changed[j - 1] ? i : i_end; /* Move the changed region forward, so long as the first changed line matches the following unchanged one. This merges with following changed regions. Do this second, so that if there are no merges, the changed region is moved forward as far as possible. */ while(i != i_end && equivs[start] == equivs[i]) { changed[start++] = false; changed[i++] = true; while(changed[i]) i++; while(other_changed[++j]) corresponding = i; } } while(runlength != i - start); /* If possible, move the fully-merged run of changes back to a corresponding run in the other file. */ while(corresponding < i) { changed[--start] = true; changed[--i] = false; while(other_changed[--j]) continue; } } } } /* Cons an additional entry onto the front of an edit script OLD. LINE0 and LINE1 are the first affected lines in the two files (origin 0). DELETED is the number of lines deleted here from file 0. INSERTED is the number of lines inserted here in file 1. If DELETED is 0 then LINE0 is the number of the line before which the insertion was done; vice versa for INSERTED and LINE1. */ GnuDiff::change *GnuDiff::add_change(LineRef line0, LineRef line1, LineRef deleted, LineRef inserted, struct change *old) { struct change *newChange = (change *)xmalloc(sizeof *newChange); newChange->line0 = line0; newChange->line1 = line1; newChange->inserted = inserted; newChange->deleted = deleted; newChange->link = old; return newChange; } /* Scan the tables of which lines are inserted and deleted, producing an edit script in reverse order. */ GnuDiff::change *GnuDiff::build_reverse_script(struct file_data const filevec[]) { struct change *script = nullptr; bool *changed0 = filevec[0].changed; bool *changed1 = filevec[1].changed; LineRef len0 = filevec[0].buffered_lines; LineRef len1 = filevec[1].buffered_lines; /* Note that changedN[len0] does exist, and is 0. */ LineRef i0 = 0, i1 = 0; while(i0 < len0 || i1 < len1) { if(changed0[i0] | changed1[i1]) { LineRef line0 = i0, line1 = i1; /* Find # lines changed here in each file. */ while(changed0[i0]) ++i0; while(changed1[i1]) ++i1; /* Record this change. */ script = add_change(line0, line1, i0 - line0, i1 - line1, script); } /* We have reached lines in the two files that match each other. */ i0++, i1++; } return script; } /* Scan the tables of which lines are inserted and deleted, producing an edit script in forward order. */ GnuDiff::change *GnuDiff::build_script(struct file_data const filevec[]) { struct change *script = nullptr; bool *changed0 = filevec[0].changed; bool *changed1 = filevec[1].changed; LineRef i0 = filevec[0].buffered_lines, i1 = filevec[1].buffered_lines; /* Note that changedN[-1] does exist, and is 0. */ while(i0 >= 0 || i1 >= 0) { if(changed0[i0 - 1] | changed1[i1 - 1]) { LineRef line0 = i0, line1 = i1; /* Find # lines changed here in each file. */ while(changed0[i0 - 1]) --i0; while(changed1[i1 - 1]) --i1; /* Record this change. */ script = add_change(i0, i1, line0 - i0, line1 - i1, script); } /* We have reached lines in the two files that match each other. */ i0--, i1--; } return script; } /* Report the differences of two files. */ GnuDiff::change *GnuDiff::diff_2_files(struct comparison *cmp) { LineRef diags; int f; struct change *script; read_files(cmp->file, files_can_be_treated_as_binary); { /* Allocate vectors for the results of comparison: a flag for each line of each file, saying whether that line is an insertion or deletion. Allocate an extra element, always 0, at each end of each vector. */ size_t s = cmp->file[0].buffered_lines + cmp->file[1].buffered_lines + 4; bool *flag_space = (bool *)zalloc(s * sizeof(*flag_space)); cmp->file[0].changed = flag_space + 1; cmp->file[1].changed = flag_space + cmp->file[0].buffered_lines + 3; /* Some lines are obviously insertions or deletions because they don't match anything. Detect them now, and avoid even thinking about them in the main comparison algorithm. */ discard_confusing_lines(cmp->file); /* Now do the main comparison algorithm, considering just the undiscarded lines. */ xvec = cmp->file[0].undiscarded; yvec = cmp->file[1].undiscarded; diags = (cmp->file[0].nondiscarded_lines + cmp->file[1].nondiscarded_lines + 3); fdiag = (LineRef *)xmalloc(diags * (2 * sizeof *fdiag)); bdiag = fdiag + diags; fdiag += cmp->file[1].nondiscarded_lines + 1; bdiag += cmp->file[1].nondiscarded_lines + 1; /* Set TOO_EXPENSIVE to be approximate square root of input size, bounded below by 256. */ too_expensive = 1; for(; diags != 0; diags >>= 2) too_expensive <<= 1; too_expensive = MAX(256, too_expensive); files[0] = cmp->file[0]; files[1] = cmp->file[1]; compareseq(0, cmp->file[0].nondiscarded_lines, 0, cmp->file[1].nondiscarded_lines, minimal); free(fdiag - (cmp->file[1].nondiscarded_lines + 1)); /* Modify the results slightly to make them prettier in cases where that can validly be done. */ shift_boundaries(cmp->file); /* Get the results of comparison in the form of a chain of `struct change's -- an edit script. */ script = build_script(cmp->file); free(cmp->file[0].undiscarded); free(flag_space); for(f = 0; f < 2; f++) { free(cmp->file[f].equivs); free(cmp->file[f].linbuf + cmp->file[f].linbuf_base); } } return script; } diff --git a/src/gnudiff_diff.h b/src/gnudiff_diff.h index c6d2252..b0aee4e 100644 --- a/src/gnudiff_diff.h +++ b/src/gnudiff_diff.h @@ -1,360 +1,360 @@ /* Shared definitions for GNU DIFF Modified for KDiff3 by Joachim Eibl 2003, 2004, 2005. The original file was part of GNU DIFF. Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1998, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. GNU DIFF is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. GNU DIFF is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software Foundation, - 51 Franklin Steet, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifndef GNUDIFF_DIFF_H #define GNUDIFF_DIFF_H #include "gnudiff_system.h" #include #include inline bool isEndOfLine( QChar c ) { return c=='\n' || c=='\r' || c=='\x0b'; } #define TAB_WIDTH 8 class GnuDiff { public: /* What kind of changes a hunk contains. */ enum changes { /* No changes: lines common to both files. */ UNCHANGED, /* Deletes only: lines taken from just the first file. */ OLD, /* Inserts only: lines taken from just the second file. */ NEW, /* Both deletes and inserts: a hunk containing both old and new lines. */ CHANGED }; /* Variables for command line options */ /* Nonzero if output cannot be generated for identical files. */ bool no_diff_means_no_output; /* Number of lines of context to show in each set of diffs. This is zero when context is not to be shown. */ LineRef context; /* Consider all files as text files (-a). Don't interpret codes over 0177 as implying a "binary file". */ bool text; /* The significance of white space during comparisons. */ enum { /* All white space is significant (the default). */ IGNORE_NO_WHITE_SPACE, /* Ignore changes due to tab expansion (-E). */ IGNORE_TAB_EXPANSION, /* Ignore changes in horizontal white space (-b). */ IGNORE_SPACE_CHANGE, /* Ignore all horizontal white space (-w). */ IGNORE_ALL_SPACE } ignore_white_space; /* Ignore changes that affect only blank lines (-B). */ bool ignore_blank_lines; /* Ignore changes that affect only numbers. (J. Eibl) */ bool bIgnoreNumbers; bool bIgnoreWhiteSpace; /* Files can be compared byte-by-byte, as if they were binary. This depends on various options. */ bool files_can_be_treated_as_binary; /* Ignore differences in case of letters (-i). */ bool ignore_case; /* Ignore differences in case of letters in file names. */ bool ignore_file_name_case; /* Regexp to identify function-header lines (-F). */ //struct re_pattern_buffer function_regexp; /* Ignore changes that affect only lines matching this regexp (-I). */ //struct re_pattern_buffer ignore_regexp; /* Say only whether files differ, not how (-q). */ bool brief; /* Expand tabs in the output so the text lines up properly despite the characters added to the front of each line (-t). */ bool expand_tabs; /* Use a tab in the output, rather than a space, before the text of an input line, so as to keep the proper alignment in the input line without changing the characters in it (-T). */ bool initial_tab; /* In directory comparison, specify file to start with (-S). This is used for resuming an aborted comparison. All file names less than this name are ignored. */ const QChar *starting_file; /* Pipe each file's output through pr (-l). */ bool paginate; /* Line group formats for unchanged, old, new, and changed groups. */ const QChar *group_format[CHANGED + 1]; /* Line formats for unchanged, old, and new lines. */ const QChar *line_format[NEW + 1]; /* If using OUTPUT_SDIFF print extra information to help the sdiff filter. */ bool sdiff_merge_assist; /* Tell OUTPUT_SDIFF to show only the left version of common lines. */ bool left_column; /* Tell OUTPUT_SDIFF to not show common lines. */ bool suppress_common_lines; /* The half line width and column 2 offset for OUTPUT_SDIFF. */ unsigned int sdiff_half_width; unsigned int sdiff_column2_offset; /* Use heuristics for better speed with large files with a small density of changes. */ bool speed_large_files; /* Patterns that match file names to be excluded. */ struct exclude *excluded; /* Don't discard lines. This makes things slower (sometimes much slower) but will find a guaranteed minimal set of changes. */ bool minimal; /* The result of comparison is an "edit script": a chain of `struct change'. Each `struct change' represents one place where some lines are deleted and some are inserted. LINE0 and LINE1 are the first affected lines in the two files (origin 0). DELETED is the number of lines deleted here from file 0. INSERTED is the number of lines inserted here in file 1. If DELETED is 0 then LINE0 is the number of the line before which the insertion was done; vice versa for INSERTED and LINE1. */ struct change { struct change *link; /* Previous or next edit command */ LineRef inserted; /* # lines of file 1 changed here. */ LineRef deleted; /* # lines of file 0 changed here. */ LineRef line0; /* Line number of 1st deleted line. */ LineRef line1; /* Line number of 1st inserted line. */ bool ignore; /* Flag used in context.c. */ }; /* Structures that describe the input files. */ /* Data on one input file being compared. */ struct file_data { /* Buffer in which text of file is read. */ const QChar* buffer; /* Allocated size of buffer, in QChars. Always a multiple of sizeof *buffer. */ size_t bufsize; /* Number of valid bytes now in the buffer. */ size_t buffered; /* Array of pointers to lines in the file. */ const QChar **linbuf; /* linbuf_base <= buffered_lines <= valid_lines <= alloc_lines. linebuf[linbuf_base ... buffered_lines - 1] are possibly differing. linebuf[linbuf_base ... valid_lines - 1] contain valid data. linebuf[linbuf_base ... alloc_lines - 1] are allocated. */ LineRef linbuf_base, buffered_lines, valid_lines, alloc_lines; /* Pointer to end of prefix of this file to ignore when hashing. */ const QChar *prefix_end; /* Count of lines in the prefix. There are this many lines in the file before linbuf[0]. */ LineRef prefix_lines; /* Pointer to start of suffix of this file to ignore when hashing. */ const QChar *suffix_begin; /* Vector, indexed by line number, containing an equivalence code for each line. It is this vector that is actually compared with that of another file to generate differences. */ LineRef *equivs; /* Vector, like the previous one except that the elements for discarded lines have been squeezed out. */ LineRef *undiscarded; /* Vector mapping virtual line numbers (not counting discarded lines) to real ones (counting those lines). Both are origin-0. */ LineRef *realindexes; /* Total number of nondiscarded lines. */ LineRef nondiscarded_lines; /* Vector, indexed by real origin-0 line number, containing TRUE for a line that is an insertion or a deletion. The results of comparison are stored here. */ bool *changed; /* 1 if at end of file. */ bool eof; /* 1 more than the maximum equivalence value used for this or its sibling file. */ LineRef equiv_max; }; /* Data on two input files being compared. */ struct comparison { struct file_data file[2]; struct comparison const *parent; /* parent, if a recursive comparison */ }; /* Describe the two files currently being compared. */ struct file_data files[2]; /* Stdio stream to output diffs to. */ FILE *outfile; /* Declare various functions. */ /* analyze.c */ struct change* diff_2_files (struct comparison *); /* context.c */ void print_context_header (struct file_data[], bool); void print_context_script (struct change *, bool); /* dir.c */ int diff_dirs (struct comparison const *, int (*) (struct comparison const *, const QChar *, const QChar *)); /* ed.c */ void print_ed_script (struct change *); void pr_forward_ed_script (struct change *); /* ifdef.c */ void print_ifdef_script (struct change *); /* io.c */ void file_block_read (struct file_data *, size_t); bool read_files (struct file_data[], bool); /* normal.c */ void print_normal_script (struct change *); /* rcs.c */ void print_rcs_script (struct change *); /* side.c */ void print_sdiff_script (struct change *); /* util.c */ QChar *concat (const QChar *, const QChar *, const QChar *); bool lines_differ ( const QChar *, size_t, const QChar *, size_t ); LineRef translate_line_number (struct file_data const *, LineRef); struct change *find_change (struct change *); struct change *find_reverse_change (struct change *); void *zalloc (size_t); enum changes analyze_hunk (struct change *, LineRef *, LineRef *, LineRef *, LineRef *); void begin_output (void); void debug_script (struct change *); void finish_output (void); void message (const QChar *, const QChar *, const QChar *); void message5 (const QChar *, const QChar *, const QChar *, const QChar *, const QChar *); void output_1_line (const QChar *, const QChar *, const QChar *, const QChar *); void perror_with_name (const QChar *); void setup_output (const QChar *, const QChar *, bool); void translate_range (struct file_data const *, LineRef, LineRef, long *, long *); /* version.c */ //extern const QChar version_string[]; private: // gnudiff_analyze.cpp LineRef diag (LineRef xoff, LineRef xlim, LineRef yoff, LineRef ylim, bool find_minimal, struct partition *part); void compareseq (LineRef xoff, LineRef xlim, LineRef yoff, LineRef ylim, bool find_minimal); void discard_confusing_lines (struct file_data filevec[]); void shift_boundaries (struct file_data filevec[]); struct change * add_change (LineRef line0, LineRef line1, LineRef deleted, LineRef inserted, struct change *old); struct change * build_reverse_script (struct file_data const filevec[]); struct change* build_script (struct file_data const filevec[]); // gnudiff_io.cpp void find_and_hash_each_line (struct file_data *current); void find_identical_ends (struct file_data filevec[]); // gnudiff_xmalloc.cpp void *xmalloc (size_t n); void *xrealloc(void *p, size_t n); void xalloc_die (void); inline bool isWhite( QChar c ) { return c==' ' || c=='\t' || c=='\r'; } }; // class GnuDiff # define XMALLOC(Type, N_items) ((Type *) xmalloc (sizeof (Type) * (N_items))) # define XREALLOC(Ptr, Type, N_items) \ ((Type *) xrealloc ((void *) (Ptr), sizeof (Type) * (N_items))) /* Declare and alloc memory for VAR of type TYPE. */ # define NEW(Type, Var) Type *(Var) = XMALLOC (Type, 1) /* Free VAR only if non NULL. */ # define XFREE(Var) \ do { \ if (Var) \ free (Var); \ } while (0) /* Return a pointer to a malloc'ed copy of the array SRC of NUM elements. */ # define CCLONE(Src, Num) \ (memcpy (xmalloc (sizeof (*Src) * (Num)), (Src), sizeof (*Src) * (Num))) /* Return a malloc'ed copy of SRC. */ # define CLONE(Src) CCLONE (Src, 1) #endif diff --git a/src/gnudiff_io.cpp b/src/gnudiff_io.cpp index 22b825d..121977f 100644 --- a/src/gnudiff_io.cpp +++ b/src/gnudiff_io.cpp @@ -1,545 +1,545 @@ /* File I/O for GNU DIFF. Modified for KDiff3 by Joachim Eibl 2003, 2004, 2005. The original file was part of GNU DIFF. Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1998, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. GNU DIFF is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. GNU DIFF is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software Foundation, - 51 Franklin Steet, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #include "gnudiff_diff.h" #include /* Rotate an unsigned value to the left. */ #define ROL(v, n) ((v) << (n) | (v) >> (sizeof(v) * CHAR_BIT - (n))) /* Given a hash value and a new character, return a new hash value. */ #define HASH(h, c) ((c) + ROL(h, 7)) /* The type of a hash value. */ typedef size_t hash_value; verify(hash_value_is_unsigned, !TYPE_SIGNED(hash_value)); /* Lines are put into equivalence classes of lines that match in lines_differ. Each equivalence class is represented by one of these structures, but only while the classes are being computed. Afterward, each class is represented by a number. */ struct equivclass { LineRef next; /* Next item in this bucket. */ hash_value hash; /* Hash of lines in this class. */ const QChar *line; /* A line that fits this class. */ size_t length; /* That line's length, not counting its newline. */ }; /* Hash-table: array of buckets, each being a chain of equivalence classes. buckets[-1] is reserved for incomplete lines. */ static LineRef *buckets; /* Number of buckets in the hash table array, not counting buckets[-1]. */ static size_t nbuckets; /* Array in which the equivalence classes are allocated. The bucket-chains go through the elements in this array. The number of an equivalence class is its index in this array. */ static struct equivclass *equivs; /* Index of first free element in the array `equivs'. */ static LineRef equivs_index; /* Number of elements allocated in the array `equivs'. */ static LineRef equivs_alloc; /* Check for binary files and compare them for exact identity. */ /* Return 1 if BUF contains a non text character. SIZE is the number of characters in BUF. */ #define binary_file_p(buf, size) (memchr(buf, 0, size) != 0) /* Compare two lines (typically one from each input file) according to the command line options. For efficiency, this is invoked only when the lines do not match exactly but an option like -i might cause us to ignore the difference. Return nonzero if the lines differ. */ bool GnuDiff::lines_differ(const QChar *s1, size_t len1, const QChar *s2, size_t len2) { const QChar *t1 = s1; const QChar *t2 = s2; const QChar *s1end = s1 + len1; const QChar *s2end = s2 + len2; for(;; ++t1, ++t2) { /* Test for exact char equality first, since it's a common case. */ if(t1 != s1end && t2 != s2end && *t1 == *t2) continue; else { while(t1 != s1end && ((bIgnoreWhiteSpace && isWhite(*t1)) || (bIgnoreNumbers && (t1->isDigit() || *t1 == '-' || *t1 == '.')))) { ++t1; } while(t2 != s2end && ((bIgnoreWhiteSpace && isWhite(*t2)) || (bIgnoreNumbers && (t2->isDigit() || *t2 == '-' || *t2 == '.')))) { ++t2; } if(t1 != s1end && t2 != s2end) { if(ignore_case) { /* Lowercase comparison. */ if(t1->toLower() == t2->toLower()) continue; } else if(*t1 == *t2) continue; else return true; } else if(t1 == s1end && t2 == s2end) return false; else return true; } } return false; } /* Split the file into lines, simultaneously computing the equivalence class for each line. */ void GnuDiff::find_and_hash_each_line(struct file_data *current) { hash_value h; const QChar *p = current->prefix_end; QChar c; LineRef i, *bucket; size_t length; /* Cache often-used quantities in local variables to help the compiler. */ const QChar **linbuf = current->linbuf; LineRef alloc_lines = current->alloc_lines; LineRef line = 0; LineRef linbuf_base = current->linbuf_base; LineRef *cureqs = (LineRef *)xmalloc(alloc_lines * sizeof *cureqs); struct equivclass *eqs = equivs; LineRef eqs_index = equivs_index; LineRef eqs_alloc = equivs_alloc; const QChar *suffix_begin = current->suffix_begin; const QChar *bufend = current->buffer + current->buffered; bool diff_length_compare_anyway = ignore_white_space != IGNORE_NO_WHITE_SPACE || bIgnoreNumbers; bool same_length_diff_contents_compare_anyway = diff_length_compare_anyway | ignore_case; while(p < suffix_begin) { const QChar *ip = p; h = 0; /* Hash this line until we find a newline or bufend is reached. */ if(ignore_case) switch(ignore_white_space) { case IGNORE_ALL_SPACE: while(p < bufend && !isEndOfLine(c = *p)) { if(!(isWhite(c) || (bIgnoreNumbers && (c.isDigit() || c == '-' || c == '.')))) h = HASH(h, c.toLower().unicode()); ++p; } break; default: while(p < bufend && !isEndOfLine(c = *p)) { h = HASH(h, c.toLower().unicode()); ++p; } break; } else switch(ignore_white_space) { case IGNORE_ALL_SPACE: while(p < bufend && !isEndOfLine(c = *p)) { if(!(isWhite(c) || (bIgnoreNumbers && (c.isDigit() || c == '-' || c == '.')))) h = HASH(h, c.unicode()); ++p; } break; default: while(p < bufend && !isEndOfLine(c = *p)) { h = HASH(h, c.unicode()); ++p; } break; } bucket = &buckets[h % nbuckets]; length = p - ip; ++p; for(i = *bucket;; i = eqs[i].next) if(!i) { /* Create a new equivalence class in this bucket. */ i = eqs_index++; if(i == eqs_alloc) { if((LineRef)(LINEREF_MAX / (2 * sizeof *eqs)) <= eqs_alloc) xalloc_die(); eqs_alloc *= 2; eqs = (equivclass *)xrealloc(eqs, eqs_alloc * sizeof *eqs); } eqs[i].next = *bucket; eqs[i].hash = h; eqs[i].line = ip; eqs[i].length = length; *bucket = i; break; } else if(eqs[i].hash == h) { const QChar *eqline = eqs[i].line; /* Reuse existing class if lines_differ reports the lines equal. */ if(eqs[i].length == length) { /* Reuse existing equivalence class if the lines are identical. This detects the common case of exact identity faster than lines_differ would. */ if(memcmp(eqline, ip, length * sizeof(QChar)) == 0) break; if(!same_length_diff_contents_compare_anyway) continue; } else if(!diff_length_compare_anyway) continue; if(!lines_differ(eqline, eqs[i].length, ip, length)) break; } /* Maybe increase the size of the line table. */ if(line == alloc_lines) { /* Double (alloc_lines - linbuf_base) by adding to alloc_lines. */ if((LineRef)(LINEREF_MAX / 3) <= alloc_lines || (LineRef)(LINEREF_MAX / sizeof *cureqs) <= 2 * alloc_lines - linbuf_base || (LineRef)(LINEREF_MAX / sizeof *linbuf) <= alloc_lines - linbuf_base) xalloc_die(); alloc_lines = 2 * alloc_lines - linbuf_base; cureqs = (LineRef *)xrealloc(cureqs, alloc_lines * sizeof *cureqs); linbuf += linbuf_base; linbuf = (const QChar **)xrealloc(linbuf, (alloc_lines - linbuf_base) * sizeof *linbuf); linbuf -= linbuf_base; } linbuf[line] = ip; cureqs[line] = i; ++line; } current->buffered_lines = line; for(i = 0;; i++) { /* Record the line start for lines in the suffix that we care about. Record one more line start than lines, so that we can compute the length of any buffered line. */ if(line == alloc_lines) { /* Double (alloc_lines - linbuf_base) by adding to alloc_lines. */ if((LineRef)(LINEREF_MAX / 3) <= alloc_lines || (LineRef)(LINEREF_MAX / sizeof *cureqs) <= 2 * alloc_lines - linbuf_base || (LineRef)(LINEREF_MAX / sizeof *linbuf) <= alloc_lines - linbuf_base) xalloc_die(); alloc_lines = 2 * alloc_lines - linbuf_base; linbuf += linbuf_base; linbuf = (const QChar **)xrealloc(linbuf, (alloc_lines - linbuf_base) * sizeof *linbuf); linbuf -= linbuf_base; } linbuf[line] = p; if(p >= bufend) break; if(context <= i && no_diff_means_no_output) break; line++; while(p < bufend && !isEndOfLine(*p++)) continue; } /* Done with cache in local variables. */ current->linbuf = linbuf; current->valid_lines = line; current->alloc_lines = alloc_lines; current->equivs = cureqs; equivs = eqs; equivs_alloc = eqs_alloc; equivs_index = eqs_index; } /* We have found N lines in a buffer of size S; guess the proportionate number of lines that will be found in a buffer of size T. However, do not guess a number of lines so large that the resulting line table might cause overflow in size calculations. */ static LineRef guess_lines(LineRef n, size_t s, size_t t) { size_t guessed_bytes_per_line = n < 10 ? 32 : s / (n - 1); size_t guessed_lines = MAX((LineRef)1, t / guessed_bytes_per_line); return (LineRef)MIN(guessed_lines, (LineRef)(LINEREF_MAX / (2 * sizeof(QChar *) + 1) - 5)) + 5; } /* Given a vector of two file_data objects, find the identical prefixes and suffixes of each object. */ void GnuDiff::find_identical_ends(struct file_data filevec[]) { /* Find identical prefix. */ const QChar *p0, *p1, *buffer0, *buffer1; p0 = buffer0 = filevec[0].buffer; p1 = buffer1 = filevec[1].buffer; size_t n0, n1; n0 = filevec[0].buffered; n1 = filevec[1].buffered; const QChar *const pEnd0 = p0 + n0; const QChar *const pEnd1 = p1 + n1; if(p0 == p1) /* The buffers are the same; sentinels won't work. */ p0 = p1 += n1; else { /* Loop until first mismatch, or end. */ while(p0 != pEnd0 && p1 != pEnd1 && *p0 == *p1) { p0++; p1++; } } /* Now P0 and P1 point at the first nonmatching characters. */ /* Skip back to last line-beginning in the prefix. */ while(p0 != buffer0 && !isEndOfLine(p0[-1])) p0--, p1--; /* Record the prefix. */ filevec[0].prefix_end = p0; filevec[1].prefix_end = p1; /* Find identical suffix. */ /* P0 and P1 point beyond the last chars not yet compared. */ p0 = buffer0 + n0; p1 = buffer1 + n1; const QChar *end0, *beg0; end0 = p0; /* Addr of last char in file 0. */ /* Get value of P0 at which we should stop scanning backward: this is when either P0 or P1 points just past the last char of the identical prefix. */ beg0 = filevec[0].prefix_end + (n0 < n1 ? 0 : n0 - n1); /* Scan back until chars don't match or we reach that point. */ for(; p0 != beg0; p0--, p1--) { if(*p0 != *p1) { /* Point at the first char of the matching suffix. */ beg0 = p0; break; } } // Go to the next line (skip last line with a difference) if(p0 != end0) { if(*p0 != *p1) ++p0; while(p0 < pEnd0 && !isEndOfLine(*p0++)) continue; } p1 += p0 - beg0; /* Record the suffix. */ filevec[0].suffix_begin = p0; filevec[1].suffix_begin = p1; /* Calculate number of lines of prefix to save. prefix_count == 0 means save the whole prefix; we need this for options like -D that output the whole file, or for enormous contexts (to avoid worrying about arithmetic overflow). We also need it for options like -F that output some preceding line; at least we will need to find the last few lines, but since we don't know how many, it's easiest to find them all. Otherwise, prefix_count != 0. Save just prefix_count lines at start of the line buffer; they'll be moved to the proper location later. Handle 1 more line than the context says (because we count 1 too many), rounded up to the next power of 2 to speed index computation. */ const QChar **linbuf0, **linbuf1; LineRef alloc_lines0, alloc_lines1; LineRef buffered_prefix, prefix_count, prefix_mask; LineRef middle_guess, suffix_guess; if(no_diff_means_no_output && context < (LineRef)(LINEREF_MAX / 4) && context < (LineRef)(n0)) { middle_guess = guess_lines(0, 0, p0 - filevec[0].prefix_end); suffix_guess = guess_lines(0, 0, buffer0 + n0 - p0); for(prefix_count = 1; prefix_count <= context; prefix_count *= 2) continue; alloc_lines0 = (prefix_count + middle_guess + MIN(context, suffix_guess)); } else { prefix_count = 0; alloc_lines0 = guess_lines(0, 0, n0); } prefix_mask = prefix_count - 1; LineRef lines = 0; linbuf0 = (const QChar **)xmalloc(alloc_lines0 * sizeof(*linbuf0)); p0 = buffer0; /* If the prefix is needed, find the prefix lines. */ if(!(no_diff_means_no_output && filevec[0].prefix_end == p0 && filevec[1].prefix_end == p1)) { end0 = filevec[0].prefix_end; while(p0 != end0) { LineRef l = lines++ & prefix_mask; if(l == alloc_lines0) { if((LineRef)(LINEREF_MAX / (2 * sizeof *linbuf0)) <= alloc_lines0) xalloc_die(); alloc_lines0 *= 2; linbuf0 = (const QChar **)xrealloc(linbuf0, alloc_lines0 * sizeof(*linbuf0)); } linbuf0[l] = p0; while(p0 < pEnd0 && !isEndOfLine(*p0++)) continue; } } buffered_prefix = prefix_count && context < lines ? context : lines; /* Allocate line buffer 1. */ middle_guess = guess_lines(lines, p0 - buffer0, p1 - filevec[1].prefix_end); suffix_guess = guess_lines(lines, p0 - buffer0, buffer1 + n1 - p1); alloc_lines1 = buffered_prefix + middle_guess + MIN(context, suffix_guess); if(alloc_lines1 < buffered_prefix || (LineRef)(LINEREF_MAX / sizeof *linbuf1) <= alloc_lines1) xalloc_die(); linbuf1 = (const QChar **)xmalloc(alloc_lines1 * sizeof(*linbuf1)); LineRef i; if(buffered_prefix != lines) { /* Rotate prefix lines to proper location. */ for(i = 0; i < buffered_prefix; i++) linbuf1[i] = linbuf0[(lines - context + i) & prefix_mask]; for(i = 0; i < buffered_prefix; i++) linbuf0[i] = linbuf1[i]; } /* Initialize line buffer 1 from line buffer 0. */ for(i = 0; i < buffered_prefix; i++) linbuf1[i] = linbuf0[i] - buffer0 + buffer1; /* Record the line buffer, adjusted so that linbuf[0] points at the first differing line. */ filevec[0].linbuf = linbuf0 + buffered_prefix; filevec[1].linbuf = linbuf1 + buffered_prefix; filevec[0].linbuf_base = filevec[1].linbuf_base = -buffered_prefix; filevec[0].alloc_lines = alloc_lines0 - buffered_prefix; filevec[1].alloc_lines = alloc_lines1 - buffered_prefix; filevec[0].prefix_lines = filevec[1].prefix_lines = lines; } /* If 1 < k, then (2**k - prime_offset[k]) is the largest prime less than 2**k. This table is derived from Chris K. Caldwell's list . */ static unsigned char const prime_offset[] = { 0, 0, 1, 1, 3, 1, 3, 1, 5, 3, 3, 9, 3, 1, 3, 19, 15, 1, 5, 1, 3, 9, 3, 15, 3, 39, 5, 39, 57, 3, 35, 1, 5, 9, 41, 31, 5, 25, 45, 7, 87, 21, 11, 57, 17, 55, 21, 115, 59, 81, 27, 129, 47, 111, 33, 55, 5, 13, 27, 55, 93, 1, 57, 25}; /* Verify that this host's size_t is not too wide for the above table. */ verify(enough_prime_offsets, sizeof(size_t) * CHAR_BIT <= sizeof prime_offset); /* Given a vector of two file_data objects, read the file associated with each one, and build the table of equivalence classes. Return nonzero if either file appears to be a binary file. If PRETEND_BINARY is nonzero, pretend they are binary regardless. */ bool GnuDiff::read_files(struct file_data filevec[], bool /*pretend_binary*/) { LineRef i; find_identical_ends(filevec); equivs_alloc = filevec[0].alloc_lines + filevec[1].alloc_lines + 1; if((LineRef)(LINEREF_MAX / sizeof *equivs) <= equivs_alloc) xalloc_die(); equivs = (equivclass *)xmalloc(equivs_alloc * sizeof *equivs); /* Equivalence class 0 is permanently safe for lines that were not hashed. Real equivalence classes start at 1. */ equivs_index = 1; /* Allocate (one plus) a prime number of hash buckets. Use a prime number between 1/3 and 2/3 of the value of equiv_allocs, approximately. */ for(i = 9; ((LineRef)1 << i) < equivs_alloc / 3; i++) continue; nbuckets = ((LineRef)1 << i) - prime_offset[i]; if(LINEREF_MAX / sizeof *buckets <= nbuckets) xalloc_die(); buckets = (LineRef *)zalloc((nbuckets + 1) * sizeof *buckets); buckets++; for(i = 0; i < 2; i++) find_and_hash_each_line(&filevec[i]); filevec[0].equiv_max = filevec[1].equiv_max = equivs_index; free(equivs); free(buckets - 1); return false; } diff --git a/src/gnudiff_system.h b/src/gnudiff_system.h index 168547f..5cb1f67 100644 --- a/src/gnudiff_system.h +++ b/src/gnudiff_system.h @@ -1,66 +1,66 @@ /* System dependent declarations. Modified for KDiff3 by Joachim Eibl 2003. The original file was part of GNU DIFF. Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1998, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. GNU DIFF is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. GNU DIFF is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software Foundation, - 51 Franklin Steet, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #ifndef GNUDIFF_SYSTEM_H #define GNUDIFF_SYSTEM_H #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include /* Determine whether an integer type is signed, and its bounds. This code assumes two's (or one's!) complement with no holes. */ /* The extra casts work around common compiler bugs, e.g. Cray C 5.0.3.0 when t == time_t. */ #ifndef TYPE_SIGNED # define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1)) #endif /* Verify a requirement at compile-time (unlike assert, which is runtime). */ #define verify(name, assertion) struct name { char a[(assertion) ? 1 : -1]; } #ifndef MIN #define MIN(a, b) ((a) <= (b) ? (a) : (b)) #endif #ifndef MAX #define MAX(a, b) ((a) >= (b) ? (a) : (b)) #endif /* The integer type of a line number. */ typedef int LineRef; #define LINEREF_MAX INT_MAX verify(lin_is_signed, TYPE_SIGNED(LineRef)); //verify(lin_is_wide_enough, sizeof(int) <= sizeof(LineRef)); #endif diff --git a/src/gnudiff_xmalloc.cpp b/src/gnudiff_xmalloc.cpp index baab104..000131d 100644 --- a/src/gnudiff_xmalloc.cpp +++ b/src/gnudiff_xmalloc.cpp @@ -1,79 +1,79 @@ /* xmalloc.c -- malloc with out of memory checking Modified for KDiff3 by Joachim Eibl 2003. The original file was part of GNU DIFF. Copyright (C) 1990-1999, 2000, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, - Inc., 51 Franklin Steet, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #include #include #include #ifndef EXIT_FAILURE #define EXIT_FAILURE 1 #endif #include "gnudiff_diff.h" /* If non NULL, call this function when memory is exhausted. */ void (*xalloc_fail_func)(void) = nullptr; void GnuDiff::xalloc_die(void) { if(xalloc_fail_func) (*xalloc_fail_func)(); //error (exit_failure, 0, "%s", _(xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted)); /* The `noreturn' cannot be given to error, since it may return if its first argument is 0. To help compilers understand the xalloc_die does terminate, call exit. */ exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } /* Allocate N bytes of memory dynamically, with error checking. */ void * GnuDiff::xmalloc(size_t n) { void *p; p = malloc(n == 0 ? 1 : n); // There are systems where malloc returns 0 for n==0. if(p == nullptr) xalloc_die(); return p; } /* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes, with error checking. */ void * GnuDiff::xrealloc(void *p, size_t n) { p = realloc(p, n == 0 ? 1 : n); if(p == nullptr) xalloc_die(); return p; } /* Yield a new block of SIZE bytes, initialized to zero. */ void * GnuDiff::zalloc(size_t size) { void *p = xmalloc(size); memset(p, 0, size); return p; } diff --git a/src/guiutils.h b/src/guiutils.h index 32e28fc..592c34c 100644 --- a/src/guiutils.h +++ b/src/guiutils.h @@ -1,130 +1,134 @@ /*************************************************************************** kdiff3.h - description ------------------- begin : March 26 17:44 CEST 2002 copyright : (c) 2008 by Valentin Rusu email : kde at rusu.info ***************************************************************************/ /*************************************************************************** * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or * * (at your option) any later version. * * * ***************************************************************************/ +#ifndef GUIUTILS_H +#define GUIUTILS_H #include #include namespace KDiff3 { template T* createAction( const QString& text, const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, KActionCollection* ac, const QString &actionName); template <> inline QAction * createAction( const QString& text, const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, KActionCollection* ac, const QString &actionName) { Q_ASSERT( ac != nullptr ); QAction * theAction = ac->addAction( actionName ); theAction->setText( text ); QObject::connect( theAction, SIGNAL( triggered() ), receiver, slot ); return theAction; } template <> inline KToggleAction* createAction( const QString& text, const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, KActionCollection* ac, const QString &actionName) { Q_ASSERT( ac != nullptr ); KToggleAction* theAction = new KToggleAction(ac); ac->addAction( actionName, theAction ); theAction->setText( text ); QObject::connect( theAction, SIGNAL( triggered(bool) ), receiver, slot ); return theAction; } template T* createAction( const QString& text, const QKeySequence& shortcut, const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, KActionCollection* ac, const QString &actionName) { T* theAction = createAction( text, receiver, slot, ac, actionName ); ac->setDefaultShortcut(theAction, shortcut); return theAction; } template T* createAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& icon, const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, KActionCollection* ac, const QString &actionName) { T* theAction = createAction( text, receiver, slot, ac, actionName ); theAction->setIcon( icon ); return theAction; } template T* createAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& icon, const QString& iconText, const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, KActionCollection* ac, const QString &actionName) { T* theAction = createAction( text, receiver, slot, ac, actionName ); theAction->setIcon( icon ); theAction->setIconText( iconText ); return theAction; } template T* createAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& icon, const QKeySequence& shortcut, const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, KActionCollection* ac, const QString &actionName) { T* theAction = createAction( text, shortcut, receiver, slot, ac, actionName ); theAction->setIcon( icon ); return theAction; } template T* createAction( const QString& text, const QIcon& icon, const QString& iconText, const QKeySequence& shortcut, const QObject* receiver, const char* slot, KActionCollection* ac, const QString &actionName) { T* theAction = createAction( text, shortcut, receiver, slot, ac, actionName ); theAction->setIcon( icon ); theAction->setIconText( iconText ); return theAction; } } + +#endif diff --git a/src/kdiff3.cpp b/src/kdiff3.cpp index 8cb4d6a..4345960 100644 --- a/src/kdiff3.cpp +++ b/src/kdiff3.cpp @@ -1,1085 +1,1085 @@ /*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2003-2007 by Joachim Eibl * * Copyright (C) 2018 Michael Reeves reeves.87@gmail.com * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * * (at your option) any later version. * * * ***************************************************************************/ #include "difftextwindow.h" #include "mergeresultwindow.h" #include // include files for QT #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include // include files for KDE #include #include #include #include //#include #include #include #include #include // application specific includes #include "directorymergewindow.h" #include "fileaccess.h" #include "guiutils.h" // namespace KDiff3 #include "kdiff3.h" #include "kdiff3_part.h" #include "kdiff3_shell.h" #include "optiondialog.h" #include "progress.h" #include "smalldialogs.h" #define ID_STATUS_MSG 1 #define MAIN_TOOLBAR_NAME QLatin1String("mainToolBar") KActionCollection* KDiff3App::actionCollection() { if(m_pKDiff3Shell == nullptr) return m_pKDiff3Part->actionCollection(); else return m_pKDiff3Shell->actionCollection(); } QStatusBar* KDiff3App::statusBar() { if(m_pKDiff3Shell == nullptr) return nullptr; else return m_pKDiff3Shell->statusBar(); } KToolBar* KDiff3App::toolBar(const QLatin1String toolBarId) { if(m_pKDiff3Shell == nullptr) return nullptr; else return m_pKDiff3Shell->toolBar(toolBarId); } bool KDiff3App::isPart() { return m_pKDiff3Shell == nullptr; } bool KDiff3App::isFileSaved() { return m_bFileSaved; } bool KDiff3App::isDirComparison() { return m_bDirCompare; } KDiff3App::KDiff3App(QWidget* pParent, const QString /*name*/, KDiff3Part* pKDiff3Part) : QSplitter(pParent) //previously KMainWindow { setObjectName("KDiff3App"); m_pKDiff3Part = pKDiff3Part; m_pKDiff3Shell = qobject_cast(pParent); setWindowTitle("KDiff3"); setOpaqueResize(false); // faster resizing setUpdatesEnabled(false); // set Disabled to same color as enabled to prevent flicker in DirectoryMergeWindow QPalette pal; pal.setBrush(QPalette::Base, pal.brush(QPalette::Active, QPalette::Base)); pal.setColor(QPalette::Text, pal.color(QPalette::Active, QPalette::Text)); setPalette(pal); m_pMainSplitter = nullptr; m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter = nullptr; m_pDirectoryMergeWindow = nullptr; m_pCornerWidget = nullptr; m_pMainWidget = nullptr; m_pDiffTextWindow1 = nullptr; m_pDiffTextWindow2 = nullptr; m_pDiffTextWindow3 = nullptr; m_pDiffTextWindowFrame1 = nullptr; m_pDiffTextWindowFrame2 = nullptr; m_pDiffTextWindowFrame3 = nullptr; m_pDiffWindowSplitter = nullptr; m_pOverview = nullptr; m_bTripleDiff = false; m_pMergeResultWindow = nullptr; m_pMergeWindowFrame = nullptr; m_bOutputModified = false; m_bFileSaved = false; m_bTimerBlock = false; m_pHScrollBar = nullptr; m_pDiffVScrollBar = nullptr; m_pMergeVScrollBar = nullptr; viewToolBar = nullptr; m_bRecalcWordWrapPosted = false; m_bFinishMainInit = false; m_pEventLoopForPrinting = nullptr; m_bLoadFiles = false; // Needed before any file operations via FileAccess happen. if(!g_pProgressDialog) { g_pProgressDialog = new ProgressDialog(this, statusBar()); g_pProgressDialog->setStayHidden(true); } // All default values must be set before calling readOptions(). m_pOptionDialog = new OptionDialog(m_pKDiff3Shell != nullptr, this); connect(m_pOptionDialog, &OptionDialog::applyDone, this, &KDiff3App::slotRefresh); // This is just a convenience variable to make code that accesses options more readable m_pOptions = &m_pOptionDialog->m_options; m_pOptionDialog->readOptions(KSharedConfig::openConfig()); // Option handling: Only when pParent==0 (no parent) int argCount = KDiff3Shell::getParser()->optionNames().count() + KDiff3Shell::getParser()->positionalArguments().count(); bool hasArgs = !isPart() && argCount > 0; if(hasArgs) { QString s; QString title; if(KDiff3Shell::getParser()->isSet("confighelp")) { s = m_pOptionDialog->calcOptionHelp(); title = i18n("Current Configuration:"); } else { s = m_pOptionDialog->parseOptions(KDiff3Shell::getParser()->values("cs")); title = i18n("Config Option Error:"); } if(!s.isEmpty()) { //KMessageBox::information(0, s,i18n("KDiff3-Usage")); QDialog* pDialog = new QDialog(this); pDialog->setAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose); pDialog->setModal(true); pDialog->setWindowTitle(title); QVBoxLayout* pVBoxLayout = new QVBoxLayout(pDialog); QTextEdit* pTextEdit = new QTextEdit(pDialog); pTextEdit->setText(s); pTextEdit->setReadOnly(true); pTextEdit->setWordWrapMode(QTextOption::NoWrap); pVBoxLayout->addWidget(pTextEdit); pDialog->resize(600, 400); pDialog->exec(); #if !defined(Q_OS_WIN) // A windows program has no console printf("%s\n", title.toLatin1().constData()); printf("%s\n", s.toLatin1().constData()); #endif exit(1); } } m_sd1.setOptions(m_pOptions); m_sd2.setOptions(m_pOptions); m_sd3.setOptions(m_pOptions); m_bAutoFlag = false; //disable --auto option git hard codes this unwanted flag. m_bAutoMode = m_bAutoFlag || m_pOptions->m_bAutoSaveAndQuitOnMergeWithoutConflicts; if(hasArgs) { m_outputFilename = KDiff3Shell::getParser()->value("output"); if(m_outputFilename.isEmpty()) m_outputFilename = KDiff3Shell::getParser()->value("out"); if(!m_outputFilename.isEmpty()) m_outputFilename = FileAccess(m_outputFilename, true).absoluteFilePath(); if(m_bAutoMode && m_outputFilename.isEmpty()) { if(m_bAutoFlag) { //KMessageBox::information(this, i18n("Option --auto used, but no output file specified.")); fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", (const char*)i18n("Option --auto used, but no output file specified.").toLatin1()); } m_bAutoMode = false; } if(m_outputFilename.isEmpty() && KDiff3Shell::getParser()->isSet("merge")) { m_outputFilename = "unnamed.txt"; m_bDefaultFilename = true; } else { m_bDefaultFilename = false; } g_bAutoSolve = !KDiff3Shell::getParser()->isSet("qall"); // Note that this is effective only once. QStringList args = KDiff3Shell::getParser()->positionalArguments(); m_sd1.setFilename(KDiff3Shell::getParser()->value("base")); if(m_sd1.isEmpty()) { if(args.count() > 0) m_sd1.setFilename(args[0]); // args->arg(0) if(args.count() > 1) m_sd2.setFilename(args[1]); if(args.count() > 2) m_sd3.setFilename(args[2]); } else { if(args.count() > 0) m_sd2.setFilename(args[0]); if(args.count() > 1) m_sd3.setFilename(args[1]); } //never properly defined and redundant QStringList aliasList; //KDiff3Shell::getParser()->values( "fname" ); QStringList::Iterator ali = aliasList.begin(); QString an1 = KDiff3Shell::getParser()->value("L1"); if(!an1.isEmpty()) { m_sd1.setAliasName(an1); } else if(ali != aliasList.end()) { m_sd1.setAliasName(*ali); ++ali; } QString an2 = KDiff3Shell::getParser()->value("L2"); if(!an2.isEmpty()) { m_sd2.setAliasName(an2); } else if(ali != aliasList.end()) { m_sd2.setAliasName(*ali); ++ali; } QString an3 = KDiff3Shell::getParser()->value("L3"); if(!an3.isEmpty()) { m_sd3.setAliasName(an3); } else if(ali != aliasList.end()) { m_sd3.setAliasName(*ali); ++ali; } } else { m_bDefaultFilename = false; g_bAutoSolve = false; } g_pProgressDialog->setStayHidden(m_bAutoMode); /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // call inits to invoke all other construction parts initActions(actionCollection()); initStatusBar(); m_pFindDialog = new FindDialog(this); connect(m_pFindDialog, &FindDialog::findNext, this, &KDiff3App::slotEditFindNext); autoAdvance->setChecked(m_pOptions->m_bAutoAdvance); showWhiteSpaceCharacters->setChecked(m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpaceCharacters); showWhiteSpace->setChecked(m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpace); showWhiteSpaceCharacters->setEnabled(m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpace); showLineNumbers->setChecked(m_pOptions->m_bShowLineNumbers); wordWrap->setChecked(m_pOptions->m_bWordWrap); if(!isPart()) { viewStatusBar->setChecked(m_pOptions->m_bShowStatusBar); slotViewStatusBar(); KToolBar *mainToolBar = toolBar(MAIN_TOOLBAR_NAME); if(mainToolBar != nullptr){ mainToolBar->mainWindow()->addToolBar(m_pOptions->m_toolBarPos, mainToolBar); } // TODO restore window size/pos? /* QSize size = m_pOptions->m_geometry; QPoint pos = m_pOptions->m_position; if(!size.isEmpty()) { m_pKDiff3Shell->resize( size ); QRect visibleRect = QRect( pos, size ) & QApplication::desktop()->rect(); if ( visibleRect.width()>100 && visibleRect.height()>100 ) m_pKDiff3Shell->move( pos ); }*/ } slotRefresh(); m_pMainSplitter = this; m_pMainSplitter->setOrientation(Qt::Vertical); // setCentralWidget( m_pMainSplitter ); m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter = new QSplitter(m_pMainSplitter); m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter->setObjectName("DirectoryMergeSplitter"); m_pMainSplitter->addWidget(m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter); m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter->setOrientation(Qt::Horizontal); m_pDirectoryMergeWindow = new DirectoryMergeWindow(m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter, m_pOptions, KIconLoader::global()); m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter->addWidget(m_pDirectoryMergeWindow); m_pDirectoryMergeInfo = new DirectoryMergeInfo(m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter); m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->setDirectoryMergeInfo(m_pDirectoryMergeInfo); m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter->addWidget(m_pDirectoryMergeInfo); connect(m_pDirectoryMergeWindow, &DirectoryMergeWindow::startDiffMerge, this, &KDiff3App::slotFileOpen2); connect(m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->selectionModel(), &QItemSelectionModel::selectionChanged, this, &KDiff3App::slotUpdateAvailabilities); connect(m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->selectionModel(), &QItemSelectionModel::currentChanged, this, &KDiff3App::slotUpdateAvailabilities); connect(m_pDirectoryMergeWindow, &DirectoryMergeWindow::checkIfCanContinue, this, &KDiff3App::slotCheckIfCanContinue); connect(m_pDirectoryMergeWindow, SIGNAL(updateAvailabilities()), this, SLOT(slotUpdateAvailabilities())); connect(m_pDirectoryMergeWindow, &DirectoryMergeWindow::statusBarMessage, this, &KDiff3App::slotStatusMsg); connect(QApplication::clipboard(), &QClipboard::dataChanged, this, &KDiff3App::slotClipboardChanged); m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->initDirectoryMergeActions(this, actionCollection()); delete KDiff3Shell::getParser(); if(m_pKDiff3Shell == nullptr) { - completeInit(); + completeInit(QString()); } } void KDiff3App::completeInit(const QString& fn1, const QString& fn2, const QString& fn3) { if(m_pKDiff3Shell != nullptr) { QSize size = m_pOptions->m_geometry; QPoint pos = m_pOptions->m_position; if(!size.isEmpty()) { m_pKDiff3Shell->resize(size); QRect visibleRect = QRect(pos, size) & QApplication::desktop()->rect(); if(visibleRect.width() > 100 && visibleRect.height() > 100) m_pKDiff3Shell->move(pos); if(!m_bAutoMode) { //Here we want the extra setup showMaximized does since the window has not be shown before if(m_pOptions->m_bMaximised) m_pKDiff3Shell->showMaximized();// krazy:exclude=qmethods else m_pKDiff3Shell->show(); } } } if(!fn1.isEmpty()) { m_sd1.setFilename(fn1); } if(!fn2.isEmpty()) { m_sd2.setFilename(fn2); } if(!fn3.isEmpty()) { m_sd3.setFilename(fn3); } bool bSuccess = improveFilenames(false); if(m_bAutoFlag && m_bAutoMode && m_bDirCompare) { fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", (const char*)i18n("Option --auto ignored for directory comparison.").toLatin1()); m_bAutoMode = false; } if(!m_bDirCompare) { m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter->hide(); mainInit(); if(m_bAutoMode) { SourceData* pSD = nullptr; if(m_sd3.isEmpty()) { if(m_totalDiffStatus->isBinaryEqualAB()) { pSD = &m_sd1; } } else { if(m_totalDiffStatus->isBinaryEqualBC()) { pSD = &m_sd3; // B==C (assume A is old) } else if(m_totalDiffStatus->isBinaryEqualAB()) { pSD = &m_sd3; // assuming C has changed } else if(m_totalDiffStatus->isBinaryEqualAC()) { pSD = &m_sd2; // assuming B has changed } } if(pSD != nullptr) { // Save this file directly, not via the merge result window. FileAccess fa(m_outputFilename); if(m_pOptions->m_bDmCreateBakFiles && fa.exists()) { QString newName = m_outputFilename + ".orig"; if(FileAccess::exists(newName)) FileAccess::removeFile(newName); if(!FileAccess::exists(newName)) fa.rename(newName); } bSuccess = pSD->saveNormalDataAs(m_outputFilename); if(bSuccess) ::exit(0); else KMessageBox::error(this, i18n("Saving failed.")); } else if(m_pMergeResultWindow->getNrOfUnsolvedConflicts() == 0) { bSuccess = m_pMergeResultWindow->saveDocument(m_pMergeResultWindowTitle->getFileName(), m_pMergeResultWindowTitle->getEncoding(), m_pMergeResultWindowTitle->getLineEndStyle()); if(bSuccess) ::exit(0); } } } m_bAutoMode = false; if(m_pKDiff3Shell) { if(m_pOptions->m_bMaximised) m_pKDiff3Shell->showMaximized(); else m_pKDiff3Shell->show(); } g_pProgressDialog->setStayHidden(false); if(statusBar() != nullptr) statusBar()->setSizeGripEnabled(true); slotClipboardChanged(); // For initialisation. slotUpdateAvailabilities(); if(!m_bDirCompare && m_pKDiff3Shell != nullptr) { bool bFileOpenError = false; if((!m_sd1.isEmpty() && !m_sd1.hasData()) || (!m_sd2.isEmpty() && !m_sd2.hasData()) || (!m_sd3.isEmpty() && !m_sd3.hasData())) { QString text(i18n("Opening of these files failed:")); text += "\n\n"; if(!m_sd1.isEmpty() && !m_sd1.hasData()) text += " - " + m_sd1.getAliasName() + '\n'; if(!m_sd2.isEmpty() && !m_sd2.hasData()) text += " - " + m_sd2.getAliasName() + '\n'; if(!m_sd3.isEmpty() && !m_sd3.hasData()) text += " - " + m_sd3.getAliasName() + '\n'; KMessageBox::sorry(this, text, i18n("File Open Error")); bFileOpenError = true; } if(m_sd1.isEmpty() || m_sd2.isEmpty() || bFileOpenError) slotFileOpen(); } else if(!bSuccess) // Directory open failed { slotFileOpen(); } } KDiff3App::~KDiff3App() { } /** * Helper function used to create actions into the ac collection */ void KDiff3App::initActions(KActionCollection* ac) { if(ac == nullptr){ KMessageBox::error(nullptr, "actionCollection==0"); exit(-1);//we cannot recover from this. } fileOpen = KStandardAction::open(this, SLOT(slotFileOpen()), ac); fileOpen->setStatusTip(i18n("Opens documents for comparison...")); fileReload = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Reload"), QKeySequence(QKeySequence::Refresh), this, SLOT(slotReload()), ac, QLatin1String("file_reload")); fileSave = KStandardAction::save(this, SLOT(slotFileSave()), ac); fileSave->setStatusTip(i18n("Saves the merge result. All conflicts must be solved!")); fileSaveAs = KStandardAction::saveAs(this, SLOT(slotFileSaveAs()), ac); fileSaveAs->setStatusTip(i18n("Saves the current document as...")); #ifndef QT_NO_PRINTER filePrint = KStandardAction::print(this, SLOT(slotFilePrint()), ac); filePrint->setStatusTip(i18n("Print the differences")); #endif fileQuit = KStandardAction::quit(this, SLOT(slotFileQuit()), ac); fileQuit->setStatusTip(i18n("Quits the application")); editCut = KStandardAction::cut(this, SLOT(slotEditCut()), ac); editCut->setStatusTip(i18n("Cuts the selected section and puts it to the clipboard")); editCopy = KStandardAction::copy(this, SLOT(slotEditCopy()), ac); editCopy->setStatusTip(i18n("Copies the selected section to the clipboard")); editPaste = KStandardAction::paste(this, SLOT(slotEditPaste()), ac); editPaste->setStatusTip(i18n("Pastes the clipboard contents to current position")); editSelectAll = KStandardAction::selectAll(this, SLOT(slotEditSelectAll()), ac); editSelectAll->setStatusTip(i18n("Select everything in current window")); editFind = KStandardAction::find(this, SLOT(slotEditFind()), ac); editFind->setStatusTip(i18n("Search for a string")); editFindNext = KStandardAction::findNext(this, SLOT(slotEditFindNext()), ac); editFindNext->setStatusTip(i18n("Search again for the string")); /* FIXME figure out how to implement this action viewToolBar = KStandardAction::showToolbar(this, SLOT(slotViewToolBar()), ac); viewToolBar->setStatusTip(i18n("Enables/disables the toolbar")); */ viewStatusBar = KStandardAction::showStatusbar(this, SLOT(slotViewStatusBar()), ac); viewStatusBar->setStatusTip(i18n("Enables/disables the statusbar")); KStandardAction::keyBindings(this, SLOT(slotConfigureKeys()), ac); QAction* pAction = KStandardAction::preferences(this, SLOT(slotConfigure()), ac); if(isPart()) pAction->setText(i18n("Configure KDiff3...")); #include "xpm/autoadvance.xpm" #include "xpm/currentpos.xpm" #include "xpm/down1arrow.xpm" #include "xpm/down2arrow.xpm" #include "xpm/downend.xpm" #include "xpm/iconA.xpm" #include "xpm/iconB.xpm" #include "xpm/iconC.xpm" #include "xpm/nextunsolved.xpm" #include "xpm/prevunsolved.xpm" #include "xpm/showlinenumbers.xpm" #include "xpm/showwhitespace.xpm" #include "xpm/showwhitespacechars.xpm" #include "xpm/up1arrow.xpm" #include "xpm/up2arrow.xpm" #include "xpm/upend.xpm" //#include "reload.xpm" goCurrent = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Go to Current Delta"), QIcon(QPixmap(currentpos)), i18n("Current\nDelta"), QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::Key_Space), this, SLOT(slotGoCurrent()), ac, "go_current"); goTop = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Go to First Delta"), QIcon(QPixmap(upend)), i18n("First\nDelta"), this, SLOT(slotGoTop()), ac, "go_top"); goBottom = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Go to Last Delta"), QIcon(QPixmap(downend)), i18n("Last\nDelta"), this, SLOT(slotGoBottom()), ac, "go_bottom"); QString omitsWhitespace = ".\n" + i18n("(Skips white space differences when \"Show White Space\" is disabled.)"); QString includeWhitespace = ".\n" + i18n("(Does not skip white space differences even when \"Show White Space\" is disabled.)"); goPrevDelta = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Go to Previous Delta"), QIcon(QPixmap(up1arrow)), i18n("Prev\nDelta"), QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::Key_Up), this, SLOT(slotGoPrevDelta()), ac, "go_prev_delta"); goPrevDelta->setToolTip(goPrevDelta->text() + omitsWhitespace); goNextDelta = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Go to Next Delta"), QIcon(QPixmap(down1arrow)), i18n("Next\nDelta"), QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::Key_Down), this, SLOT(slotGoNextDelta()), ac, "go_next_delta"); goNextDelta->setToolTip(goNextDelta->text() + omitsWhitespace); goPrevConflict = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Go to Previous Conflict"), QIcon(QPixmap(up2arrow)), i18n("Prev\nConflict"), QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::Key_PageUp), this, SLOT(slotGoPrevConflict()), ac, "go_prev_conflict"); goPrevConflict->setToolTip(goPrevConflict->text() + omitsWhitespace); goNextConflict = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Go to Next Conflict"), QIcon(QPixmap(down2arrow)), i18n("Next\nConflict"), QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::Key_PageDown), this, SLOT(slotGoNextConflict()), ac, "go_next_conflict"); goNextConflict->setToolTip(goNextConflict->text() + omitsWhitespace); goPrevUnsolvedConflict = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Go to Previous Unsolved Conflict"), QIcon(QPixmap(prevunsolved)), i18n("Prev\nUnsolved"), this, SLOT(slotGoPrevUnsolvedConflict()), ac, "go_prev_unsolved_conflict"); goPrevUnsolvedConflict->setToolTip(goPrevUnsolvedConflict->text() + includeWhitespace); goNextUnsolvedConflict = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Go to Next Unsolved Conflict"), QIcon(QPixmap(nextunsolved)), i18n("Next\nUnsolved"), this, SLOT(slotGoNextUnsolvedConflict()), ac, "go_next_unsolved_conflict"); goNextUnsolvedConflict->setToolTip(goNextUnsolvedConflict->text() + includeWhitespace); chooseA = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Select Line(s) From A"), QIcon(QPixmap(iconA)), i18n("Choose\nA"), QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::Key_1), this, SLOT(slotChooseA()), ac, "merge_choose_a"); chooseB = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Select Line(s) From B"), QIcon(QPixmap(iconB)), i18n("Choose\nB"), QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::Key_2), this, SLOT(slotChooseB()), ac, "merge_choose_b"); chooseC = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Select Line(s) From C"), QIcon(QPixmap(iconC)), i18n("Choose\nC"), QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::Key_3), this, SLOT(slotChooseC()), ac, "merge_choose_c"); autoAdvance = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Automatically Go to Next Unsolved Conflict After Source Selection"), QIcon(QPixmap(autoadvance)), i18n("Auto\nNext"), this, SLOT(slotAutoAdvanceToggled()), ac, "merge_autoadvance"); showWhiteSpaceCharacters = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Show Space && Tabulator Characters"), QIcon(QPixmap(showwhitespacechars)), i18n("White\nCharacters"), this, SLOT(slotShowWhiteSpaceToggled()), ac, "diff_show_whitespace_characters"); showWhiteSpace = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Show White Space"), QIcon(QPixmap(showwhitespace)), i18n("White\nDeltas"), this, SLOT(slotShowWhiteSpaceToggled()), ac, "diff_show_whitespace"); showLineNumbers = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Show Line Numbers"), QIcon(QPixmap(showlinenumbers)), i18n("Line\nNumbers"), this, SLOT(slotShowLineNumbersToggled()), ac, "diff_showlinenumbers"); chooseAEverywhere = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Choose A Everywhere"), QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::SHIFT + Qt::Key_1), this, SLOT(slotChooseAEverywhere()), ac, "merge_choose_a_everywhere"); chooseBEverywhere = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Choose B Everywhere"), QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::SHIFT + Qt::Key_2), this, SLOT(slotChooseBEverywhere()), ac, "merge_choose_b_everywhere"); chooseCEverywhere = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Choose C Everywhere"), QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::SHIFT + Qt::Key_3), this, SLOT(slotChooseCEverywhere()), ac, "merge_choose_c_everywhere"); chooseAForUnsolvedConflicts = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Choose A for All Unsolved Conflicts"), this, SLOT(slotChooseAForUnsolvedConflicts()), ac, "merge_choose_a_for_unsolved_conflicts"); chooseBForUnsolvedConflicts = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Choose B for All Unsolved Conflicts"), this, SLOT(slotChooseBForUnsolvedConflicts()), ac, "merge_choose_b_for_unsolved_conflicts"); chooseCForUnsolvedConflicts = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Choose C for All Unsolved Conflicts"), this, SLOT(slotChooseCForUnsolvedConflicts()), ac, "merge_choose_c_for_unsolved_conflicts"); chooseAForUnsolvedWhiteSpaceConflicts = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Choose A for All Unsolved Whitespace Conflicts"), this, SLOT(slotChooseAForUnsolvedWhiteSpaceConflicts()), ac, "merge_choose_a_for_unsolved_whitespace_conflicts"); chooseBForUnsolvedWhiteSpaceConflicts = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Choose B for All Unsolved Whitespace Conflicts"), this, SLOT(slotChooseBForUnsolvedWhiteSpaceConflicts()), ac, "merge_choose_b_for_unsolved_whitespace_conflicts"); chooseCForUnsolvedWhiteSpaceConflicts = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Choose C for All Unsolved Whitespace Conflicts"), this, SLOT(slotChooseCForUnsolvedWhiteSpaceConflicts()), ac, "merge_choose_c_for_unsolved_whitespace_conflicts"); autoSolve = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Automatically Solve Simple Conflicts"), this, SLOT(slotAutoSolve()), ac, "merge_autosolve"); unsolve = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Set Deltas to Conflicts"), this, SLOT(slotUnsolve()), ac, "merge_autounsolve"); mergeRegExp = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Run Regular Expression Auto Merge"), this, SLOT(slotRegExpAutoMerge()), ac, "merge_regexp_automerge"); mergeHistory = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Automatically Solve History Conflicts"), this, SLOT(slotMergeHistory()), ac, "merge_versioncontrol_history"); splitDiff = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Split Diff At Selection"), this, SLOT(slotSplitDiff()), ac, "merge_splitdiff"); joinDiffs = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Join Selected Diffs"), this, SLOT(slotJoinDiffs()), ac, "merge_joindiffs"); showWindowA = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Show Window A"), this, SLOT(slotShowWindowAToggled()), ac, "win_show_a"); showWindowB = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Show Window B"), this, SLOT(slotShowWindowBToggled()), ac, "win_show_b"); showWindowC = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Show Window C"), this, SLOT(slotShowWindowCToggled()), ac, "win_show_c"); overviewModeNormal = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Normal Overview"), this, SLOT(slotOverviewNormal()), ac, "diff_overview_normal"); overviewModeAB = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("A vs. B Overview"), this, SLOT(slotOverviewAB()), ac, "diff_overview_ab"); overviewModeAC = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("A vs. C Overview"), this, SLOT(slotOverviewAC()), ac, "diff_overview_ac"); overviewModeBC = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("B vs. C Overview"), this, SLOT(slotOverviewBC()), ac, "diff_overview_bc"); wordWrap = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Word Wrap Diff Windows"), this, SLOT(slotWordWrapToggled()), ac, "diff_wordwrap"); addManualDiffHelp = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Add Manual Diff Alignment"), QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::Key_Y), this, SLOT(slotAddManualDiffHelp()), ac, "diff_add_manual_diff_help"); clearManualDiffHelpList = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Clear All Manual Diff Alignments"), QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::SHIFT + Qt::Key_Y), this, SLOT(slotClearManualDiffHelpList()), ac, "diff_clear_manual_diff_help_list"); winFocusNext = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Focus Next Window"), QKeySequence(Qt::ALT + Qt::Key_Right), this, SLOT(slotWinFocusNext()), ac, "win_focus_next"); winFocusPrev = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Focus Prev Window"), QKeySequence(Qt::ALT + Qt::Key_Left), this, SLOT(slotWinFocusPrev()), ac, "win_focus_prev"); winToggleSplitOrientation = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Toggle Split Orientation"), this, SLOT(slotWinToggleSplitterOrientation()), ac, "win_toggle_split_orientation"); dirShowBoth = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Dir && Text Split Screen View"), this, SLOT(slotDirShowBoth()), ac, "win_dir_show_both"); dirShowBoth->setChecked(true); dirViewToggle = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Toggle Between Dir && Text View"), this, SLOT(slotDirViewToggle()), ac, "win_dir_view_toggle"); m_pMergeEditorPopupMenu = new QMenu(this); /* chooseA->plug( m_pMergeEditorPopupMenu ); chooseB->plug( m_pMergeEditorPopupMenu ); chooseC->plug( m_pMergeEditorPopupMenu );*/ m_pMergeEditorPopupMenu->addAction(chooseA); m_pMergeEditorPopupMenu->addAction(chooseB); m_pMergeEditorPopupMenu->addAction(chooseC); } void KDiff3App::showPopupMenu(const QPoint& point) { m_pMergeEditorPopupMenu->popup(point); } void KDiff3App::initStatusBar() { /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // STATUSBAR if(statusBar() != nullptr) statusBar()->showMessage(i18n("Ready.")); } void KDiff3App::saveOptions(KSharedConfigPtr config) { if(!m_bAutoMode) { if(!isPart()) { m_pOptions->m_bMaximised = m_pKDiff3Shell->isMaximized(); if(!m_pKDiff3Shell->isMaximized() && m_pKDiff3Shell->isVisible()) { m_pOptions->m_geometry = m_pKDiff3Shell->size(); m_pOptions->m_position = m_pKDiff3Shell->pos(); } /* TODO change this option as now KToolbar uses QToolbar positioning style if ( toolBar(MAIN_TOOLBAR_NAME)!=0 ) m_pOptionDialog->m_toolBarPos = (int) toolBar(MAIN_TOOLBAR_NAME)->allowedAreas();*/ } m_pOptionDialog->saveOptions(config); } } bool KDiff3App::queryClose() { saveOptions(KSharedConfig::openConfig()); if(m_bOutputModified) { int result = KMessageBox::warningYesNoCancel(this, i18n("The merge result has not been saved."), i18n("Warning"), KGuiItem(i18n("Save && Quit")), KGuiItem(i18n("Quit Without Saving"))); if(result == KMessageBox::Cancel) return false; else if(result == KMessageBox::Yes) { slotFileSave(); if(m_bOutputModified) { KMessageBox::sorry(this, i18n("Saving the merge result failed."), i18n("Warning")); return false; } } } m_bOutputModified = false; if(m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->isDirectoryMergeInProgress()) { int result = KMessageBox::warningYesNo(this, i18n("You are currently doing a directory merge. Are you sure, you want to abort?"), i18n("Warning"), KStandardGuiItem::quit(), KStandardGuiItem::cont() /* i18n("Continue Merging") */); if(result != KMessageBox::Yes) return false; } return true; } ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // SLOT IMPLEMENTATION ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// void KDiff3App::slotFileSave() { if(m_bDefaultFilename) { slotFileSaveAs(); } else { slotStatusMsg(i18n("Saving file...")); bool bSuccess = m_pMergeResultWindow->saveDocument(m_outputFilename, m_pMergeResultWindowTitle->getEncoding(), m_pMergeResultWindowTitle->getLineEndStyle()); if(bSuccess) { m_bFileSaved = true; m_bOutputModified = false; if(m_bDirCompare) m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->mergeResultSaved(m_outputFilename); } slotStatusMsg(i18n("Ready.")); } } void KDiff3App::slotFileSaveAs() { slotStatusMsg(i18n("Saving file with a new filename...")); QString s = QFileDialog::getSaveFileUrl(this, i18n("Save As..."), QUrl::fromLocalFile(QDir::currentPath())).url(QUrl::PreferLocalFile); if(!s.isEmpty()) { m_outputFilename = s; m_pMergeResultWindowTitle->setFileName(m_outputFilename); bool bSuccess = m_pMergeResultWindow->saveDocument(m_outputFilename, m_pMergeResultWindowTitle->getEncoding(), m_pMergeResultWindowTitle->getLineEndStyle()); if(bSuccess) { m_bOutputModified = false; if(m_bDirCompare) m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->mergeResultSaved(m_outputFilename); } //setWindowTitle(url.fileName(),doc->isModified()); m_bDefaultFilename = false; } slotStatusMsg(i18n("Ready.")); } void printDiffTextWindow(MyPainter& painter, const QRect& view, const QString& headerText, DiffTextWindow* pDiffTextWindow, int line, int linesPerPage, QColor fgColor) { QRect clipRect = view; clipRect.setTop(0); painter.setClipRect(clipRect); painter.translate(view.left(), 0); QFontMetrics fm = painter.fontMetrics(); //if ( fm.width(headerText) > view.width() ) { // A simple wrapline algorithm int l = 0; for(int p = 0; p < headerText.length();) { QString s = headerText.mid(p); int i; for(i = 2; i < s.length(); ++i) if(fm.width(s, i) > view.width()) { --i; break; } //QString s2 = s.left(i); painter.drawText(0, l * fm.height() + fm.ascent(), s.left(i)); p += i; ++l; } painter.setPen(fgColor); painter.drawLine(0, view.top() - 2, view.width(), view.top() - 2); } painter.translate(0, view.top()); pDiffTextWindow->print(painter, view, line, linesPerPage); painter.resetMatrix(); } void KDiff3App::slotFilePrint() { if(m_pDiffTextWindow1 == nullptr) return; #ifdef QT_NO_PRINTER slotStatusMsg(i18n("Printing not implemented.")); #else QPrinter printer; QPrintDialog printDialog(&printer, this); LineRef firstSelectionD3LIdx = -1; LineRef lastSelectionD3LIdx = -1; m_pDiffTextWindow1->getSelectionRange(&firstSelectionD3LIdx, &lastSelectionD3LIdx, eD3LLineCoords); if(firstSelectionD3LIdx < 0 && m_pDiffTextWindow2) { m_pDiffTextWindow2->getSelectionRange(&firstSelectionD3LIdx, &lastSelectionD3LIdx, eD3LLineCoords); } if(firstSelectionD3LIdx < 0 && m_pDiffTextWindow3) { m_pDiffTextWindow3->getSelectionRange(&firstSelectionD3LIdx, &lastSelectionD3LIdx, eD3LLineCoords); } if(firstSelectionD3LIdx >= 0) { printDialog.addEnabledOption(QPrintDialog::PrintSelection); //printer.setOptionEnabled(QPrinter::PrintSelection,true); printDialog.setPrintRange(QAbstractPrintDialog::Selection); } if(firstSelectionD3LIdx == -1) printDialog.setPrintRange(QAbstractPrintDialog::AllPages); //printDialog.setMinMax(0,0); printDialog.setFromTo(0, 0); int currentFirstLine = m_pDiffTextWindow1->getFirstLine(); int currentFirstD3LIdx = m_pDiffTextWindow1->convertLineToDiff3LineIdx(currentFirstLine); // do some printer initialization printer.setFullPage(false); // initialize the printer using the print dialog if(printDialog.exec() == QDialog::Accepted) { slotStatusMsg(i18n("Printing...")); // create a painter to paint on the printer object MyPainter painter(&printer, m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage, width(), fontMetrics().width('W')); QPaintDevice* pPaintDevice = painter.device(); int dpiy = pPaintDevice->logicalDpiY(); int columnDistance = (int)((0.5 / 2.54) * dpiy); // 0.5 cm between the columns int columns = m_bTripleDiff ? 3 : 2; int columnWidth = (pPaintDevice->width() - (columns - 1) * columnDistance) / columns; QFont f = m_pOptions->m_font; f.setPointSizeF(f.pointSizeF() - 1); // Print with slightly smaller font. painter.setFont(f); QFontMetrics fm = painter.fontMetrics(); QString topLineText = i18n("Top line"); //int headerWidth = fm.width( m_sd1.getAliasName() + ", "+topLineText+": 01234567" ); int headerLines = fm.width(m_sd1.getAliasName() + ", " + topLineText + ": 01234567") / columnWidth + 1; int headerMargin = headerLines * fm.height() + 3; // Text + one horizontal line int footerMargin = fm.height() + 3; QRect view(0, headerMargin, pPaintDevice->width(), pPaintDevice->height() - (headerMargin + footerMargin)); QRect view1(0 * (columnWidth + columnDistance), view.top(), columnWidth, view.height()); QRect view2(1 * (columnWidth + columnDistance), view.top(), columnWidth, view.height()); QRect view3(2 * (columnWidth + columnDistance), view.top(), columnWidth, view.height()); int linesPerPage = view.height() / fm.lineSpacing(); QEventLoop eventLoopForPrinting; m_pEventLoopForPrinting = &eventLoopForPrinting; if(m_pOptions->m_bWordWrap) { // For printing the lines are wrapped differently (this invalidates the first line) recalcWordWrap(columnWidth); m_pEventLoopForPrinting->exec(); } LineRef totalNofLines = std::max(m_pDiffTextWindow1->getNofLines(), m_pDiffTextWindow2->getNofLines()); if(m_bTripleDiff && m_pDiffTextWindow3) totalNofLines = std::max(totalNofLines, m_pDiffTextWindow3->getNofLines()); QList pageList; // = printer.pageList(); bool bPrintCurrentPage = false; bool bFirstPrintedPage = false; bool bPrintSelection = false; int totalNofPages = (totalNofLines + linesPerPage - 1) / linesPerPage; LineRef line = -1; LineRef selectionEndLine = -1; if(printer.printRange() == QPrinter::AllPages) { pageList.clear(); for(int i = 0; i < totalNofPages; ++i) { pageList.push_back(i + 1); } } else if(printer.printRange() == QPrinter::PageRange) { pageList.clear(); for(int i = printer.fromPage(); i <= printer.toPage(); ++i) { pageList.push_back(i); } } if(printer.printRange() == QPrinter::Selection) { bPrintSelection = true; if(firstSelectionD3LIdx >= 0) { line = m_pDiffTextWindow1->convertDiff3LineIdxToLine(firstSelectionD3LIdx); selectionEndLine = m_pDiffTextWindow1->convertDiff3LineIdxToLine(lastSelectionD3LIdx + 1); totalNofPages = (selectionEndLine - line + linesPerPage - 1) / linesPerPage; } } int page = 1; ProgressProxy pp; pp.setMaxNofSteps(totalNofPages); QList::iterator pageListIt = pageList.begin(); for(;;) { pp.setInformation(i18n("Printing page %1 of %2", page, totalNofPages), false); pp.setCurrent(page - 1); if(pp.wasCancelled()) { printer.abort(); break; } if(!bPrintSelection) { if(pageListIt == pageList.end()) break; page = *pageListIt; line = (page - 1) * linesPerPage; if(page == 10000) { // This means "Print the current page" bPrintCurrentPage = true; // Detect the first visible line in the window. line = m_pDiffTextWindow1->convertDiff3LineIdxToLine(currentFirstD3LIdx); } } else { if(line >= selectionEndLine) { break; } else { if(selectionEndLine - line < linesPerPage) linesPerPage = selectionEndLine - line; } } if(line >= 0 && line < totalNofLines) { if(bFirstPrintedPage) printer.newPage(); painter.setClipping(true); painter.setPen(m_pOptions->m_colorA); QString headerText1 = m_sd1.getAliasName() + ", " + topLineText + ": " + QString::number(m_pDiffTextWindow1->calcTopLineInFile(line) + 1); printDiffTextWindow(painter, view1, headerText1, m_pDiffTextWindow1, line, linesPerPage, m_pOptions->m_fgColor); painter.setPen(m_pOptions->m_colorB); QString headerText2 = m_sd2.getAliasName() + ", " + topLineText + ": " + QString::number(m_pDiffTextWindow2->calcTopLineInFile(line) + 1); printDiffTextWindow(painter, view2, headerText2, m_pDiffTextWindow2, line, linesPerPage, m_pOptions->m_fgColor); if(m_bTripleDiff && m_pDiffTextWindow3) { painter.setPen(m_pOptions->m_colorC); QString headerText3 = m_sd3.getAliasName() + ", " + topLineText + ": " + QString::number(m_pDiffTextWindow3->calcTopLineInFile(line) + 1); printDiffTextWindow(painter, view3, headerText3, m_pDiffTextWindow3, line, linesPerPage, m_pOptions->m_fgColor); } painter.setClipping(false); painter.setPen(m_pOptions->m_fgColor); painter.drawLine(0, view.bottom() + 3, view.width(), view.bottom() + 3); QString s = bPrintCurrentPage ? QString("") : QString::number(page) + '/' + QString::number(totalNofPages); if(bPrintSelection) s += i18n(" (Selection)"); painter.drawText((view.right() - painter.fontMetrics().width(s)) / 2, view.bottom() + painter.fontMetrics().ascent() + 5, s); bFirstPrintedPage = true; } if(bPrintSelection) { line += linesPerPage; ++page; } else { ++pageListIt; } } painter.end(); if(m_pOptions->m_bWordWrap) { recalcWordWrap(); m_pEventLoopForPrinting->exec(); m_pDiffVScrollBar->setValue(m_pDiffTextWindow1->convertDiff3LineIdxToLine(currentFirstD3LIdx)); } slotStatusMsg(i18n("Printing completed.")); } else { slotStatusMsg(i18n("Printing aborted.")); } #endif } void KDiff3App::slotFileQuit() { slotStatusMsg(i18n("Exiting...")); if(!queryClose()) return; // Don't quit QApplication::exit(isFileSaved() || isDirComparison() ? 0 : 1); } void KDiff3App::slotViewToolBar() { Q_ASSERT(viewToolBar != nullptr); slotStatusMsg(i18n("Toggling toolbar...")); m_pOptions->m_bShowToolBar = viewToolBar->isChecked(); /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // turn Toolbar on or off if(toolBar(MAIN_TOOLBAR_NAME) != nullptr) { if(!m_pOptions->m_bShowToolBar) { toolBar(MAIN_TOOLBAR_NAME)->hide(); } else { toolBar(MAIN_TOOLBAR_NAME)->show(); } } slotStatusMsg(i18n("Ready.")); } void KDiff3App::slotViewStatusBar() { slotStatusMsg(i18n("Toggle the statusbar...")); m_pOptions->m_bShowStatusBar = viewStatusBar->isChecked(); /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //turn Statusbar on or off if(statusBar() != nullptr) { if(!viewStatusBar->isChecked()) { statusBar()->hide(); } else { statusBar()->show(); } } slotStatusMsg(i18n("Ready.")); } void KDiff3App::slotStatusMsg(const QString& text) { /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // change status message permanently if(statusBar() != nullptr) { statusBar()->clearMessage(); statusBar()->showMessage(text); } } //#include "kdiff3.moc" diff --git a/src/kdiff3.h b/src/kdiff3.h index 17a4383..9c8ad52 100644 --- a/src/kdiff3.h +++ b/src/kdiff3.h @@ -1,429 +1,429 @@ /*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2003-2007 by Joachim Eibl * * Copyright (C) 2018 Michael Reeves reeves.87@gmail.com * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * * (at your option) any later version. * ***************************************************************************/ #ifndef KDIFF3_H #define KDIFF3_H #include "diff.h" // include files for Qt #include #include #include #include #include #include #include // include files for KDE #include #include #include #include #include #include // forward declaration of the KDiff3 classes class OptionDialog; class FindDialog; class ManualDiffHelpDialog; class DiffTextWindow; class DiffTextWindowFrame; class MergeResultWindow; class WindowTitleWidget; class Overview; class QScrollBar; class QSplitter; class QStatusBar; class QMenu; class KToggleAction; class KToolBar; class KActionCollection; namespace KParts { class MainWindow; } class KDiff3Part; class DirectoryMergeWindow; class DirectoryMergeInfo; class ReversibleScrollBar : public QScrollBar { Q_OBJECT bool* m_pbRightToLeftLanguage; int m_realVal; public: ReversibleScrollBar(Qt::Orientation o, bool* pbRightToLeftLanguage) : QScrollBar(o) { m_pbRightToLeftLanguage = pbRightToLeftLanguage; m_realVal = 0; connect(this, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(slotValueChanged(int))); } void setAgain() { setValue(m_realVal); } void setValue(int i) { if(m_pbRightToLeftLanguage && *m_pbRightToLeftLanguage) QScrollBar::setValue(maximum() - (i - minimum())); else QScrollBar::setValue(i); } int value() const { return m_realVal; } public Q_SLOTS: void slotValueChanged(int i) { m_realVal = i; if(m_pbRightToLeftLanguage && *m_pbRightToLeftLanguage) m_realVal = maximum() - (i - minimum()); emit valueChanged2(m_realVal); } Q_SIGNALS: void valueChanged2(int); }; class KDiff3App : public QSplitter { Q_OBJECT public: /** constructor of KDiff3App, calls all init functions to create the application. */ KDiff3App(QWidget* parent, const QString name, KDiff3Part* pKDiff3Part); ~KDiff3App() override; bool isPart(); /** initializes the KActions of the application */ void initActions(KActionCollection*); /** save general Options like all bar positions and status as well as the geometry and the recent file list to the configuration file */ void saveOptions(KSharedConfigPtr); /** read general Options again and initialize all variables like the recent file list */ void readOptions(KSharedConfigPtr); // Finish initialisation (virtual, so that it can be called from the shell too.) - virtual void completeInit(const QString& fn1 = "", const QString& fn2 = "", const QString& fn3 = ""); + virtual void completeInit(const QString& fn1 = QString(), const QString& fn2 = QString(), const QString& fn3 = QString()); /** queryClose is called by KMainWindow on each closeEvent of a window. Against the * default implementation (only returns true), this calles saveModified() on the document object to ask if the document shall * be saved if Modified; on cancel the closeEvent is rejected. * @see KMainWindow#queryClose * @see KMainWindow#closeEvent */ virtual bool queryClose(); virtual bool isFileSaved(); virtual bool isDirComparison(); Q_SIGNALS: void createNewInstance(const QString& fn1, const QString& fn2, const QString& fn3); protected: void setLockPainting(bool bLock); void createCaption(); void initDirectoryMergeActions(); /** sets up the statusbar for the main window by initialzing a statuslabel. */ void initStatusBar(); /** creates the centerwidget of the KMainWindow instance and sets it as the view */ void initView(); public Q_SLOTS: /** open a file and load it into the document*/ void slotFileOpen(); void slotFileOpen2(QString fn1, QString fn2, QString fn3, QString ofn, QString an1, QString an2, QString an3, const QSharedPointer &pTotalDiffStatus); void slotFileNameChanged(const QString& fileName, int winIdx); /** save a document */ void slotFileSave(); /** save a document by a new filename*/ void slotFileSaveAs(); void slotFilePrint(); /** closes all open windows by calling close() on each memberList item until the list is empty, then quits the application. * If queryClose() returns false because the user canceled the saveModified() dialog, the closing breaks. */ void slotFileQuit(); /** put the marked text/object into the clipboard and remove * it from the document */ void slotEditCut(); /** put the marked text/object into the clipboard */ void slotEditCopy(); /** paste the clipboard into the document */ void slotEditPaste(); /** toggles the toolbar */ void slotViewToolBar(); /** toggles the statusbar */ void slotViewStatusBar(); /** changes the statusbar contents for the standard label permanently, used to indicate current actions. * @param text the text that is displayed in the statusbar */ void slotStatusMsg(const QString& text); private: /** the configuration object of the application */ //KConfig *config; // QAction pointers to enable/disable actions QAction* fileOpen; QAction* fileSave; QAction* fileSaveAs; QAction* filePrint; QAction* fileQuit; QAction* fileReload; QAction* editCut; QAction* editCopy; QAction* editPaste; QAction* editSelectAll; KToggleAction* viewToolBar; KToggleAction* viewStatusBar; //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // Special KDiff3 specific stuff starts here QAction* editFind; QAction* editFindNext; QAction* goCurrent; QAction* goTop; QAction* goBottom; QAction* goPrevUnsolvedConflict; QAction* goNextUnsolvedConflict; QAction* goPrevConflict; QAction* goNextConflict; QAction* goPrevDelta; QAction* goNextDelta; KToggleAction* chooseA; KToggleAction* chooseB; KToggleAction* chooseC; KToggleAction* autoAdvance; KToggleAction* wordWrap; QAction* splitDiff; QAction* joinDiffs; QAction* addManualDiffHelp; QAction* clearManualDiffHelpList; KToggleAction* showWhiteSpaceCharacters; KToggleAction* showWhiteSpace; KToggleAction* showLineNumbers; QAction* chooseAEverywhere; QAction* chooseBEverywhere; QAction* chooseCEverywhere; QAction* chooseAForUnsolvedConflicts; QAction* chooseBForUnsolvedConflicts; QAction* chooseCForUnsolvedConflicts; QAction* chooseAForUnsolvedWhiteSpaceConflicts; QAction* chooseBForUnsolvedWhiteSpaceConflicts; QAction* chooseCForUnsolvedWhiteSpaceConflicts; QAction* autoSolve; QAction* unsolve; QAction* mergeHistory; QAction* mergeRegExp; KToggleAction* showWindowA; KToggleAction* showWindowB; KToggleAction* showWindowC; QAction* winFocusNext; QAction* winFocusPrev; QAction* winToggleSplitOrientation; KToggleAction* dirShowBoth; QAction* dirViewToggle; KToggleAction* overviewModeNormal; KToggleAction* overviewModeAB; KToggleAction* overviewModeAC; KToggleAction* overviewModeBC; QMenu* m_pMergeEditorPopupMenu; QSplitter* m_pMainSplitter; QWidget* m_pMainWidget; QWidget* m_pMergeWindowFrame; ReversibleScrollBar* m_pHScrollBar; QScrollBar* m_pDiffVScrollBar; QScrollBar* m_pMergeVScrollBar; DiffTextWindow* m_pDiffTextWindow1; DiffTextWindow* m_pDiffTextWindow2; DiffTextWindow* m_pDiffTextWindow3; DiffTextWindowFrame* m_pDiffTextWindowFrame1; DiffTextWindowFrame* m_pDiffTextWindowFrame2; DiffTextWindowFrame* m_pDiffTextWindowFrame3; QSplitter* m_pDiffWindowSplitter; MergeResultWindow* m_pMergeResultWindow; WindowTitleWidget* m_pMergeResultWindowTitle; bool m_bTripleDiff; QSplitter* m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter; DirectoryMergeWindow* m_pDirectoryMergeWindow; DirectoryMergeInfo* m_pDirectoryMergeInfo; bool m_bDirCompare; Overview* m_pOverview; QWidget* m_pCornerWidget; QSharedPointer m_totalDiffStatus; SourceData m_sd1; SourceData m_sd2; SourceData m_sd3; QString m_outputFilename; bool m_bDefaultFilename; DiffList m_diffList12; DiffList m_diffList23; DiffList m_diffList13; DiffBufferInfo m_diffBufferInfo; Diff3LineList m_diff3LineList; Diff3LineVector m_diff3LineVector; //ManualDiffHelpDialog* m_pManualDiffHelpDialog; ManualDiffHelpList m_manualDiffHelpList; int m_neededLines; int m_DTWHeight; bool m_bOutputModified; bool m_bFileSaved; bool m_bTimerBlock; // Synchronization OptionDialog* m_pOptionDialog; Options* m_pOptions; FindDialog* m_pFindDialog; void mainInit(QSharedPointer pTotalDiffStatus=nullptr, bool bLoadFiles = true, bool bUseCurrentEncoding = false); bool m_bFinishMainInit; bool m_bLoadFiles; bool eventFilter(QObject* o, QEvent* e) override; void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent*) override; bool improveFilenames(bool bCreateNewInstance); bool canContinue(); void choose(int choice); KActionCollection* actionCollection(); QStatusBar* statusBar(); KToolBar* toolBar(QLatin1String); KDiff3Part* m_pKDiff3Part; KParts::MainWindow* m_pKDiff3Shell; bool m_bAutoFlag; bool m_bAutoMode; void recalcWordWrap(int nofVisibleColumns = -1); bool m_bRecalcWordWrapPosted; void setHScrollBarRange(); int m_iCumulativeWheelDelta; int m_visibleTextWidthForPrinting; // only needed during recalcWordWrap int m_firstD3LIdx; // only needed during recalcWordWrap QPointer m_pEventLoopForPrinting; public Q_SLOTS: void resizeDiffTextWindowHeight(int newHeight); void resizeMergeResultWindow(); void slotRecalcWordWrap(); void postRecalcWordWrap(); void slotFinishRecalcWordWrap(); void showPopupMenu(const QPoint& point); void scrollDiffTextWindow(int deltaX, int deltaY); void scrollMergeResultWindow(int deltaX, int deltaY); void setDiff3Line(int line); void sourceMask(int srcMask, int enabledMask); void slotDirShowBoth(); void slotDirViewToggle(); void slotUpdateAvailabilities(); void slotEditSelectAll(); void slotEditFind(); void slotEditFindNext(); void slotGoCurrent(); void slotGoTop(); void slotGoBottom(); void slotGoPrevUnsolvedConflict(); void slotGoNextUnsolvedConflict(); void slotGoPrevConflict(); void slotGoNextConflict(); void slotGoPrevDelta(); void slotGoNextDelta(); void slotChooseA(); void slotChooseB(); void slotChooseC(); void slotAutoSolve(); void slotUnsolve(); void slotMergeHistory(); void slotRegExpAutoMerge(); void slotChooseAEverywhere(); void slotChooseBEverywhere(); void slotChooseCEverywhere(); void slotChooseAForUnsolvedConflicts(); void slotChooseBForUnsolvedConflicts(); void slotChooseCForUnsolvedConflicts(); void slotChooseAForUnsolvedWhiteSpaceConflicts(); void slotChooseBForUnsolvedWhiteSpaceConflicts(); void slotChooseCForUnsolvedWhiteSpaceConflicts(); void slotConfigure(); void slotConfigureKeys(); void slotRefresh(); void slotSelectionEnd(); void slotSelectionStart(); void slotClipboardChanged(); void slotOutputModified(bool); void slotFinishMainInit(); void slotMergeCurrentFile(); void slotReload(); void slotCheckIfCanContinue(bool* pbContinue); void slotShowWhiteSpaceToggled(); void slotShowLineNumbersToggled(); void slotAutoAdvanceToggled(); void slotWordWrapToggled(); void slotShowWindowAToggled(); void slotShowWindowBToggled(); void slotShowWindowCToggled(); void slotWinFocusNext(); void slotWinFocusPrev(); void slotWinToggleSplitterOrientation(); void slotOverviewNormal(); void slotOverviewAB(); void slotOverviewAC(); void slotOverviewBC(); void slotSplitDiff(); void slotJoinDiffs(); void slotAddManualDiffHelp(); void slotClearManualDiffHelpList(); void slotNoRelevantChangesDetected(); void slotEncodingChangedA(QTextCodec*); void slotEncodingChangedB(QTextCodec*); void slotEncodingChangedC(QTextCodec*); }; #endif // KDIFF3_H diff --git a/src/kdiff3_part.cpp b/src/kdiff3_part.cpp index 3a0e5e8..d37bf51 100644 --- a/src/kdiff3_part.cpp +++ b/src/kdiff3_part.cpp @@ -1,277 +1,277 @@ /*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2003-2007 Joachim Eibl * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * * (at your option) any later version. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * - * 51 Franklin Steet, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. * + * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #include "kdiff3_part.h" #include "fileaccess.h" #include "kdiff3.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include static KAboutData createAboutData() { QString appVersion = QString(KDIFF3_VERSION_STRING); if(sizeof(void*) == 8) appVersion += " (64 bit)"; else if(sizeof(void*) == 4) appVersion += " (32 bit)"; KAboutData aboutData(QLatin1String("kdiff3part"), i18n("KDiff3 Part"), appVersion, i18n("A KPart to display SVG images"), KAboutLicense::GPL_V2, i18n("Copyright 2007, Aurélien Gâteau ")); aboutData.addAuthor(i18n("Joachim Eibl"), QString(), QString("joachim.eibl at gmx.de")); return aboutData; } K_PLUGIN_FACTORY(KDiff3PartFactory, registerPlugin();) //K_EXPORT_PLUGIN( KDiff3PartFactory(createAboutData())) KDiff3Part::KDiff3Part(QWidget* parentWidget, QObject* parent, const QVariantList& args) : KParts::ReadWritePart(parent) { //set AboutData setComponentData(createAboutData()); const QString widgetName = args[0].toString(); // this should be your custom internal widget m_widget = new KDiff3App(parentWidget, widgetName, this); //FIXME: This hack is necessary to avoid a crash when the program terminates. m_bIsShell = qobject_cast(parentWidget) != nullptr; // notify the part that this is our internal widget setWidget(m_widget); // create our actions //KStandardAction::open(this, SLOT(fileOpen()), actionCollection()); //KStandardAction::saveAs(this, SLOT(fileSaveAs()), actionCollection()); //KStandardAction::save(this, SLOT(save()), actionCollection()); setXMLFile("kdiff3_part.rc"); // we are read-write by default setReadWrite(true); // we are not modified since we haven't done anything yet setModified(false); } KDiff3Part::~KDiff3Part() { if(m_widget != nullptr && !m_bIsShell) { m_widget->saveOptions(KSharedConfig::openConfig()); } } void KDiff3Part::setReadWrite(bool /*rw*/) { // ReadWritePart::setReadWrite(rw); } void KDiff3Part::setModified(bool /*modified*/) { /* // get a handle on our Save action and make sure it is valid QAction *save = actionCollection()->action(KStandardAction::stdName(KStandardAction::Save)); if (!save) return; // if so, we either enable or disable it based on the current // state if (modified) save->setEnabled(true); else save->setEnabled(false); // in any event, we want our parent to do it's thing ReadWritePart::setModified(modified); */ } static void getNameAndVersion(const QString& str, const QString& lineStart, QString& fileName, QString& version) { if(str.left(lineStart.length()) == lineStart && fileName.isEmpty()) { int pos = lineStart.length(); while(pos < str.length() && (str[pos] == ' ' || str[pos] == '\t')) ++pos; int pos2 = str.length() - 1; while(pos2 > pos) { while(pos2 > pos && str[pos2] != ' ' && str[pos2] != '\t') --pos2; fileName = str.mid(pos, pos2 - pos); fprintf(stderr, "KDiff3: %s\n", fileName.toLatin1().constData()); if(FileAccess(fileName).exists()) break; --pos2; } int vpos = str.lastIndexOf("\t", -1); if(vpos > 0 && vpos > (int)pos2) { version = str.mid(vpos + 1); while(!version.right(1)[0].isLetterOrNumber()) version.truncate(version.length() - 1); } } } bool KDiff3Part::openFile() { // m_file is always local so we can use QFile on it fprintf(stderr, "KDiff3: %s\n", localFilePath().toLatin1().constData()); QFile file(localFilePath()); if(file.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly) == false) return false; // our example widget is text-based, so we use QTextStream instead // of a raw QDataStream QTextStream stream(&file); QString str; QString fileName1; QString fileName2; QString version1; QString version2; while(!stream.atEnd() && (fileName1.isEmpty() || fileName2.isEmpty())) { str = stream.readLine() + '\n'; getNameAndVersion(str, "---", fileName1, version1); getNameAndVersion(str, "+++", fileName2, version2); } file.close(); if(fileName1.isEmpty() && fileName2.isEmpty()) { KMessageBox::sorry(m_widget, i18n("Could not find files for comparison.")); return false; } FileAccess f1(fileName1); FileAccess f2(fileName2); if(f1.exists() && f2.exists() && fileName1 != fileName2) { m_widget->slotFileOpen2(fileName1, fileName2, "", "", "", "", "", nullptr); return true; } else if(version1.isEmpty() && f1.exists()) { // Normal patch // patch -f -u --ignore-whitespace -i [inputfile] -o [outfile] [patchfile] QTemporaryFile tmpFile; FileAccess::createTempFile(tmpFile); QString tempFileName = tmpFile.fileName(); QString cmd = "patch -f -u --ignore-whitespace -i \"" + localFilePath() + "\" -o \"" + tempFileName + "\" \"" + fileName1 + "\""; QProcess process; process.start(cmd); process.waitForFinished(-1); m_widget->slotFileOpen2(fileName1, tempFileName, "", "", "", version2.isEmpty() ? fileName2 : "REV:" + version2 + ':' + fileName2, "", nullptr); // alias names // std::cerr << "KDiff3: f1:" << fileName1.toLatin1() <<"<->"<slotFileOpen2(tempFileName, fileName2, "", "", version1.isEmpty() ? fileName1 : "REV:" + version1 + ':' + fileName1, "", "", nullptr); // alias name // std::cerr << "KDiff3: f2:" << fileName2.toLatin1() <<"<->"<%s\n", fileName1.toLatin1().constData(), fileName2.toLatin1().constData()); // Assuming that files are on CVS: Try to get them // cvs update -p -r [REV] [FILE] > [OUTPUTFILE] QTemporaryFile tmpFile1; FileAccess::createTempFile(tmpFile1); QString tempFileName1 = tmpFile1.fileName(); QString cmd1 = "cvs update -p -r " + version1 + " \"" + fileName1 + "\" >\"" + tempFileName1 + "\""; QProcess process1; process1.start(cmd1); process1.waitForFinished(-1); QTemporaryFile tmpFile2; FileAccess::createTempFile(tmpFile2); QString tempFileName2 = tmpFile2.fileName(); QString cmd2 = "cvs update -p -r " + version2 + " \"" + fileName2 + "\" >\"" + tempFileName2 + "\""; QProcess process2; process2.start(cmd2); process2.waitForFinished(-1); m_widget->slotFileOpen2(tempFileName1, tempFileName2, "", "", "REV:" + version1 + ':' + fileName1, "REV:" + version2 + ':' + fileName2, "", nullptr); // std::cerr << "KDiff3: f1/2:" << tempFileName1.toLatin1() <<"<->"<text(); file.close(); return true; */ return false; // Not implemented } #include "kdiff3_part.moc" diff --git a/src/kdiff3_part.h b/src/kdiff3_part.h index 4e78837..a33255e 100644 --- a/src/kdiff3_part.h +++ b/src/kdiff3_part.h @@ -1,80 +1,80 @@ /*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2003-2007 by Joachim Eibl * * Copyright (C) 2018 Michael Reeves reeves.87@gmail.com * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * * (at your option) any later version. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * - * 51 Franklin Steet, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. * + * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #ifndef _KDIFF3PART_H_ #define _KDIFF3PART_H_ #include #include #include class QWidget; class KDiff3App; /** * This is a "Part". It that does all the real work in a KPart * application. * * @short Main Part * @author Joachim Eibl */ class KDiff3Part : public KParts::ReadWritePart { Q_OBJECT public: /** * Default constructor */ KDiff3Part(QWidget *parentWidget, QObject *parent, const QVariantList &args ); /** * Destructor */ ~KDiff3Part() override; /** * This is a virtual function inherited from KParts::ReadWritePart. * A shell will use this to inform this Part if it should act * read-only */ void setReadWrite(bool rw) override; /** * Reimplemented to disable and enable Save action */ void setModified(bool modified) override; protected: /** * This must be implemented by each part */ bool openFile() override; /** * This must be implemented by each read-write part */ bool saveFile() override; private: KDiff3App* m_widget; bool m_bIsShell; }; #endif // _KDIFF3PART_H_ diff --git a/src/kdiff3_shell.cpp b/src/kdiff3_shell.cpp index ead0139..e3c4b3a 100644 --- a/src/kdiff3_shell.cpp +++ b/src/kdiff3_shell.cpp @@ -1,177 +1,177 @@ /*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2003-2007 by Joachim Eibl * * Copyright (C) 2018 Michael Reeves reeves.87@gmail.com * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * * (at your option) any later version. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * - * 51 Franklin Steet, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. * + * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #include "kdiff3_shell.h" #include "kdiff3.h" #include "kdiff3_part.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include KDiff3Shell::KDiff3Shell(bool bCompleteInit) : KParts::MainWindow() { m_bUnderConstruction = true; // set the shell's ui resource file setXMLFile("kdiff3_shell.rc"); // and a status bar statusBar()->show(); /*const QVector plugin_offers = KPluginLoader::findPlugins( "kf5/kdiff3part" ); foreach( const KPluginMetaData & service, plugin_offers ) { KPluginFactory *factory = KPluginLoader( service.fileName() ).factory(); m_part = factory->create( this, QVariantList() << QVariant( QLatin1String( "KDiff3Part" ) ) ); if( m_part ) break; }*/ m_part = new KDiff3Part(this, this, QVariantList() << QVariant(QLatin1String("KDiff3Part"))); m_widget = qobject_cast(m_part->widget()); if(m_part) { // and integrate the part's GUI with the shell's createGUI(m_part); //toolBar()->setToolButtonStyle( Qt::ToolButtonIconOnly ); // tell the KParts::MainWindow that this is indeed the main widget setCentralWidget(m_widget); if(bCompleteInit) - m_widget->completeInit(); + m_widget->completeInit(QString()); connect(m_widget, SIGNAL(createNewInstance(const QString&, const QString&, const QString&)), this, SLOT(slotNewInstance(const QString&, const QString&, const QString&))); } else { // if we couldn't find our Part, we exit since the Shell by // itself can't do anything useful KMessageBox::error(this, i18n("Could not initialize the KDiff3 part.\n" "This usually happens due to an installation problem. " "Please read the README-file in the source package for details.")); //kapp->quit(); ::exit(-1); //kapp->quit() doesn't work here yet. // we return here, cause kapp->quit() only means "exit the // next time we enter the event loop... return; } // apply the saved mainwindow settings, if any, and ask the mainwindow // to automatically save settings if changed: window size, toolbar // position, icon size, etc. setAutoSaveSettings(); m_bUnderConstruction = false; } KDiff3Shell::~KDiff3Shell() { } bool KDiff3Shell::queryClose() { if(m_part) return ((KDiff3App*)m_part->widget())->queryClose(); else return true; } bool KDiff3Shell::queryExit() { return true; } void KDiff3Shell::closeEvent(QCloseEvent* e) { if(queryClose()) { e->accept(); bool bFileSaved = ((KDiff3App*)m_part->widget())->isFileSaved(); bool bDirCompare = ((KDiff3App*)m_part->widget())->isDirComparison(); QApplication::exit(bFileSaved || bDirCompare ? 0 : 1); } else e->ignore(); } void KDiff3Shell::optionsShowToolbar() { // this is all very cut and paste code for showing/hiding the // toolbar if(m_toolbarAction->isChecked()) toolBar()->show(); else toolBar()->hide(); } void KDiff3Shell::optionsShowStatusbar() { // this is all very cut and paste code for showing/hiding the // statusbar if(m_statusbarAction->isChecked()) statusBar()->show(); else statusBar()->hide(); } void KDiff3Shell::optionsConfigureKeys() { KShortcutsDialog::configure(actionCollection() /*, "kdiff3_shell.rc" */); } void KDiff3Shell::optionsConfigureToolbars() { KConfigGroup mainWindowGroup(KSharedConfig::openConfig(), "MainWindow"); saveMainWindowSettings(mainWindowGroup); // use the standard toolbar editor KEditToolBar dlg(factory()); connect(&dlg, &KEditToolBar::newToolbarConfig, this, &KDiff3Shell::applyNewToolbarConfig); dlg.exec(); } void KDiff3Shell::applyNewToolbarConfig() { KConfigGroup mainWindowGroup(KSharedConfig::openConfig(), "MainWindow"); applyMainWindowSettings(mainWindowGroup); } void KDiff3Shell::slotNewInstance(const QString& fn1, const QString& fn2, const QString& fn3) { static KDiff3Shell* pKDiff3Shell = new KDiff3Shell(false); ((KDiff3App*)pKDiff3Shell->m_part->widget())->completeInit(fn1, fn2, fn3); } //#include "kdiff3_shell.moc" diff --git a/src/kdiff3_shell.h b/src/kdiff3_shell.h index f64e220..45f15b7 100644 --- a/src/kdiff3_shell.h +++ b/src/kdiff3_shell.h @@ -1,82 +1,82 @@ /*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2003-2007 by Joachim Eibl * * Copyright (C) 2018 Michael Reeves reeves.87@gmail.com * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * * (at your option) any later version. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * - * 51 Franklin Steet, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. * + * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #ifndef _KDIFF3SHELL_H_ #define _KDIFF3SHELL_H_ #include #include class KToggleAction; namespace KParts { class ReadWritePart; } class KDiff3App; /** * This is the application "Shell". It has a menubar, toolbar, and * statusbar but relies on the "Part" to do all the real work. * * @short Application Shell * @author Joachim Eibl */ class KDiff3Shell : public KParts::MainWindow { Q_OBJECT public: /** * Default Constructor */ KDiff3Shell(bool bCompleteInit=true); /** * Default Destructor */ ~KDiff3Shell() override; bool queryClose() override; bool queryExit(); void closeEvent(QCloseEvent*e) override; static inline QCommandLineParser* getParser(){ static QCommandLineParser *parser = new QCommandLineParser(); return parser; }; private Q_SLOTS: void optionsShowToolbar(); void optionsShowStatusbar(); void optionsConfigureKeys(); void optionsConfigureToolbars(); void applyNewToolbarConfig(); void slotNewInstance( const QString& fn1, const QString& fn2, const QString& fn3 ); private: KParts::ReadWritePart *m_part; KDiff3App *m_widget; KToggleAction *m_toolbarAction; KToggleAction *m_statusbarAction; bool m_bUnderConstruction; }; #endif // _KDIFF3_H_ diff --git a/src/mergeresultwindow.cpp b/src/mergeresultwindow.cpp index 86c8e28..9833dc4 100644 --- a/src/mergeresultwindow.cpp +++ b/src/mergeresultwindow.cpp @@ -1,3609 +1,3609 @@ /*************************************************************************** mergeresultwindow.cpp - description ------------------- begin : Sun Apr 14 2002 copyright : (C) 2002-2007 by Joachim Eibl email : joachim.eibl at gmx.de ***************************************************************************/ /*************************************************************************** * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * * (at your option) any later version. * * * ***************************************************************************/ #include "mergeresultwindow.h" #include "options.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include int g_bAutoSolve = true; #undef leftInfoWidth MergeResultWindow::MergeResultWindow( QWidget* pParent, Options* pOptions, QStatusBar* pStatusBar) : QWidget(pParent) { setObjectName("MergeResultWindow"); setFocusPolicy(Qt::ClickFocus); m_firstLine = 0; m_horizScrollOffset = 0; m_nofLines = 0; m_totalSize = 0; m_bMyUpdate = false; m_bInsertMode = true; m_scrollDeltaX = 0; m_scrollDeltaY = 0; m_bModified = false; m_eOverviewMode = Overview::eOMNormal; m_pldA = nullptr; m_pldB = nullptr; m_pldC = nullptr; m_sizeA = 0; m_sizeB = 0; m_sizeC = 0; m_pDiff3LineList = nullptr; m_pTotalDiffStatus = nullptr; m_pStatusBar = pStatusBar; if(m_pStatusBar) connect(m_pStatusBar, SIGNAL(messageChanged(const QString&)), this, SLOT(slotStatusMessageChanged(const QString&))); m_pOptions = pOptions; m_bPaintingAllowed = false; m_delayedDrawTimer = 0; m_cursorXPos = 0; m_cursorOldXPixelPos = 0; m_cursorYPos = 0; m_bCursorOn = true; m_bCursorUpdate = false; m_maxTextWidth = -1; connect(&m_cursorTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(slotCursorUpdate())); m_cursorTimer.setSingleShot(true); m_cursorTimer.start(500 /*ms*/); m_selection.reset(); setMinimumSize(QSize(20, 20)); setFont(m_pOptions->m_font); } void MergeResultWindow::init( const LineData* pLineDataA, LineRef sizeA, const LineData* pLineDataB, LineRef sizeB, const LineData* pLineDataC, LineRef sizeC, const Diff3LineList* pDiff3LineList, const QSharedPointer& pTotalDiffStatus) { m_firstLine = 0; m_horizScrollOffset = 0; m_nofLines = 0; m_bMyUpdate = false; m_bInsertMode = true; m_scrollDeltaX = 0; m_scrollDeltaY = 0; setModified(false); m_pldA = pLineDataA; m_pldB = pLineDataB; m_pldC = pLineDataC; m_sizeA = sizeA; m_sizeB = sizeB; m_sizeC = sizeC; m_pDiff3LineList = pDiff3LineList; m_pTotalDiffStatus = pTotalDiffStatus; m_selection.reset(); m_cursorXPos = 0; m_cursorOldXPixelPos = 0; m_cursorYPos = 0; m_maxTextWidth = -1; merge(g_bAutoSolve, -1); g_bAutoSolve = true; update(); updateSourceMask(); showUnsolvedConflictsStatusMessage(); } void MergeResultWindow::showUnsolvedConflictsStatusMessage() { if(m_pStatusBar) { int wsc; int nofUnsolved = getNrOfUnsolvedConflicts(&wsc); m_persistentStatusMessage = i18n("Number of remaining unsolved conflicts: %1 (of which %2 are whitespace)", nofUnsolved, wsc); m_pStatusBar->showMessage(m_persistentStatusMessage); } } void MergeResultWindow::slotStatusMessageChanged(const QString& s) { if(s.isEmpty() && !m_persistentStatusMessage.isEmpty()) { m_pStatusBar->showMessage(m_persistentStatusMessage, 0); } } void MergeResultWindow::reset() { m_pDiff3LineList = nullptr; m_pTotalDiffStatus = nullptr; m_pldA = nullptr; m_pldB = nullptr; m_pldC = nullptr; if(!m_persistentStatusMessage.isEmpty()) { m_persistentStatusMessage = QString(); } } // Calculate the merge information for the given Diff3Line. // Results will be stored in mergeDetails, bConflict, bLineRemoved and src. void mergeOneLine( const Diff3Line& d, e_MergeDetails& mergeDetails, bool& bConflict, bool& bLineRemoved, int& src, bool bTwoInputs) { mergeDetails = eDefault; bConflict = false; bLineRemoved = false; src = 0; if(bTwoInputs) // Only two input files { if(d.lineA != -1 && d.lineB != -1) { if(d.pFineAB == nullptr) { mergeDetails = eNoChange; src = A; } else { mergeDetails = eBChanged; bConflict = true; } } else { if(d.lineA != -1 && d.lineB == -1) { mergeDetails = eBDeleted; bConflict = true; } else if(d.lineA == -1 && d.lineB != -1) { mergeDetails = eBDeleted; bConflict = true; } } return; } // A is base. if(d.lineA != -1 && d.lineB != -1 && d.lineC != -1) { if(d.pFineAB == nullptr && d.pFineBC == nullptr && d.pFineCA == nullptr) { mergeDetails = eNoChange; src = A; } else if(d.pFineAB == nullptr && d.pFineBC != nullptr && d.pFineCA != nullptr) { mergeDetails = eCChanged; src = C; } else if(d.pFineAB != nullptr && d.pFineBC != nullptr && d.pFineCA == nullptr) { mergeDetails = eBChanged; src = B; } else if(d.pFineAB != nullptr && d.pFineBC == nullptr && d.pFineCA != nullptr) { mergeDetails = eBCChangedAndEqual; src = C; } else if(d.pFineAB != nullptr && d.pFineBC != nullptr && d.pFineCA != nullptr) { mergeDetails = eBCChanged; bConflict = true; } else Q_ASSERT(true); } else if(d.lineA != -1 && d.lineB != -1 && d.lineC == -1) { if(d.pFineAB != nullptr) { mergeDetails = eBChanged_CDeleted; bConflict = true; } else { mergeDetails = eCDeleted; bLineRemoved = true; src = C; } } else if(d.lineA != -1 && d.lineB == -1 && d.lineC != -1) { if(d.pFineCA != nullptr) { mergeDetails = eCChanged_BDeleted; bConflict = true; } else { mergeDetails = eBDeleted; bLineRemoved = true; src = B; } } else if(d.lineA == -1 && d.lineB != -1 && d.lineC != -1) { if(d.pFineBC != nullptr) { mergeDetails = eBCAdded; bConflict = true; } else // B==C { mergeDetails = eBCAddedAndEqual; src = C; } } else if(d.lineA == -1 && d.lineB == -1 && d.lineC != -1) { mergeDetails = eCAdded; src = C; } else if(d.lineA == -1 && d.lineB != -1 && d.lineC == -1) { mergeDetails = eBAdded; src = B; } else if(d.lineA != -1 && d.lineB == -1 && d.lineC == -1) { mergeDetails = eBCDeleted; bLineRemoved = true; src = C; } else Q_ASSERT(true); } bool MergeResultWindow::sameKindCheck(const MergeLine& ml1, const MergeLine& ml2) { if(ml1.bConflict && ml2.bConflict) { // Both lines have conflicts: If one is only a white space conflict and // the other one is a real conflict, then this line returns false. return ml1.id3l->bAEqC == ml2.id3l->bAEqC && ml1.id3l->bAEqB == ml2.id3l->bAEqB; } else return ( (!ml1.bConflict && !ml2.bConflict && ml1.bDelta && ml2.bDelta && ml1.srcSelect == ml2.srcSelect && (ml1.mergeDetails == ml2.mergeDetails || (ml1.mergeDetails != eBCAddedAndEqual && ml2.mergeDetails != eBCAddedAndEqual))) || (!ml1.bDelta && !ml2.bDelta)); } void MergeResultWindow::merge(bool bAutoSolve, int defaultSelector, bool bConflictsOnly, bool bWhiteSpaceOnly) { if(!bConflictsOnly) { if(m_bModified) { int result = KMessageBox::warningYesNo(this, i18n("The output has been modified.\n" "If you continue your changes will be lost."), i18n("Warning"), KStandardGuiItem::cont(), KStandardGuiItem::cancel()); if(result == KMessageBox::No) return; } m_mergeLineList.clear(); m_totalSize = 0; int lineIdx = 0; Diff3LineList::const_iterator it; for(it = m_pDiff3LineList->begin(); it != m_pDiff3LineList->end(); ++it, ++lineIdx) { const Diff3Line& d = *it; MergeLine ml; bool bLineRemoved; mergeOneLine(d, ml.mergeDetails, ml.bConflict, bLineRemoved, ml.srcSelect, m_pldC == nullptr); // Automatic solving for only whitespace changes. if(ml.bConflict && ((m_pldC == nullptr && (d.bAEqB || (d.bWhiteLineA && d.bWhiteLineB))) || (m_pldC != nullptr && ((d.bAEqB && d.bAEqC) || (d.bWhiteLineA && d.bWhiteLineB && d.bWhiteLineC))))) { ml.bWhiteSpaceConflict = true; } ml.d3lLineIdx = lineIdx; ml.bDelta = ml.srcSelect != A; ml.id3l = it; ml.srcRangeLength = 1; MergeLine* back = m_mergeLineList.empty() ? nullptr : &m_mergeLineList.back(); bool bSame = back != nullptr && sameKindCheck(ml, *back); if(bSame) { ++back->srcRangeLength; if(back->bWhiteSpaceConflict && !ml.bWhiteSpaceConflict) back->bWhiteSpaceConflict = false; } else { ml.mergeEditLineList.setTotalSizePtr(&m_totalSize); m_mergeLineList.push_back(ml); } if(!ml.bConflict) { MergeLine& tmpBack = m_mergeLineList.back(); MergeEditLine mel(ml.id3l); mel.setSource(ml.srcSelect, bLineRemoved); tmpBack.mergeEditLineList.push_back(mel); } else if(back == nullptr || !back->bConflict || !bSame) { MergeLine& tmpBack = m_mergeLineList.back(); MergeEditLine mel(ml.id3l); mel.setConflict(); tmpBack.mergeEditLineList.push_back(mel); } } } bool bSolveWhiteSpaceConflicts = false; if(bAutoSolve) // when true, then the other params are not used and we can change them here. (see all invocations of merge()) { if(m_pldC == nullptr && m_pOptions->m_whiteSpace2FileMergeDefault != 0) // Only two inputs { defaultSelector = m_pOptions->m_whiteSpace2FileMergeDefault; bWhiteSpaceOnly = true; bSolveWhiteSpaceConflicts = true; } else if(m_pldC != nullptr && m_pOptions->m_whiteSpace3FileMergeDefault != 0) { defaultSelector = m_pOptions->m_whiteSpace3FileMergeDefault; bWhiteSpaceOnly = true; bSolveWhiteSpaceConflicts = true; } } if(!bAutoSolve || bSolveWhiteSpaceConflicts) { // Change all auto selections MergeLineList::iterator mlIt; for(mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); mlIt != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++mlIt) { MergeLine& ml = *mlIt; bool bConflict = ml.mergeEditLineList.empty() || ml.mergeEditLineList.begin()->isConflict(); if(ml.bDelta && (!bConflictsOnly || bConflict) && (!bWhiteSpaceOnly || ml.bWhiteSpaceConflict)) { ml.mergeEditLineList.clear(); if(defaultSelector == -1 && ml.bDelta) { MergeEditLine mel(ml.id3l); ; mel.setConflict(); ml.bConflict = true; ml.mergeEditLineList.push_back(mel); } else { Diff3LineList::const_iterator d3llit = ml.id3l; int j; for(j = 0; j < ml.srcRangeLength; ++j) { MergeEditLine mel(d3llit); mel.setSource(defaultSelector, false); LineRef srcLine = defaultSelector == 1 ? d3llit->lineA : defaultSelector == 2 ? d3llit->lineB : defaultSelector == 3 ? d3llit->lineC : -1; if(srcLine != -1) { ml.mergeEditLineList.push_back(mel); } ++d3llit; } if(ml.mergeEditLineList.empty()) // Make a line nevertheless { MergeEditLine mel(ml.id3l); mel.setRemoved(defaultSelector); ml.mergeEditLineList.push_back(mel); } } } } } MergeLineList::iterator mlIt; for(mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); mlIt != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++mlIt) { MergeLine& ml = *mlIt; // Remove all lines that are empty, because no src lines are there. LineRef oldSrcLine = -1; int oldSrc = -1; MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt; for(melIt = ml.mergeEditLineList.begin(); melIt != ml.mergeEditLineList.end();) { MergeEditLine& mel = *melIt; int melsrc = mel.src(); LineRef srcLine = mel.isRemoved() ? -1 : melsrc == 1 ? mel.id3l()->lineA : melsrc == 2 ? mel.id3l()->lineB : melsrc == 3 ? mel.id3l()->lineC : -1; // At least one line remains because oldSrc != melsrc for first line in list // Other empty lines will be removed if(srcLine == -1 && oldSrcLine == -1 && oldSrc == melsrc) melIt = ml.mergeEditLineList.erase(melIt); else ++melIt; oldSrcLine = srcLine; oldSrc = melsrc; } } if(bAutoSolve && !bConflictsOnly) { if(m_pOptions->m_bRunHistoryAutoMergeOnMergeStart) slotMergeHistory(); if(m_pOptions->m_bRunRegExpAutoMergeOnMergeStart) slotRegExpAutoMerge(); if(m_pldC != nullptr && !doRelevantChangesExist()) emit noRelevantChangesDetected(); } int nrOfSolvedConflicts = 0; int nrOfUnsolvedConflicts = 0; int nrOfWhiteSpaceConflicts = 0; MergeLineList::iterator i; for(i = m_mergeLineList.begin(); i != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++i) { if(i->bConflict) ++nrOfUnsolvedConflicts; else if(i->bDelta) ++nrOfSolvedConflicts; if(i->bWhiteSpaceConflict) ++nrOfWhiteSpaceConflicts; } m_pTotalDiffStatus->setUnsolvedConflicts(nrOfUnsolvedConflicts); m_pTotalDiffStatus->setSolvedConflicts(nrOfSolvedConflicts); m_pTotalDiffStatus->setWhitespaceConflicts(nrOfWhiteSpaceConflicts); m_cursorXPos = 0; m_cursorOldXPixelPos = 0; m_cursorYPos = 0; m_maxTextWidth = -1; //m_firstLine = 0; // Must not set line/column without scrolling there //m_horizScrollOffset = 0; setModified(false); m_currentMergeLineIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); slotGoTop(); emit updateAvailabilities(); update(); } void MergeResultWindow::setFirstLine(int firstLine) { m_firstLine = std::max(0, firstLine); update(); } void MergeResultWindow::setHorizScrollOffset(int horizScrollOffset) { m_horizScrollOffset = std::max(0, horizScrollOffset); update(); } int MergeResultWindow::getMaxTextWidth() { if(m_maxTextWidth < 0) { m_maxTextWidth = 0; MergeLineList::iterator mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); for(mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); mlIt != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++mlIt) { MergeLine& ml = *mlIt; MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt; for(melIt = ml.mergeEditLineList.begin(); melIt != ml.mergeEditLineList.end(); ++melIt) { MergeEditLine& mel = *melIt; QString s = mel.getString(this); QTextLayout textLayout(s, font(), this); textLayout.beginLayout(); textLayout.createLine(); textLayout.endLayout(); if(m_maxTextWidth < textLayout.maximumWidth()) { m_maxTextWidth = textLayout.maximumWidth(); } } } m_maxTextWidth += 5; // cursorwidth } return m_maxTextWidth; } int MergeResultWindow::getNofLines() { return m_totalSize; } int MergeResultWindow::getVisibleTextAreaWidth() { // QFontMetrics fm = fontMetrics(); // FIXME used? return width() - getTextXOffset(); } int MergeResultWindow::getNofVisibleLines() { QFontMetrics fm = fontMetrics(); return (height() - 3) / fm.lineSpacing() - 2; } int MergeResultWindow::getTextXOffset() { QFontMetrics fm = fontMetrics(); return 3 * fm.width('0'); } void MergeResultWindow::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent* e) { QWidget::resizeEvent(e); emit resizeSignal(); } Overview::e_OverviewMode MergeResultWindow::getOverviewMode() { return m_eOverviewMode; } void MergeResultWindow::setOverviewMode(Overview::e_OverviewMode eOverviewMode) { m_eOverviewMode = eOverviewMode; } // Check whether we should ignore current delta when moving to next/previous delta bool MergeResultWindow::checkOverviewIgnore(MergeLineList::iterator& i) { if(m_eOverviewMode == Overview::eOMNormal) return false; if(m_eOverviewMode == Overview::eOMAvsB) return i->mergeDetails == eCAdded || i->mergeDetails == eCDeleted || i->mergeDetails == eCChanged; if(m_eOverviewMode == Overview::eOMAvsC) return i->mergeDetails == eBAdded || i->mergeDetails == eBDeleted || i->mergeDetails == eBChanged; if(m_eOverviewMode == Overview::eOMBvsC) return i->mergeDetails == eBCAddedAndEqual || i->mergeDetails == eBCDeleted || i->mergeDetails == eBCChangedAndEqual; return false; } // Go to prev/next delta/conflict or first/last delta. void MergeResultWindow::go(e_Direction eDir, e_EndPoint eEndPoint) { Q_ASSERT(eDir == eUp || eDir == eDown); MergeLineList::iterator i = m_currentMergeLineIt; bool bSkipWhiteConflicts = !m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpace; if(eEndPoint == eEnd) { if(eDir == eUp) i = m_mergeLineList.begin(); // first mergeline else i = --m_mergeLineList.end(); // last mergeline while(isItAtEnd(eDir == eUp, i) && !i->bDelta) { if(eDir == eUp) ++i; // search downwards else --i; // search upwards } } else if(eEndPoint == eDelta && isItAtEnd(eDir != eUp, i)) { do { if(eDir == eUp) --i; else ++i; } while(isItAtEnd(eDir != eUp, i) && (i->bDelta == false || checkOverviewIgnore(i) || (bSkipWhiteConflicts && i->bWhiteSpaceConflict))); } else if(eEndPoint == eConflict && isItAtEnd(eDir != eUp, i)) { do { if(eDir == eUp) --i; else ++i; } while(isItAtEnd(eDir != eUp, i) && (i->bConflict == false || (bSkipWhiteConflicts && i->bWhiteSpaceConflict))); } else if(isItAtEnd(eDir != eUp, i) && eEndPoint == eUnsolvedConflict) { do { if(eDir == eUp) --i; else ++i; } while(isItAtEnd(eDir != eUp, i) && !i->mergeEditLineList.begin()->isConflict()); } if(isVisible()) setFocus(); setFastSelector(i); } bool MergeResultWindow::isDeltaAboveCurrent() { bool bSkipWhiteConflicts = !m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpace; if(m_mergeLineList.empty()) return false; MergeLineList::iterator i = m_currentMergeLineIt; if(i == m_mergeLineList.begin()) return false; do { --i; if(i->bDelta && !checkOverviewIgnore(i) && !(bSkipWhiteConflicts && i->bWhiteSpaceConflict)) return true; } while(i != m_mergeLineList.begin()); return false; } bool MergeResultWindow::isDeltaBelowCurrent() { bool bSkipWhiteConflicts = !m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpace; if(m_mergeLineList.empty()) return false; MergeLineList::iterator i = m_currentMergeLineIt; if(i != m_mergeLineList.end()) { ++i; for(; i != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++i) { if(i->bDelta && !checkOverviewIgnore(i) && !(bSkipWhiteConflicts && i->bWhiteSpaceConflict)) return true; } } return false; } bool MergeResultWindow::isConflictAboveCurrent() { if(m_mergeLineList.empty()) return false; MergeLineList::iterator i = m_currentMergeLineIt; if(i == m_mergeLineList.begin()) return false; bool bSkipWhiteConflicts = !m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpace; do { --i; if(i->bConflict && !(bSkipWhiteConflicts && i->bWhiteSpaceConflict)) return true; } while(i != m_mergeLineList.begin()); return false; } bool MergeResultWindow::isConflictBelowCurrent() { MergeLineList::iterator i = m_currentMergeLineIt; if(m_mergeLineList.empty()) return false; bool bSkipWhiteConflicts = !m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpace; if(i != m_mergeLineList.end()) { ++i; for(; i != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++i) { if(i->bConflict && !(bSkipWhiteConflicts && i->bWhiteSpaceConflict)) return true; } } return false; } bool MergeResultWindow::isUnsolvedConflictAtCurrent() { if(m_mergeLineList.empty()) return false; MergeLineList::iterator i = m_currentMergeLineIt; return i->mergeEditLineList.begin()->isConflict(); } bool MergeResultWindow::isUnsolvedConflictAboveCurrent() { if(m_mergeLineList.empty()) return false; MergeLineList::iterator i = m_currentMergeLineIt; if(i == m_mergeLineList.begin()) return false; do { --i; if(i->mergeEditLineList.begin()->isConflict()) return true; } while(i != m_mergeLineList.begin()); return false; } bool MergeResultWindow::isUnsolvedConflictBelowCurrent() { MergeLineList::iterator i = m_currentMergeLineIt; if(m_mergeLineList.empty()) return false; if(i != m_mergeLineList.end()) { ++i; for(; i != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++i) { if(i->mergeEditLineList.begin()->isConflict()) return true; } } return false; } void MergeResultWindow::slotGoTop() { go(eUp, eEnd); } void MergeResultWindow::slotGoCurrent() { setFastSelector(m_currentMergeLineIt); } void MergeResultWindow::slotGoBottom() { go(eDown, eEnd); } void MergeResultWindow::slotGoPrevDelta() { go(eUp, eDelta); } void MergeResultWindow::slotGoNextDelta() { go(eDown, eDelta); } void MergeResultWindow::slotGoPrevConflict() { go(eUp, eConflict); } void MergeResultWindow::slotGoNextConflict() { go(eDown, eConflict); } void MergeResultWindow::slotGoPrevUnsolvedConflict() { go(eUp, eUnsolvedConflict); } void MergeResultWindow::slotGoNextUnsolvedConflict() { go(eDown, eUnsolvedConflict); } /** The line is given as a index in the Diff3LineList. The function calculates the corresponding iterator. */ void MergeResultWindow::slotSetFastSelectorLine(int line) { MergeLineList::iterator i; for(i = m_mergeLineList.begin(); i != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++i) { if(line >= i->d3lLineIdx && line < i->d3lLineIdx + i->srcRangeLength) { //if ( i->bDelta ) { setFastSelector(i); } break; } } } int MergeResultWindow::getNrOfUnsolvedConflicts(int* pNrOfWhiteSpaceConflicts) { int nrOfUnsolvedConflicts = 0; if(pNrOfWhiteSpaceConflicts != nullptr) *pNrOfWhiteSpaceConflicts = 0; MergeLineList::iterator mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); for(mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); mlIt != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++mlIt) { MergeLine& ml = *mlIt; MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt = ml.mergeEditLineList.begin(); if(melIt->isConflict()) { ++nrOfUnsolvedConflicts; if(ml.bWhiteSpaceConflict && pNrOfWhiteSpaceConflicts != nullptr) ++*pNrOfWhiteSpaceConflicts; } } return nrOfUnsolvedConflicts; } void MergeResultWindow::showNrOfConflicts() { if(!m_pOptions->m_bShowInfoDialogs) return; int nrOfConflicts = 0; MergeLineList::iterator i; for(i = m_mergeLineList.begin(); i != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++i) { if(i->bConflict || i->bDelta) ++nrOfConflicts; } QString totalInfo; if(m_pTotalDiffStatus->bBinaryAEqB && m_pTotalDiffStatus->bBinaryAEqC) totalInfo += i18n("All input files are binary equal."); else if(m_pTotalDiffStatus->bTextAEqB && m_pTotalDiffStatus->bTextAEqC) totalInfo += i18n("All input files contain the same text."); else { if(m_pTotalDiffStatus->bBinaryAEqB) totalInfo += i18n("Files %1 and %2 are binary equal.\n", i18n("A"), i18n("B")); else if(m_pTotalDiffStatus->bTextAEqB) totalInfo += i18n("Files %1 and %2 have equal text.\n", i18n("A"), i18n("B")); if(m_pTotalDiffStatus->bBinaryAEqC) totalInfo += i18n("Files %1 and %2 are binary equal.\n", i18n("A"), i18n("C")); else if(m_pTotalDiffStatus->bTextAEqC) totalInfo += i18n("Files %1 and %2 have equal text.\n", i18n("A"), i18n("C")); if(m_pTotalDiffStatus->bBinaryBEqC) totalInfo += i18n("Files %1 and %2 are binary equal.\n", i18n("B"), i18n("C")); else if(m_pTotalDiffStatus->bTextBEqC) totalInfo += i18n("Files %1 and %2 have equal text.\n", i18n("B"), i18n("C")); } int nrOfUnsolvedConflicts = getNrOfUnsolvedConflicts(); KMessageBox::information(this, i18n("Total number of conflicts: %1\n" "Nr of automatically solved conflicts: %2\n" "Nr of unsolved conflicts: %3\n" "%4", nrOfConflicts, nrOfConflicts - nrOfUnsolvedConflicts, nrOfUnsolvedConflicts, totalInfo), i18n("Conflicts")); } void MergeResultWindow::setFastSelector(MergeLineList::iterator i) { if(i == m_mergeLineList.end()) return; m_currentMergeLineIt = i; emit setFastSelectorRange(i->d3lLineIdx, i->srcRangeLength); int line1 = 0; MergeLineList::iterator mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); for(mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); mlIt != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++mlIt) { if(mlIt == m_currentMergeLineIt) break; line1 += mlIt->mergeEditLineList.size(); } int nofLines = m_currentMergeLineIt->mergeEditLineList.size(); int newFirstLine = getBestFirstLine(line1, nofLines, m_firstLine, getNofVisibleLines()); if(newFirstLine != m_firstLine) { emit scrollMergeResultWindow(0, newFirstLine - m_firstLine); } if(m_selection.isEmpty()) { m_cursorXPos = 0; m_cursorOldXPixelPos = 0; m_cursorYPos = line1; } update(); updateSourceMask(); emit updateAvailabilities(); } void MergeResultWindow::choose(int selector) { if(m_currentMergeLineIt == m_mergeLineList.end()) return; setModified(); // First find range for which this change works. MergeLine& ml = *m_currentMergeLineIt; MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt; // Now check if selector is active for this range already. bool bActive = false; // Remove unneeded lines in the range. for(melIt = ml.mergeEditLineList.begin(); melIt != ml.mergeEditLineList.end();) { MergeEditLine& mel = *melIt; if(mel.src() == selector) bActive = true; if(mel.src() == selector || !mel.isEditableText() || mel.isModified()) melIt = ml.mergeEditLineList.erase(melIt); else ++melIt; } if(!bActive) // Selected source wasn't active. { // Append the lines from selected source here at rangeEnd. Diff3LineList::const_iterator d3llit = ml.id3l; int j; for(j = 0; j < ml.srcRangeLength; ++j) { MergeEditLine mel(d3llit); mel.setSource(selector, false); ml.mergeEditLineList.push_back(mel); ++d3llit; } } if(!ml.mergeEditLineList.empty()) { // Remove all lines that are empty, because no src lines are there. for(melIt = ml.mergeEditLineList.begin(); melIt != ml.mergeEditLineList.end();) { MergeEditLine& mel = *melIt; LineRef srcLine = mel.src() == 1 ? mel.id3l()->lineA : mel.src() == 2 ? mel.id3l()->lineB : mel.src() == 3 ? mel.id3l()->lineC : -1; if(srcLine == -1) melIt = ml.mergeEditLineList.erase(melIt); else ++melIt; } } if(ml.mergeEditLineList.empty()) { // Insert a dummy line: MergeEditLine mel(ml.id3l); if(bActive) mel.setConflict(); // All src entries deleted => conflict else mel.setRemoved(selector); // No lines in corresponding src found. ml.mergeEditLineList.push_back(mel); } if(m_cursorYPos >= m_totalSize) { m_cursorYPos = m_totalSize - 1; m_cursorXPos = 0; } m_maxTextWidth = -1; update(); updateSourceMask(); emit updateAvailabilities(); showUnsolvedConflictsStatusMessage(); } // bConflictsOnly: automatically choose for conflicts only (true) or for everywhere (false) void MergeResultWindow::chooseGlobal(int selector, bool bConflictsOnly, bool bWhiteSpaceOnly) { resetSelection(); merge(false, selector, bConflictsOnly, bWhiteSpaceOnly); setModified(true); update(); showUnsolvedConflictsStatusMessage(); } void MergeResultWindow::slotAutoSolve() { resetSelection(); merge(true, -1); setModified(true); update(); showUnsolvedConflictsStatusMessage(); } void MergeResultWindow::slotUnsolve() { resetSelection(); merge(false, -1); setModified(true); update(); showUnsolvedConflictsStatusMessage(); } static QString calcHistoryLead(const QString& s) { // Return the start of the line until the first white char after the first non white char. int i; for(i = 0; i < s.length(); ++i) { if(s[i] != ' ' && s[i] != '\t') { for(; i < s.length(); ++i) { if(s[i] == ' ' || s[i] == '\t') { return s.left(i); } } return s; // Very unlikely } } - return ""; // Must be an empty string, not a null string. + return QString(); // Must be an empty string, not a null string. } static void findHistoryRange(const QRegExp& historyStart, bool bThreeFiles, const Diff3LineList* pD3LList, Diff3LineList::const_iterator& iBegin, Diff3LineList::const_iterator& iEnd, int& idxBegin, int& idxEnd) { QString historyLead; // Search for start of history for(iBegin = pD3LList->begin(), idxBegin = 0; iBegin != pD3LList->end(); ++iBegin, ++idxBegin) { if(historyStart.exactMatch(iBegin->getString(A)) && historyStart.exactMatch(iBegin->getString(B)) && (!bThreeFiles || historyStart.exactMatch(iBegin->getString(C)))) { historyLead = calcHistoryLead(iBegin->getString(A)); break; } } // Search for end of history for(iEnd = iBegin, idxEnd = idxBegin; iEnd != pD3LList->end(); ++iEnd, ++idxEnd) { QString sA = iEnd->getString(A); QString sB = iEnd->getString(B); QString sC = iEnd->getString(C); if(!((sA.isEmpty() || historyLead == calcHistoryLead(sA)) && (sB.isEmpty() || historyLead == calcHistoryLead(sB)) && (!bThreeFiles || sC.isEmpty() || historyLead == calcHistoryLead(sC)))) { break; // End of the history } } } bool findParenthesesGroups(const QString& s, QStringList& sl) { sl.clear(); int i = 0; std::list startPosStack; int length = s.length(); for(i = 0; i < length; ++i) { if(s[i] == '\\' && i + 1 < length && (s[i + 1] == '\\' || s[i + 1] == '(' || s[i + 1] == ')')) { ++i; continue; } if(s[i] == '(') { startPosStack.push_back(i); } else if(s[i] == ')') { if(startPosStack.empty()) return false; // Parentheses don't match int startPos = startPosStack.back(); startPosStack.pop_back(); sl.push_back(s.mid(startPos + 1, i - startPos - 1)); } } return startPosStack.empty(); // false if parentheses don't match } QString calcHistorySortKey(const QString& keyOrder, QRegExp& matchedRegExpr, const QStringList& parenthesesGroupList) { QStringList keyOrderList = keyOrder.split(','); QString key; for(QStringList::iterator keyIt = keyOrderList.begin(); keyIt != keyOrderList.end(); ++keyIt) { if((*keyIt).isEmpty()) continue; bool bOk = false; int groupIdx = (*keyIt).toInt(&bOk); if(!bOk || groupIdx < 0 || groupIdx > (int)parenthesesGroupList.size()) continue; QString s = matchedRegExpr.cap(groupIdx); if(groupIdx == 0) { key += s + ' '; continue; } QString groupRegExp = parenthesesGroupList[groupIdx - 1]; if(groupRegExp.indexOf('|') < 0 || groupRegExp.indexOf('(') >= 0) { bOk = false; int i = s.toInt(&bOk); if(bOk && i >= 0 && i < 10000) s.sprintf("%04d", i); // This should help for correct sorting of numbers. key += s + ' '; } else { // Assume that the groupRegExp consists of something like "Jan|Feb|Mar|Apr" // s is the string that managed to match. // Now we want to know at which position it occurred. e.g. Jan=0, Feb=1, Mar=2, etc. QStringList sl = groupRegExp.split('|'); int idx = sl.indexOf(s); if(idx < 0) { // Didn't match } else { QString sIdx; sIdx.sprintf("%02d", idx + 1); // Up to 99 words in the groupRegExp (more than 12 aren't expected) key += sIdx + ' '; } } } return key; } void MergeResultWindow::collectHistoryInformation( int src, Diff3LineList::const_iterator iHistoryBegin, Diff3LineList::const_iterator iHistoryEnd, HistoryMap& historyMap, std::list& hitList // list of iterators ) { std::list::iterator itHitListFront = hitList.begin(); Diff3LineList::const_iterator id3l = iHistoryBegin; QString historyLead; { const LineData* pld = id3l->getLineData(src); QString s(pld->pLine, pld->size); historyLead = calcHistoryLead(s); } QRegExp historyStart(m_pOptions->m_historyStartRegExp); if(id3l == iHistoryEnd) return; ++id3l; // Skip line with "$Log ... $" QRegExp newHistoryEntry(m_pOptions->m_historyEntryStartRegExp); QStringList parenthesesGroups; findParenthesesGroups(m_pOptions->m_historyEntryStartRegExp, parenthesesGroups); QString key; MergeEditLineList melList; bool bPrevLineIsEmpty = true; bool bUseRegExp = !m_pOptions->m_historyEntryStartRegExp.isEmpty(); for(; id3l != iHistoryEnd; ++id3l) { const LineData* pld = id3l->getLineData(src); if(!pld) continue; QString s(pld->pLine, pld->size); if(historyLead.isEmpty()) historyLead = calcHistoryLead(s); QString sLine = s.mid(historyLead.length()); if((!bUseRegExp && !sLine.trimmed().isEmpty() && bPrevLineIsEmpty) || (bUseRegExp && newHistoryEntry.exactMatch(sLine))) { if(!key.isEmpty() && !melList.empty()) { // Only insert new HistoryMapEntry if key not found; in either case p.first is a valid iterator to element key. std::pair p = historyMap.insert(HistoryMap::value_type(key, HistoryMapEntry())); HistoryMapEntry& hme = p.first->second; if(src == A) hme.mellA = melList; if(src == B) hme.mellB = melList; if(src == C) hme.mellC = melList; if(p.second) // Not in list yet? { hitList.insert(itHitListFront, p.first); } } if(!bUseRegExp) key = sLine; else key = calcHistorySortKey(m_pOptions->m_historyEntryStartSortKeyOrder, newHistoryEntry, parenthesesGroups); melList.clear(); melList.push_back(MergeEditLine(id3l, src)); } else if(!historyStart.exactMatch(s)) { melList.push_back(MergeEditLine(id3l, src)); } bPrevLineIsEmpty = sLine.trimmed().isEmpty(); } if(!key.isEmpty()) { // Only insert new HistoryMapEntry if key not found; in either case p.first is a valid iterator to element key. std::pair p = historyMap.insert(HistoryMap::value_type(key, HistoryMapEntry())); HistoryMapEntry& hme = p.first->second; if(src == A) hme.mellA = melList; if(src == B) hme.mellB = melList; if(src == C) hme.mellC = melList; if(p.second) // Not in list yet? { hitList.insert(itHitListFront, p.first); } } // End of the history } MergeResultWindow::MergeEditLineList& MergeResultWindow::HistoryMapEntry::choice(bool bThreeInputs) { if(!bThreeInputs) return mellA.empty() ? mellB : mellA; else { if(mellA.empty()) return mellC.empty() ? mellB : mellC; // A doesn't exist, return one that exists else if(!mellB.empty() && !mellC.empty()) { // A, B and C exist return mellA; } else return mellB.empty() ? mellB : mellC; // A exists, return the one that doesn't exist } } bool MergeResultWindow::HistoryMapEntry::staysInPlace(bool bThreeInputs, Diff3LineList::const_iterator& iHistoryEnd) { // The entry should stay in place if the decision made by the automerger is correct. Diff3LineList::const_iterator& iHistoryLast = iHistoryEnd; --iHistoryLast; if(!bThreeInputs) { if(!mellA.empty() && !mellB.empty() && mellA.begin()->id3l() == mellB.begin()->id3l() && mellA.back().id3l() == iHistoryLast && mellB.back().id3l() == iHistoryLast) { iHistoryEnd = mellA.begin()->id3l(); return true; } else { return false; } } else { if(!mellA.empty() && !mellB.empty() && !mellC.empty() && mellA.begin()->id3l() == mellB.begin()->id3l() && mellA.begin()->id3l() == mellC.begin()->id3l() && mellA.back().id3l() == iHistoryLast && mellB.back().id3l() == iHistoryLast && mellC.back().id3l() == iHistoryLast) { iHistoryEnd = mellA.begin()->id3l(); return true; } else { return false; } } } void MergeResultWindow::slotMergeHistory() { Diff3LineList::const_iterator iD3LHistoryBegin; Diff3LineList::const_iterator iD3LHistoryEnd; int d3lHistoryBeginLineIdx = -1; int d3lHistoryEndLineIdx = -1; // Search for history start, history end in the diff3LineList findHistoryRange(QRegExp(m_pOptions->m_historyStartRegExp), m_pldC != nullptr, m_pDiff3LineList, iD3LHistoryBegin, iD3LHistoryEnd, d3lHistoryBeginLineIdx, d3lHistoryEndLineIdx); if(iD3LHistoryBegin != m_pDiff3LineList->end()) { // Now collect the historyMap information HistoryMap historyMap; std::list hitList; if(m_pldC == nullptr) { collectHistoryInformation(A, iD3LHistoryBegin, iD3LHistoryEnd, historyMap, hitList); collectHistoryInformation(B, iD3LHistoryBegin, iD3LHistoryEnd, historyMap, hitList); } else { collectHistoryInformation(A, iD3LHistoryBegin, iD3LHistoryEnd, historyMap, hitList); collectHistoryInformation(B, iD3LHistoryBegin, iD3LHistoryEnd, historyMap, hitList); collectHistoryInformation(C, iD3LHistoryBegin, iD3LHistoryEnd, historyMap, hitList); } Diff3LineList::const_iterator iD3LHistoryOrigEnd = iD3LHistoryEnd; bool bHistoryMergeSorting = m_pOptions->m_bHistoryMergeSorting && !m_pOptions->m_historyEntryStartSortKeyOrder.isEmpty() && !m_pOptions->m_historyEntryStartRegExp.isEmpty(); if(m_pOptions->m_maxNofHistoryEntries == -1) { // Remove parts from the historyMap and hitList that stay in place if(bHistoryMergeSorting) { while(!historyMap.empty()) { HistoryMap::iterator hMapIt = historyMap.begin(); if(hMapIt->second.staysInPlace(m_pldC != nullptr, iD3LHistoryEnd)) historyMap.erase(hMapIt); else break; } } else { while(!hitList.empty()) { HistoryMap::iterator hMapIt = hitList.back(); if(hMapIt->second.staysInPlace(m_pldC != nullptr, iD3LHistoryEnd)) hitList.pop_back(); else break; } } while(iD3LHistoryOrigEnd != iD3LHistoryEnd) { --iD3LHistoryOrigEnd; --d3lHistoryEndLineIdx; } } MergeLineList::iterator iMLLStart = splitAtDiff3LineIdx(d3lHistoryBeginLineIdx); MergeLineList::iterator iMLLEnd = splitAtDiff3LineIdx(d3lHistoryEndLineIdx); // Now join all MergeLines in the history MergeLineList::iterator i = iMLLStart; if(i != iMLLEnd) { ++i; while(i != iMLLEnd) { iMLLStart->join(*i); i = m_mergeLineList.erase(i); } } iMLLStart->mergeEditLineList.clear(); // Now insert the complete history into the first MergeLine of the history iMLLStart->mergeEditLineList.push_back(MergeEditLine(iD3LHistoryBegin, m_pldC == nullptr ? B : C)); QString lead = calcHistoryLead(iD3LHistoryBegin->getString(A)); MergeEditLine mel(m_pDiff3LineList->end()); mel.setString(lead); iMLLStart->mergeEditLineList.push_back(mel); int historyCount = 0; if(bHistoryMergeSorting) { // Create a sorted history HistoryMap::reverse_iterator hmit; for(hmit = historyMap.rbegin(); hmit != historyMap.rend(); ++hmit) { if(historyCount == m_pOptions->m_maxNofHistoryEntries) break; ++historyCount; HistoryMapEntry& hme = hmit->second; MergeEditLineList& mell = hme.choice(m_pldC != nullptr); if(!mell.empty()) iMLLStart->mergeEditLineList.splice(iMLLStart->mergeEditLineList.end(), mell, mell.begin(), mell.end()); } } else { // Create history in order of appearance std::list::iterator hlit; for(hlit = hitList.begin(); hlit != hitList.end(); ++hlit) { if(historyCount == m_pOptions->m_maxNofHistoryEntries) break; ++historyCount; HistoryMapEntry& hme = (*hlit)->second; MergeEditLineList& mell = hme.choice(m_pldC != nullptr); if(!mell.empty()) iMLLStart->mergeEditLineList.splice(iMLLStart->mergeEditLineList.end(), mell, mell.begin(), mell.end()); } // If the end of start is empty and the first line at the end is empty remove the last line of start if(!iMLLStart->mergeEditLineList.empty() && !iMLLEnd->mergeEditLineList.empty()) { QString lastLineOfStart = iMLLStart->mergeEditLineList.back().getString(this); QString firstLineOfEnd = iMLLEnd->mergeEditLineList.front().getString(this); if(lastLineOfStart.mid(lead.length()).trimmed().isEmpty() && firstLineOfEnd.mid(lead.length()).trimmed().isEmpty()) iMLLStart->mergeEditLineList.pop_back(); } } setFastSelector(iMLLStart); update(); } } void MergeResultWindow::slotRegExpAutoMerge() { if(m_pOptions->m_autoMergeRegExp.isEmpty()) return; QRegExp vcsKeywords(m_pOptions->m_autoMergeRegExp); MergeLineList::iterator i; for(i = m_mergeLineList.begin(); i != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++i) { if(i->bConflict) { Diff3LineList::const_iterator id3l = i->id3l; if(vcsKeywords.exactMatch(id3l->getString(A)) && vcsKeywords.exactMatch(id3l->getString(B)) && (m_pldC == nullptr || vcsKeywords.exactMatch(id3l->getString(C)))) { MergeEditLine& mel = *i->mergeEditLineList.begin(); mel.setSource(m_pldC == nullptr ? B : C, false); splitAtDiff3LineIdx(i->d3lLineIdx + 1); } } } update(); } // This doesn't detect user modifications and should only be called after automatic merge // This will only do something for three file merge. // Irrelevant changes are those where all contributions from B are already contained in C. // Also irrelevant are conflicts automatically solved (automerge regexp and history automerge) // Precondition: The VCS-keyword would also be C. bool MergeResultWindow::doRelevantChangesExist() { if(m_pldC == nullptr || m_mergeLineList.size() <= 1) return true; MergeLineList::iterator i; for(i = m_mergeLineList.begin(); i != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++i) { if((i->bConflict && i->mergeEditLineList.begin()->src() != C) || i->srcSelect == B) { return true; } } return false; } // Returns the iterator to the MergeLine after the split MergeResultWindow::MergeLineList::iterator MergeResultWindow::splitAtDiff3LineIdx(int d3lLineIdx) { MergeLineList::iterator i; for(i = m_mergeLineList.begin(); i != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++i) { if(i->d3lLineIdx == d3lLineIdx) { // No split needed, this is the beginning of a MergeLine return i; } else if(i->d3lLineIdx > d3lLineIdx) { // The split must be in the previous MergeLine --i; MergeLine& ml = *i; MergeLine newML; ml.split(newML, d3lLineIdx); ++i; return m_mergeLineList.insert(i, newML); } } // The split must be in the previous MergeLine --i; MergeLine& ml = *i; MergeLine newML; ml.split(newML, d3lLineIdx); ++i; return m_mergeLineList.insert(i, newML); } void MergeResultWindow::slotSplitDiff(int firstD3lLineIdx, int lastD3lLineIdx) { if(lastD3lLineIdx >= 0) splitAtDiff3LineIdx(lastD3lLineIdx + 1); setFastSelector(splitAtDiff3LineIdx(firstD3lLineIdx)); } void MergeResultWindow::slotJoinDiffs(int firstD3lLineIdx, int lastD3lLineIdx) { MergeLineList::iterator i; MergeLineList::iterator iMLLStart = m_mergeLineList.end(); MergeLineList::iterator iMLLEnd = m_mergeLineList.end(); for(i = m_mergeLineList.begin(); i != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++i) { MergeLine& ml = *i; if(firstD3lLineIdx >= ml.d3lLineIdx && firstD3lLineIdx < ml.d3lLineIdx + ml.srcRangeLength) { iMLLStart = i; } if(lastD3lLineIdx >= ml.d3lLineIdx && lastD3lLineIdx < ml.d3lLineIdx + ml.srcRangeLength) { iMLLEnd = i; ++iMLLEnd; break; } } bool bJoined = false; for(i = iMLLStart; i != iMLLEnd && i != m_mergeLineList.end();) { if(i == iMLLStart) { ++i; } else { iMLLStart->join(*i); i = m_mergeLineList.erase(i); bJoined = true; } } if(bJoined) { iMLLStart->mergeEditLineList.clear(); // Insert a conflict line as placeholder iMLLStart->mergeEditLineList.push_back(MergeEditLine(iMLLStart->id3l)); } setFastSelector(iMLLStart); } void MergeResultWindow::myUpdate(int afterMilliSecs) { if(m_delayedDrawTimer) killTimer(m_delayedDrawTimer); m_bMyUpdate = true; m_delayedDrawTimer = startTimer(afterMilliSecs); } void MergeResultWindow::timerEvent(QTimerEvent*) { killTimer(m_delayedDrawTimer); m_delayedDrawTimer = 0; if(m_bMyUpdate) { update(); m_bMyUpdate = false; } if(m_scrollDeltaX != 0 || m_scrollDeltaY != 0) { m_selection.end(m_selection.getLastLine() + m_scrollDeltaY, m_selection.getLastPos() + m_scrollDeltaX); emit scrollMergeResultWindow(m_scrollDeltaX, m_scrollDeltaY); killTimer(m_delayedDrawTimer); m_delayedDrawTimer = startTimer(50); } } QString MergeResultWindow::MergeEditLine::getString(const MergeResultWindow* mrw) { if(isRemoved()) { return QString(); } if(!isModified()) { int src = m_src; if(src == 0) { return QString(); } const Diff3Line& d3l = *m_id3l; const LineData* pld = nullptr; Q_ASSERT(src == A || src == B || src == C); if(src == A && d3l.lineA != -1) pld = &mrw->m_pldA[d3l.lineA]; else if(src == B && d3l.lineB != -1) pld = &mrw->m_pldB[d3l.lineB]; else if(src == C && d3l.lineC != -1) pld = &mrw->m_pldC[d3l.lineC]; //Not an error. if(pld == nullptr) { return QString(); } return QString(pld->pLine, pld->size); } else { return m_str; } return QString(); } /// Converts the cursor-posOnScreen into a text index, considering tabulators. int convertToPosInText(const QString& /*s*/, int posOnScreen, int /*tabSize*/) { return posOnScreen; } // int localPosOnScreen = 0; // int size=s.length(); // for ( int i=0; i=posOnScreen ) // return i; // // All letters except tabulator have width one. // int letterWidth = s[i]!='\t' ? 1 : tabber( localPosOnScreen, tabSize ); // localPosOnScreen += letterWidth; // if ( localPosOnScreen>posOnScreen ) // return i; // } // return size; //} /// Converts the index into the text to a cursor-posOnScreen considering tabulators. int convertToPosOnScreen(const QString& /*p*/, int posInText, int /*tabSize*/) { return posInText; } // int posOnScreen = 0; // for ( int i=0; i MergeResultWindow::getTextLayoutForLine(int line, const QString& str, QTextLayout& textLayout) { // tabs QTextOption textOption; #if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 10, 0) textOption.setTabStop(QFontMetricsF(font()).width(' ') * m_pOptions->m_tabSize); #else textOption.setTabStopDistance(QFontMetricsF(font()).width(' ') * m_pOptions->m_tabSize); #endif if(m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpaceCharacters) { textOption.setFlags(QTextOption::ShowTabsAndSpaces); } textLayout.setTextOption(textOption); if(m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpaceCharacters) { // This additional format is only necessary for the tab arrow QVector formats; QTextLayout::FormatRange formatRange; formatRange.start = 0; formatRange.length = str.length(); formatRange.format.setFont(font()); formats.append(formatRange); textLayout.setFormats(formats); } QVector selectionFormat; textLayout.beginLayout(); if(m_selection.lineWithin(line)) { int firstPosInText = convertToPosInText(str, m_selection.firstPosInLine(line), m_pOptions->m_tabSize); int lastPosInText = convertToPosInText(str, m_selection.lastPosInLine(line), m_pOptions->m_tabSize); int lengthInText = std::max(0, lastPosInText - firstPosInText); if(lengthInText > 0) m_selection.bSelectionContainsData = true; QTextLayout::FormatRange selection; selection.start = firstPosInText; selection.length = lengthInText; selection.format.setBackground(palette().highlight()); selection.format.setForeground(palette().highlightedText().color()); selectionFormat.push_back(selection); } QTextLine textLine = textLayout.createLine(); textLine.setPosition(QPointF(0, fontMetrics().leading())); textLayout.endLayout(); int cursorWidth = 5; if(m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage) textLayout.setPosition(QPointF(width() - textLayout.maximumWidth() - getTextXOffset() + m_horizScrollOffset - cursorWidth, 0)); else textLayout.setPosition(QPointF(getTextXOffset() - m_horizScrollOffset, 0)); return selectionFormat; } void MergeResultWindow::writeLine( MyPainter& p, int line, const QString& str, int srcSelect, e_MergeDetails mergeDetails, int rangeMark, bool bUserModified, bool bLineRemoved, bool bWhiteSpaceConflict) { const QFontMetrics& fm = fontMetrics(); int fontHeight = fm.lineSpacing(); int fontAscent = fm.ascent(); int topLineYOffset = 0; int xOffset = getTextXOffset(); int yOffset = (line - m_firstLine) * fontHeight; if(yOffset < 0 || yOffset > height()) return; yOffset += topLineYOffset; QString srcName = QChar(' '); if(bUserModified) srcName = QChar('m'); else if(srcSelect == A && mergeDetails != eNoChange) srcName = i18n("A"); else if(srcSelect == B) srcName = i18n("B"); else if(srcSelect == C) srcName = i18n("C"); if(rangeMark & 4) { p.fillRect(xOffset, yOffset, width(), fontHeight, m_pOptions->m_currentRangeBgColor); } if((srcSelect > 0 || bUserModified) && !bLineRemoved) { if(!m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage) p.setClipRect(QRectF(xOffset, 0, width() - xOffset, height())); else p.setClipRect(QRectF(0, 0, width() - xOffset, height())); int outPos = 0; QString s; int size = str.length(); for(int i = 0; i < size; ++i) { int spaces = 1; if(str[i] == '\t') { spaces = tabber(outPos, m_pOptions->m_tabSize); for(int j = 0; j < spaces; ++j) s += ' '; } else { s += str[i]; } outPos += spaces; } p.setPen(m_pOptions->m_fgColor); QTextLayout textLayout(str, font(), this); QVector selectionFormat = getTextLayoutForLine(line, str, textLayout); textLayout.draw(&p, QPointF(0, yOffset), selectionFormat); if(line == m_cursorYPos) { m_cursorXPixelPos = textLayout.lineAt(0).cursorToX(m_cursorXPos); if(m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage) m_cursorXPixelPos += textLayout.position().x() - m_horizScrollOffset; } p.setClipping(false); p.setPen(m_pOptions->m_fgColor); p.drawText(1, yOffset + fontAscent, srcName, true); } else if(bLineRemoved) { p.setPen(m_pOptions->m_colorForConflict); p.drawText(xOffset, yOffset + fontAscent, i18n("")); p.drawText(1, yOffset + fontAscent, srcName); if(m_cursorYPos == line) m_cursorXPos = 0; } else if(srcSelect == 0) { p.setPen(m_pOptions->m_colorForConflict); if(bWhiteSpaceConflict) p.drawText(xOffset, yOffset + fontAscent, i18n("")); else p.drawText(xOffset, yOffset + fontAscent, i18n("")); p.drawText(1, yOffset + fontAscent, "?"); if(m_cursorYPos == line) m_cursorXPos = 0; } else Q_ASSERT(true); xOffset -= fm.width('0'); p.setPen(m_pOptions->m_fgColor); if(rangeMark & 1) // begin mark { p.drawLine(xOffset, yOffset + 1, xOffset, yOffset + fontHeight / 2); p.drawLine(xOffset, yOffset + 1, xOffset - 2, yOffset + 1); } else { p.drawLine(xOffset, yOffset, xOffset, yOffset + fontHeight / 2); } if(rangeMark & 2) // end mark { p.drawLine(xOffset, yOffset + fontHeight / 2, xOffset, yOffset + fontHeight - 1); p.drawLine(xOffset, yOffset + fontHeight - 1, xOffset - 2, yOffset + fontHeight - 1); } else { p.drawLine(xOffset, yOffset + fontHeight / 2, xOffset, yOffset + fontHeight); } if(rangeMark & 4) { p.fillRect(xOffset + 3, yOffset, 3, fontHeight, m_pOptions->m_fgColor); /* p.setPen( blue ); p.drawLine( xOffset+2, yOffset, xOffset+2, yOffset+fontHeight-1 ); p.drawLine( xOffset+3, yOffset, xOffset+3, yOffset+fontHeight-1 );*/ } } void MergeResultWindow::setPaintingAllowed(bool bPaintingAllowed) { m_bPaintingAllowed = bPaintingAllowed; if(!m_bPaintingAllowed) { m_currentMergeLineIt = m_mergeLineList.end(); reset(); } update(); } void MergeResultWindow::paintEvent(QPaintEvent*) { if(m_pDiff3LineList == nullptr || !m_bPaintingAllowed) return; bool bOldSelectionContainsData = m_selection.selectionContainsData(); const QFontMetrics& fm = fontMetrics(); int fontWidth = fm.width('0'); if(!m_bCursorUpdate) // Don't redraw everything for blinking cursor? { m_selection.bSelectionContainsData = false; if(size() != m_pixmap.size()) m_pixmap = QPixmap(size()); MyPainter p(&m_pixmap, m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage, width(), fontWidth); p.setFont(font()); p.QPainter::fillRect(rect(), m_pOptions->m_bgColor); //int visibleLines = height() / fontHeight; int lastVisibleLine = m_firstLine + getNofVisibleLines() + 5; int line = 0; MergeLineList::iterator mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); for(mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); mlIt != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++mlIt) { MergeLine& ml = *mlIt; if(line > lastVisibleLine || line + ml.mergeEditLineList.size() < m_firstLine) { line += ml.mergeEditLineList.size(); } else { MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt; for(melIt = ml.mergeEditLineList.begin(); melIt != ml.mergeEditLineList.end(); ++melIt) { if(line >= m_firstLine && line <= lastVisibleLine) { MergeEditLine& mel = *melIt; MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt1 = melIt; ++melIt1; int rangeMark = 0; if(melIt == ml.mergeEditLineList.begin()) rangeMark |= 1; // Begin range mark if(melIt1 == ml.mergeEditLineList.end()) rangeMark |= 2; // End range mark if(mlIt == m_currentMergeLineIt) rangeMark |= 4; // Mark of the current line QString s; s = mel.getString(this); writeLine(p, line, s, mel.src(), ml.mergeDetails, rangeMark, mel.isModified(), mel.isRemoved(), ml.bWhiteSpaceConflict); } ++line; } } } if(line != m_nofLines) { m_nofLines = line; Q_ASSERT(m_nofLines == m_totalSize); emit resizeSignal(); } p.end(); } QPainter painter(this); if(!m_bCursorUpdate) painter.drawPixmap(0, 0, m_pixmap); else { painter.drawPixmap(0, 0, m_pixmap); // Draw everything. (Internally cursor rect is clipped anyway.) m_bCursorUpdate = false; } if(m_bCursorOn && hasFocus() && m_cursorYPos >= m_firstLine) { painter.setPen(m_pOptions->m_fgColor); QString str = getString(m_cursorYPos); QTextLayout textLayout(str, font(), this); getTextLayoutForLine(m_cursorYPos, str, textLayout); textLayout.drawCursor(&painter, QPointF(0, (m_cursorYPos - m_firstLine) * fontMetrics().lineSpacing()), m_cursorXPos); } painter.end(); if(!bOldSelectionContainsData && m_selection.selectionContainsData()) emit newSelection(); } void MergeResultWindow::updateSourceMask() { int srcMask = 0; int enabledMask = 0; if(!hasFocus() || m_pDiff3LineList == nullptr || !m_bPaintingAllowed || m_currentMergeLineIt == m_mergeLineList.end()) { srcMask = 0; enabledMask = 0; } else { enabledMask = m_pldC == nullptr ? 3 : 7; MergeLine& ml = *m_currentMergeLineIt; srcMask = 0; bool bModified = false; MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt; for(melIt = ml.mergeEditLineList.begin(); melIt != ml.mergeEditLineList.end(); ++melIt) { MergeEditLine& mel = *melIt; if(mel.src() == 1) srcMask |= 1; if(mel.src() == 2) srcMask |= 2; if(mel.src() == 3) srcMask |= 4; if(mel.isModified() || !mel.isEditableText()) bModified = true; } if(ml.mergeDetails == eNoChange) { srcMask = 0; enabledMask = bModified ? 1 : 0; } } emit sourceMask(srcMask, enabledMask); } void MergeResultWindow::focusInEvent(QFocusEvent* e) { updateSourceMask(); QWidget::focusInEvent(e); } int MergeResultWindow::convertToLine(int y) { const QFontMetrics& fm = fontMetrics(); int fontHeight = fm.lineSpacing(); int topLineYOffset = 0; int yOffset = topLineYOffset - m_firstLine * fontHeight; int line = std::min((y - yOffset) / fontHeight, m_totalSize - 1); return line; } void MergeResultWindow::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* e) { m_bCursorOn = true; int xOffset = getTextXOffset(); int line = convertToLine(e->y()); QString s = getString(line); QTextLayout textLayout(s, font(), this); getTextLayoutForLine(line, s, textLayout); int pos = textLayout.lineAt(0).xToCursor(e->x() - textLayout.position().x()); bool bLMB = e->button() == Qt::LeftButton; bool bMMB = e->button() == Qt::MidButton; bool bRMB = e->button() == Qt::RightButton; if((bLMB && (e->x() < xOffset)) || bRMB) // Fast range selection { m_cursorXPos = 0; m_cursorOldXPixelPos = 0; m_cursorYPos = std::max(line, 0); int l = 0; MergeLineList::iterator i = m_mergeLineList.begin(); for(i = m_mergeLineList.begin(); i != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++i) { if(l == line) break; l += i->mergeEditLineList.size(); if(l > line) break; } m_selection.reset(); // Disable current selection m_bCursorOn = true; setFastSelector(i); if(bRMB) { emit showPopupMenu(QCursor::pos()); } } else if(bLMB) // Normal cursor placement { pos = std::max(pos, 0); line = std::max(line, 0); if(e->QInputEvent::modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier) { if(!m_selection.isValidFirstLine()) m_selection.start(line, pos); m_selection.end(line, pos); } else { // Selection m_selection.reset(); m_selection.start(line, pos); m_selection.end(line, pos); } m_cursorXPos = pos; m_cursorXPixelPos = textLayout.lineAt(0).cursorToX(pos); if(m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage) m_cursorXPixelPos += textLayout.position().x() - m_horizScrollOffset; m_cursorOldXPixelPos = m_cursorXPixelPos; m_cursorYPos = line; update(); //showStatusLine( line, m_winIdx, m_pFilename, m_pDiff3LineList, m_pStatusBar ); } else if(bMMB) // Paste clipboard { pos = std::max(pos, 0); line = std::max(line, 0); m_selection.reset(); m_cursorXPos = pos; m_cursorOldXPixelPos = m_cursorXPixelPos; m_cursorYPos = line; pasteClipboard(true); } } void MergeResultWindow::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* e) { if(e->button() == Qt::LeftButton) { int line = convertToLine(e->y()); QString s = getString(line); QTextLayout textLayout(s, font(), this); getTextLayoutForLine(line, s, textLayout); int pos = textLayout.lineAt(0).xToCursor(e->x() - textLayout.position().x()); m_cursorXPos = pos; m_cursorOldXPixelPos = m_cursorXPixelPos; m_cursorYPos = line; if(!s.isEmpty()) { int pos1, pos2; calcTokenPos(s, pos, pos1, pos2, m_pOptions->m_tabSize); resetSelection(); m_selection.start(line, convertToPosOnScreen(s, pos1, m_pOptions->m_tabSize)); m_selection.end(line, convertToPosOnScreen(s, pos2, m_pOptions->m_tabSize)); update(); // emit selectionEnd() happens in the mouseReleaseEvent. } } } void MergeResultWindow::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent* e) { if(e->button() == Qt::LeftButton) { if(m_delayedDrawTimer) { killTimer(m_delayedDrawTimer); m_delayedDrawTimer = 0; } if(m_selection.isValidFirstLine()) { emit selectionEnd(); } } } void MergeResultWindow::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent* e) { int line = convertToLine(e->y()); QString s = getString(line); QTextLayout textLayout(s, font(), this); getTextLayoutForLine(line, s, textLayout); int pos = textLayout.lineAt(0).xToCursor(e->x() - textLayout.position().x()); m_cursorXPos = pos; m_cursorOldXPixelPos = m_cursorXPixelPos; m_cursorYPos = line; if(m_selection.isValidFirstLine()) { m_selection.end(line, pos); myUpdate(0); //showStatusLine( line, m_winIdx, m_pFilename, m_pDiff3LineList, m_pStatusBar ); // Scroll because mouse moved out of the window const QFontMetrics& fm = fontMetrics(); int fontWidth = fm.width('0'); int topLineYOffset = 0; int deltaX = 0; int deltaY = 0; if(!m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage) { if(e->x() < getTextXOffset()) deltaX = -1; if(e->x() > width()) deltaX = +1; } else { if(e->x() > width() - 1 - getTextXOffset()) deltaX = -1; if(e->x() < fontWidth) deltaX = +1; } if(e->y() < topLineYOffset) deltaY = -1; if(e->y() > height()) deltaY = +1; m_scrollDeltaX = deltaX; m_scrollDeltaY = deltaY; if(deltaX != 0 || deltaY != 0) { emit scrollMergeResultWindow(deltaX, deltaY); } } } void MergeResultWindow::slotCursorUpdate() { m_cursorTimer.stop(); m_bCursorOn = !m_bCursorOn; if(isVisible()) { m_bCursorUpdate = true; const QFontMetrics& fm = fontMetrics(); int topLineYOffset = 0; int yOffset = (m_cursorYPos - m_firstLine) * fm.lineSpacing() + topLineYOffset; repaint(0, yOffset, width(), fm.lineSpacing() + 2); m_bCursorUpdate = false; } m_cursorTimer.start(500); } void MergeResultWindow::wheelEvent(QWheelEvent* e) { int d = -e->delta() * QApplication::wheelScrollLines() / 120; e->accept(); emit scrollMergeResultWindow(0, std::min(d, getNofVisibleLines())); } bool MergeResultWindow::event(QEvent* e) { if(e->type() == QEvent::KeyPress) { QKeyEvent* ke = static_cast(e); if(ke->key() == Qt::Key_Tab) { // special tab handling here to avoid moving focus keyPressEvent(ke); return true; } } return QWidget::event(e); } void MergeResultWindow::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent* e) { int y = m_cursorYPos; MergeLineList::iterator mlIt; MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt; calcIteratorFromLineNr(y, mlIt, melIt); QString str = melIt->getString(this); int x = convertToPosInText(str, m_cursorXPos, m_pOptions->m_tabSize); QTextLayout textLayoutOrig(str, font(), this); getTextLayoutForLine(y, str, textLayoutOrig); bool bCtrl = (e->QInputEvent::modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) != 0; bool bShift = (e->QInputEvent::modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier) != 0; #ifdef Q_OS_WIN bool bAlt = (e->QInputEvent::modifiers() & Qt::AltModifier) != 0; if(bCtrl && bAlt) { bCtrl = false; bAlt = false; } // AltGr-Key pressed. #endif bool bYMoveKey = false; // Special keys switch(e->key()) { case Qt::Key_Escape: break; //case Key_Tab: break; case Qt::Key_Backtab: break; case Qt::Key_Delete: { if(deleteSelection2(str, x, y, mlIt, melIt)) break; if(!melIt->isEditableText()) break; if(x >= (int)str.length()) { if(y < m_totalSize - 1) { setModified(); MergeLineList::iterator mlIt1; MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt1; calcIteratorFromLineNr(y + 1, mlIt1, melIt1); if(melIt1->isEditableText()) { QString s2 = melIt1->getString(this); melIt->setString(str + s2); // Remove the line if(mlIt1->mergeEditLineList.size() > 1) mlIt1->mergeEditLineList.erase(melIt1); else melIt1->setRemoved(); } } } else { QString s = str.left(x); s += str.midRef(x + 1); melIt->setString(s); setModified(); } break; } case Qt::Key_Backspace: { if(deleteSelection2(str, x, y, mlIt, melIt)) break; if(!melIt->isEditableText()) break; if(x == 0) { if(y > 0) { setModified(); MergeLineList::iterator mlIt1; MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt1; calcIteratorFromLineNr(y - 1, mlIt1, melIt1); if(melIt1->isEditableText()) { QString s1 = melIt1->getString(this); melIt1->setString(s1 + str); // Remove the previous line if(mlIt->mergeEditLineList.size() > 1) mlIt->mergeEditLineList.erase(melIt); else melIt->setRemoved(); --y; x = str.length(); } } } else { QString s = str.left(x - 1); s += str.midRef(x); --x; melIt->setString(s); setModified(); } break; } case Qt::Key_Return: case Qt::Key_Enter: { if(!melIt->isEditableText()) break; deleteSelection2(str, x, y, mlIt, melIt); setModified(); QString indentation; if(m_pOptions->m_bAutoIndentation) { // calc last indentation MergeLineList::iterator mlIt1 = mlIt; MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt1 = melIt; for(;;) { const QString s = melIt1->getString(this); if(!s.isEmpty()) { int i; for(i = 0; i < s.length(); ++i) { if(s[i] != ' ' && s[i] != '\t') break; } if(i < s.length()) { indentation = s.left(i); break; } } // Go back one line if(melIt1 != mlIt1->mergeEditLineList.begin()) --melIt1; else { if(mlIt1 == m_mergeLineList.begin()) break; --mlIt1; melIt1 = mlIt1->mergeEditLineList.end(); --melIt1; } } } MergeEditLine mel(mlIt->id3l); // Associate every mel with an id3l, even if not really valid. mel.setString(indentation + str.mid(x)); if(x < (int)str.length()) // Cut off the old line. { // Since ps possibly points into melIt->str, first copy it into a temporary. QString temp = str.left(x); melIt->setString(temp); } ++melIt; mlIt->mergeEditLineList.insert(melIt, mel); x = indentation.length(); ++y; break; } case Qt::Key_Insert: m_bInsertMode = !m_bInsertMode; break; case Qt::Key_Pause: break; case Qt::Key_Print: break; case Qt::Key_SysReq: break; case Qt::Key_Home: x = 0; if(bCtrl) { y = 0; } break; // cursor movement case Qt::Key_End: x = INT_MAX; if(bCtrl) { y = INT_MAX; } break; case Qt::Key_Left: case Qt::Key_Right: if((e->key() == Qt::Key_Left) != m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage) { if(!bCtrl) { int newX = textLayoutOrig.previousCursorPosition(x); if(newX == x && y > 0) { --y; x = INT_MAX; } else { x = newX; } } else { while(x > 0 && (str[x - 1] == ' ' || str[x - 1] == '\t')) { int newX = textLayoutOrig.previousCursorPosition(x); if(newX == x) break; x = newX; } while(x > 0 && (str[x - 1] != ' ' && str[x - 1] != '\t')) { int newX = textLayoutOrig.previousCursorPosition(x); if(newX == x) break; x = newX; } } } else { if(!bCtrl) { int newX = textLayoutOrig.nextCursorPosition(x); if(newX == x && y < m_totalSize - 1) { ++y; x = 0; } else { x = newX; } } else { while(x < (int)str.length() && (str[x] == ' ' || str[x] == '\t')) { int newX = textLayoutOrig.nextCursorPosition(x); if(newX == x) break; x = newX; } while(x < (int)str.length() && (str[x] != ' ' && str[x] != '\t')) { int newX = textLayoutOrig.nextCursorPosition(x); if(newX == x) break; x = newX; } } } break; case Qt::Key_Up: if(!bCtrl) { --y; bYMoveKey = true; } break; case Qt::Key_Down: if(!bCtrl) { ++y; bYMoveKey = true; } break; case Qt::Key_PageUp: if(!bCtrl) { y -= getNofVisibleLines(); bYMoveKey = true; } break; case Qt::Key_PageDown: if(!bCtrl) { y += getNofVisibleLines(); bYMoveKey = true; } break; default: { QString t = e->text(); if(t.isEmpty() || bCtrl) { e->ignore(); return; } else { if(bCtrl) { e->ignore(); return; } else { if(!melIt->isEditableText()) break; deleteSelection2(str, x, y, mlIt, melIt); setModified(); // Characters to insert QString s = str; if(t[0] == '\t' && m_pOptions->m_bReplaceTabs) { int spaces = (m_cursorXPos / m_pOptions->m_tabSize + 1) * m_pOptions->m_tabSize - m_cursorXPos; t.fill(' ', spaces); } if(m_bInsertMode) s.insert(x, t); else s.replace(x, t.length(), t); melIt->setString(s); x += t.length(); bShift = false; } } } } y = minMaxLimiter(y, 0, m_totalSize - 1); calcIteratorFromLineNr(y, mlIt, melIt); str = melIt->getString(this); x = minMaxLimiter(x, 0, (int)str.length()); int newFirstLine = m_firstLine; int newHorizScrollOffset = m_horizScrollOffset; if(y < m_firstLine) newFirstLine = y; else if(y > m_firstLine + getNofVisibleLines()) newFirstLine = y - getNofVisibleLines(); QTextLayout textLayout(str, font(), this); getTextLayoutForLine(m_cursorYPos, str, textLayout); // try to preserve cursor x pixel position when moving to another line if(bYMoveKey) { if(m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage) x = textLayout.lineAt(0).xToCursor(m_cursorOldXPixelPos - (textLayout.position().x() - m_horizScrollOffset)); else x = textLayout.lineAt(0).xToCursor(m_cursorOldXPixelPos); } m_cursorXPixelPos = textLayout.lineAt(0).cursorToX(x); int hF = 1; // horizontal factor if(m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage) { m_cursorXPixelPos += textLayout.position().x() - m_horizScrollOffset; hF = -1; } int cursorWidth = 5; if(m_cursorXPixelPos < hF * m_horizScrollOffset) newHorizScrollOffset = hF * m_cursorXPixelPos; else if(m_cursorXPixelPos > hF * m_horizScrollOffset + getVisibleTextAreaWidth() - cursorWidth) newHorizScrollOffset = hF * (m_cursorXPixelPos - (getVisibleTextAreaWidth() - cursorWidth)); int newCursorX = x; if(bShift) { if(!m_selection.isValidFirstLine()) m_selection.start(m_cursorYPos, m_cursorXPos); m_selection.end(y, newCursorX); } else m_selection.reset(); m_cursorYPos = y; m_cursorXPos = newCursorX; // TODO if width of current line exceeds the current maximum width then force recalculating the scrollbars if(textLayout.maximumWidth() > getMaxTextWidth()) { m_maxTextWidth = textLayout.maximumWidth(); emit resizeSignal(); } if(!bYMoveKey) m_cursorOldXPixelPos = m_cursorXPixelPos; m_bCursorOn = true; m_cursorTimer.start(500); update(); if(newFirstLine != m_firstLine || newHorizScrollOffset != m_horizScrollOffset) { emit scrollMergeResultWindow(newHorizScrollOffset - m_horizScrollOffset, newFirstLine - m_firstLine); return; } } void MergeResultWindow::calcIteratorFromLineNr( int line, MergeResultWindow::MergeLineList::iterator& mlIt, MergeResultWindow::MergeEditLineList::iterator& melIt) { for(mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); mlIt != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++mlIt) { MergeLine& ml = *mlIt; if(line > ml.mergeEditLineList.size()) { line -= ml.mergeEditLineList.size(); } else { for(melIt = ml.mergeEditLineList.begin(); melIt != ml.mergeEditLineList.end(); ++melIt) { --line; if(line < 0) return; } } } } QString MergeResultWindow::getSelection() { QString selectionString; int line = 0; MergeLineList::iterator mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); for(mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); mlIt != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++mlIt) { MergeLine& ml = *mlIt; MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt; for(melIt = ml.mergeEditLineList.begin(); melIt != ml.mergeEditLineList.end(); ++melIt) { MergeEditLine& mel = *melIt; if(m_selection.lineWithin(line)) { int outPos = 0; if(mel.isEditableText()) { const QString str = mel.getString(this); // Consider tabs for(int i = 0; i < str.length(); ++i) { int spaces = 1; if(str[i] == '\t') { spaces = tabber(outPos, m_pOptions->m_tabSize); } if(m_selection.within(line, outPos)) { selectionString += str[i]; } outPos += spaces; } } else if(mel.isConflict()) { selectionString += i18n(""); } if(m_selection.within(line, outPos)) { #ifdef Q_OS_WIN selectionString += '\r'; #endif selectionString += '\n'; } } ++line; } } return selectionString; } bool MergeResultWindow::deleteSelection2(QString& s, int& x, int& y, MergeLineList::iterator& mlIt, MergeEditLineList::iterator& melIt) { if(m_selection.selectionContainsData()) { Q_ASSERT(m_selection.isValidFirstLine()); deleteSelection(); y = m_cursorYPos; calcIteratorFromLineNr(y, mlIt, melIt); s = melIt->getString(this); x = convertToPosInText(s, m_cursorXPos, m_pOptions->m_tabSize); return true; } return false; } void MergeResultWindow::deleteSelection() { if(!m_selection.selectionContainsData()) { return; } Q_ASSERT(m_selection.isValidFirstLine()); setModified(); int line = 0; MergeLineList::iterator mlItFirst; MergeEditLineList::iterator melItFirst; QString firstLineString; int firstLine = -1; int lastLine = -1; MergeLineList::iterator mlIt; for(mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); mlIt != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++mlIt) { MergeLine& ml = *mlIt; MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt; for(melIt = ml.mergeEditLineList.begin(); melIt != ml.mergeEditLineList.end(); ++melIt) { MergeEditLine& mel = *melIt; if(mel.isEditableText() && m_selection.lineWithin(line)) { if(firstLine == -1) firstLine = line; lastLine = line; } ++line; } } if(firstLine == -1) { return; // Nothing to delete. } line = 0; for(mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); mlIt != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++mlIt) { MergeLine& ml = *mlIt; MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt, melIt1; for(melIt = ml.mergeEditLineList.begin(); melIt != ml.mergeEditLineList.end();) { MergeEditLine& mel = *melIt; melIt1 = melIt; ++melIt1; if(mel.isEditableText() && m_selection.lineWithin(line)) { QString lineString = mel.getString(this); int firstPosInLine = m_selection.firstPosInLine(line); int lastPosInLine = m_selection.lastPosInLine(line); if(line == firstLine) { mlItFirst = mlIt; melItFirst = melIt; int pos = convertToPosInText(lineString, firstPosInLine, m_pOptions->m_tabSize); firstLineString = lineString.left(pos); } if(line == lastLine) { // This is the last line in the selection int pos = convertToPosInText(lineString, lastPosInLine, m_pOptions->m_tabSize); firstLineString += lineString.midRef(pos); // rest of line melItFirst->setString(firstLineString); } if(line != firstLine || (m_selection.endPos() - m_selection.beginPos()) == lineString.length()) { // Remove the line if(mlIt->mergeEditLineList.size() > 1) mlIt->mergeEditLineList.erase(melIt); else melIt->setRemoved(); } } ++line; melIt = melIt1; } } m_cursorYPos = m_selection.beginLine(); m_cursorXPos = m_selection.beginPos(); m_cursorOldXPixelPos = m_cursorXPixelPos; m_selection.reset(); } void MergeResultWindow::pasteClipboard(bool bFromSelection) { //checking of m_selection if needed is done by deleteSelection no need for check here. deleteSelection(); setModified(); int y = m_cursorYPos; MergeLineList::iterator mlIt; MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt, melItAfter; calcIteratorFromLineNr(y, mlIt, melIt); melItAfter = melIt; ++melItAfter; QString str = melIt->getString(this); int x = convertToPosInText(str, m_cursorXPos, m_pOptions->m_tabSize); if(!QApplication::clipboard()->supportsSelection()) bFromSelection = false; QString clipBoard = QApplication::clipboard()->text(bFromSelection ? QClipboard::Selection : QClipboard::Clipboard); QString currentLine = str.left(x); QString endOfLine = str.mid(x); int i; int len = clipBoard.length(); for(i = 0; i < len; ++i) { QChar c = clipBoard[i]; if(c == '\r') continue; if(c == '\n') { melIt->setString(currentLine); MergeEditLine mel(mlIt->id3l); // Associate every mel with an id3l, even if not really valid. melIt = mlIt->mergeEditLineList.insert(melItAfter, mel); currentLine = ""; x = 0; ++y; } else { currentLine += c; ++x; } } currentLine += endOfLine; melIt->setString(currentLine); m_cursorYPos = y; m_cursorXPos = convertToPosOnScreen(currentLine, x, m_pOptions->m_tabSize); m_cursorOldXPixelPos = m_cursorXPixelPos; update(); } void MergeResultWindow::resetSelection() { m_selection.reset(); update(); } void MergeResultWindow::setModified(bool bModified) { if(bModified != m_bModified) { m_bModified = bModified; emit modifiedChanged(m_bModified); } } /// Saves and returns true when successful. bool MergeResultWindow::saveDocument(const QString& fileName, QTextCodec* pEncoding, e_LineEndStyle eLineEndStyle) { // Are still conflicts somewhere? if(getNrOfUnsolvedConflicts() > 0) { KMessageBox::error(this, i18n("Not all conflicts are solved yet.\n" "File not saved."), i18n("Conflicts Left")); return false; } if(eLineEndStyle == eLineEndStyleConflict || eLineEndStyle == eLineEndStyleUndefined) { KMessageBox::error(this, i18n("There is a line end style conflict. Please choose the line end style manually.\n" "File not saved."), i18n("Conflicts Left")); return false; } update(); FileAccess file(fileName, true /*bWantToWrite*/); if(m_pOptions->m_bDmCreateBakFiles && file.exists()) { bool bSuccess = file.createBackup(".orig"); if(!bSuccess) { KMessageBox::error(this, file.getStatusText() + i18n("\n\nCreating backup failed. File not saved."), i18n("File Save Error")); return false; } } QByteArray dataArray; QTextStream textOutStream(&dataArray, QIODevice::WriteOnly); if(pEncoding->name() == "UTF-8") textOutStream.setGenerateByteOrderMark(false); // Shouldn't be necessary. Bug in Qt or docs else textOutStream.setGenerateByteOrderMark(true); // Only for UTF-16 textOutStream.setCodec(pEncoding); int line = 0; MergeLineList::iterator mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); for(mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); mlIt != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++mlIt) { MergeLine& ml = *mlIt; MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt; for(melIt = ml.mergeEditLineList.begin(); melIt != ml.mergeEditLineList.end(); ++melIt) { MergeEditLine& mel = *melIt; if(mel.isEditableText()) { QString str = mel.getString(this); if(line > 0) // Prepend line feed, but not for first line { if(eLineEndStyle == eLineEndStyleDos) { str.prepend("\r\n"); } else { str.prepend("\n"); } } textOutStream << str; ++line; } } } textOutStream.flush(); bool bSuccess = file.writeFile(dataArray.data(), dataArray.size()); if(!bSuccess) { KMessageBox::error(this, i18n("Error while writing."), i18n("File Save Error")); return false; } setModified(false); update(); return true; } QString MergeResultWindow::getString(int lineIdx) { MergeResultWindow::MergeLineList::iterator mlIt; MergeResultWindow::MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt; calcIteratorFromLineNr(lineIdx, mlIt, melIt); QString s = melIt->getString(this); return s; } bool MergeResultWindow::findString(const QString& s, int& d3vLine, int& posInLine, bool bDirDown, bool bCaseSensitive) { int it = d3vLine; int endIt = bDirDown ? getNofLines() : -1; int step = bDirDown ? 1 : -1; int startPos = posInLine; for(; it != endIt; it += step) { QString line = getString(it); if(!line.isEmpty()) { int pos = line.indexOf(s, startPos, bCaseSensitive ? Qt::CaseSensitive : Qt::CaseInsensitive); if(pos != -1) { d3vLine = it; posInLine = pos; return true; } startPos = 0; } } return false; } void MergeResultWindow::setSelection(int firstLine, int startPos, int lastLine, int endPos) { if(lastLine >= getNofLines()) { lastLine = getNofLines() - 1; QString s = getString(lastLine); endPos = s.length(); } m_selection.reset(); m_selection.start(firstLine, convertToPosOnScreen(getString(firstLine), startPos, m_pOptions->m_tabSize)); m_selection.end(lastLine, convertToPosOnScreen(getString(lastLine), endPos, m_pOptions->m_tabSize)); update(); } Overview::Overview(Options* pOptions) //: QWidget( pParent, 0, Qt::WNoAutoErase ) { m_pDiff3LineList = nullptr; m_pOptions = pOptions; m_bTripleDiff = false; m_eOverviewMode = eOMNormal; m_nofLines = 1; m_bPaintingAllowed = false; m_firstLine = 0; m_pageHeight = 0; setFixedWidth(20); } void Overview::init(Diff3LineList* pDiff3LineList, bool bTripleDiff) { m_pDiff3LineList = pDiff3LineList; m_bTripleDiff = bTripleDiff; m_pixmap = QPixmap(QSize(0, 0)); // make sure that a redraw happens update(); } void Overview::reset() { m_pDiff3LineList = nullptr; } void Overview::slotRedraw() { m_pixmap = QPixmap(QSize(0, 0)); // make sure that a redraw happens update(); } void Overview::setRange(int firstLine, int pageHeight) { m_firstLine = firstLine; m_pageHeight = pageHeight; update(); } void Overview::setFirstLine(int firstLine) { m_firstLine = firstLine; update(); } void Overview::setOverviewMode(e_OverviewMode eOverviewMode) { m_eOverviewMode = eOverviewMode; slotRedraw(); } Overview::e_OverviewMode Overview::getOverviewMode() { return m_eOverviewMode; } void Overview::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* e) { int h = height() - 1; int h1 = h * m_pageHeight / std::max(1, m_nofLines) + 3; if(h > 0) emit setLine((e->y() - h1 / 2) * m_nofLines / h); } void Overview::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent* e) { mousePressEvent(e); } void Overview::setPaintingAllowed(bool bAllowPainting) { if(m_bPaintingAllowed != bAllowPainting) { m_bPaintingAllowed = bAllowPainting; if(m_bPaintingAllowed) update(); else reset(); } } void Overview::drawColumn(QPainter& p, e_OverviewMode eOverviewMode, int x, int w, int h, int nofLines) { p.setPen(Qt::black); p.drawLine(x, 0, x, h); if(nofLines == 0) return; int line = 0; int oldY = 0; int oldConflictY = -1; int wrapLineIdx = 0; Diff3LineList::const_iterator i; for(i = m_pDiff3LineList->begin(); i != m_pDiff3LineList->end();) { const Diff3Line& d3l = *i; int y = h * (line + 1) / nofLines; e_MergeDetails md; bool bConflict; bool bLineRemoved; int src; mergeOneLine(d3l, md, bConflict, bLineRemoved, src, !m_bTripleDiff); QColor c = m_pOptions->m_bgColor; bool bWhiteSpaceChange = false; //if( bConflict ) c=m_pOptions->m_colorForConflict; //else if(eOverviewMode == eOMNormal) { switch(md) { case eDefault: case eNoChange: c = m_pOptions->m_bgColor; break; case eBAdded: case eBDeleted: case eBChanged: c = bConflict ? m_pOptions->m_colorForConflict : m_pOptions->m_colorB; bWhiteSpaceChange = d3l.bAEqB || (d3l.bWhiteLineA && d3l.bWhiteLineB); break; case eCAdded: case eCDeleted: case eCChanged: bWhiteSpaceChange = d3l.bAEqC || (d3l.bWhiteLineA && d3l.bWhiteLineC); c = bConflict ? m_pOptions->m_colorForConflict : m_pOptions->m_colorC; break; case eBCChanged: // conflict case eBCChangedAndEqual: // possible conflict case eBCDeleted: // possible conflict case eBChanged_CDeleted: // conflict case eCChanged_BDeleted: // conflict case eBCAdded: // conflict case eBCAddedAndEqual: // possible conflict c = m_pOptions->m_colorForConflict; break; default: Q_ASSERT(true); break; } } else if(eOverviewMode == eOMAvsB) { switch(md) { case eDefault: case eNoChange: case eCAdded: case eCDeleted: case eCChanged: break; default: c = m_pOptions->m_colorForConflict; bWhiteSpaceChange = d3l.bAEqB || (d3l.bWhiteLineA && d3l.bWhiteLineB); break; } } else if(eOverviewMode == eOMAvsC) { switch(md) { case eDefault: case eNoChange: case eBAdded: case eBDeleted: case eBChanged: break; default: c = m_pOptions->m_colorForConflict; bWhiteSpaceChange = d3l.bAEqC || (d3l.bWhiteLineA && d3l.bWhiteLineC); break; } } else if(eOverviewMode == eOMBvsC) { switch(md) { case eDefault: case eNoChange: case eBCChangedAndEqual: case eBCDeleted: case eBCAddedAndEqual: break; default: c = m_pOptions->m_colorForConflict; bWhiteSpaceChange = d3l.bBEqC || (d3l.bWhiteLineB && d3l.bWhiteLineC); break; } } int x2 = x; int w2 = w; if(!m_bTripleDiff) { if(d3l.lineA == -1 && d3l.lineB >= 0) { c = m_pOptions->m_colorA; x2 = w / 2; w2 = x2; } if(d3l.lineA >= 0 && d3l.lineB == -1) { c = m_pOptions->m_colorB; w2 = w / 2; } } if(!bWhiteSpaceChange || m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpace) { // Make sure that lines with conflict are not overwritten. if(c == m_pOptions->m_colorForConflict) { p.fillRect(x2 + 1, oldY, w2, std::max(1, y - oldY), bWhiteSpaceChange ? QBrush(c, Qt::Dense4Pattern) : QBrush(c)); oldConflictY = oldY; } else if(c != m_pOptions->m_bgColor && oldY > oldConflictY) { p.fillRect(x2 + 1, oldY, w2, std::max(1, y - oldY), bWhiteSpaceChange ? QBrush(c, Qt::Dense4Pattern) : QBrush(c)); } } oldY = y; ++line; if(m_pOptions->m_bWordWrap) { ++wrapLineIdx; if(wrapLineIdx >= d3l.linesNeededForDisplay) { wrapLineIdx = 0; ++i; } } else { ++i; } } } void Overview::paintEvent(QPaintEvent*) { if(m_pDiff3LineList == nullptr || !m_bPaintingAllowed) return; int h = height() - 1; int w = width(); if(m_pixmap.size() != size()) { if(m_pOptions->m_bWordWrap) { m_nofLines = 0; Diff3LineList::const_iterator i; for(i = m_pDiff3LineList->begin(); i != m_pDiff3LineList->end(); ++i) { m_nofLines += i->linesNeededForDisplay; } } else { m_nofLines = m_pDiff3LineList->size(); } m_pixmap = QPixmap(size()); QPainter p(&m_pixmap); p.fillRect(rect(), m_pOptions->m_bgColor); if(!m_bTripleDiff || m_eOverviewMode == eOMNormal) { drawColumn(p, eOMNormal, 0, w, h, m_nofLines); } else { drawColumn(p, eOMNormal, 0, w / 2, h, m_nofLines); drawColumn(p, m_eOverviewMode, w / 2, w / 2, h, m_nofLines); } } QPainter painter(this); painter.drawPixmap(0, 0, m_pixmap); int y1 = h * m_firstLine / m_nofLines - 1; int h1 = h * m_pageHeight / m_nofLines + 3; painter.setPen(Qt::black); painter.drawRect(1, y1, w - 1, h1); } WindowTitleWidget::WindowTitleWidget(Options* pOptions) { m_pOptions = pOptions; setAutoFillBackground(true); QHBoxLayout* pHLayout = new QHBoxLayout(this); pHLayout->setMargin(2); pHLayout->setSpacing(2); m_pLabel = new QLabel(i18n("Output:")); pHLayout->addWidget(m_pLabel); m_pFileNameLineEdit = new QLineEdit(); pHLayout->addWidget(m_pFileNameLineEdit, 6); m_pFileNameLineEdit->installEventFilter(this); m_pFileNameLineEdit->setReadOnly(true); //m_pBrowseButton = new QPushButton("..."); //pHLayout->addWidget( m_pBrowseButton, 0 ); //connect( m_pBrowseButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(slotBrowseButtonClicked())); m_pModifiedLabel = new QLabel(i18n("[Modified]")); pHLayout->addWidget(m_pModifiedLabel); m_pModifiedLabel->setMinimumSize(m_pModifiedLabel->sizeHint()); m_pModifiedLabel->setText(""); pHLayout->addStretch(1); m_pEncodingLabel = new QLabel(i18n("Encoding for saving:")); pHLayout->addWidget(m_pEncodingLabel); m_pEncodingSelector = new QComboBox(); m_pEncodingSelector->setSizeAdjustPolicy(QComboBox::AdjustToContents); pHLayout->addWidget(m_pEncodingSelector, 2); setEncodings(nullptr, nullptr, nullptr); m_pLineEndStyleLabel = new QLabel(i18n("Line end style:")); pHLayout->addWidget(m_pLineEndStyleLabel); m_pLineEndStyleSelector = new QComboBox(); m_pLineEndStyleSelector->setSizeAdjustPolicy(QComboBox::AdjustToContents); pHLayout->addWidget(m_pLineEndStyleSelector); setLineEndStyles(eLineEndStyleUndefined, eLineEndStyleUndefined, eLineEndStyleUndefined); } void WindowTitleWidget::setFileName(const QString& fileName) { m_pFileNameLineEdit->setText(QDir::toNativeSeparators(fileName)); } QString WindowTitleWidget::getFileName() { return m_pFileNameLineEdit->text(); } //static QString getLineEndStyleName( e_LineEndStyle eLineEndStyle ) //{ // if ( eLineEndStyle == eLineEndStyleDos ) // return "DOS"; // else if ( eLineEndStyle == eLineEndStyleUnix ) // return "Unix"; // return QString(); //} void WindowTitleWidget::setLineEndStyles(e_LineEndStyle eLineEndStyleA, e_LineEndStyle eLineEndStyleB, e_LineEndStyle eLineEndStyleC) { m_pLineEndStyleSelector->clear(); QString dosUsers; if(eLineEndStyleA == eLineEndStyleDos) dosUsers += i18n("A"); if(eLineEndStyleB == eLineEndStyleDos) dosUsers += QLatin1String(dosUsers.isEmpty() ? "" : ", ") + i18n("B"); if(eLineEndStyleC == eLineEndStyleDos) dosUsers += QLatin1String(dosUsers.isEmpty() ? "" : ", ") + i18n("C"); QString unxUsers; if(eLineEndStyleA == eLineEndStyleUnix) unxUsers += i18n("A"); if(eLineEndStyleB == eLineEndStyleUnix) unxUsers += QLatin1String(unxUsers.isEmpty() ? "" : ", ") + i18n("B"); if(eLineEndStyleC == eLineEndStyleUnix) unxUsers += QLatin1String(unxUsers.isEmpty() ? "" : ", ") + i18n("C"); m_pLineEndStyleSelector->addItem(i18n("Unix") + (unxUsers.isEmpty() ? QString("") : QLatin1String(" (") + unxUsers + QLatin1String(")"))); m_pLineEndStyleSelector->addItem(i18n("DOS") + (dosUsers.isEmpty() ? QString("") : QLatin1String(" (") + dosUsers + QLatin1String(")"))); e_LineEndStyle autoChoice = (e_LineEndStyle)m_pOptions->m_lineEndStyle; if(m_pOptions->m_lineEndStyle == eLineEndStyleAutoDetect) { if(eLineEndStyleA != eLineEndStyleUndefined && eLineEndStyleB != eLineEndStyleUndefined && eLineEndStyleC != eLineEndStyleUndefined) { if(eLineEndStyleA == eLineEndStyleB) autoChoice = eLineEndStyleC; else if(eLineEndStyleA == eLineEndStyleC) autoChoice = eLineEndStyleB; else autoChoice = eLineEndStyleConflict; //conflict (not likely while only two values exist) } else { e_LineEndStyle c1, c2; if(eLineEndStyleA == eLineEndStyleUndefined) { c1 = eLineEndStyleB; c2 = eLineEndStyleC; } else if(eLineEndStyleB == eLineEndStyleUndefined) { c1 = eLineEndStyleA; c2 = eLineEndStyleC; } else /*if( eLineEndStyleC == eLineEndStyleUndefined )*/ { c1 = eLineEndStyleA; c2 = eLineEndStyleB; } if(c1 == c2 && c1 != eLineEndStyleUndefined) autoChoice = c1; else autoChoice = eLineEndStyleConflict; } } if(autoChoice == eLineEndStyleUnix) m_pLineEndStyleSelector->setCurrentIndex(0); else if(autoChoice == eLineEndStyleDos) m_pLineEndStyleSelector->setCurrentIndex(1); else if(autoChoice == eLineEndStyleConflict) { m_pLineEndStyleSelector->addItem(i18n("Conflict")); m_pLineEndStyleSelector->setCurrentIndex(2); } } e_LineEndStyle WindowTitleWidget::getLineEndStyle() { int current = m_pLineEndStyleSelector->currentIndex(); if(current == 0) return eLineEndStyleUnix; else if(current == 1) return eLineEndStyleDos; else return eLineEndStyleConflict; } void WindowTitleWidget::setEncodings(QTextCodec* pCodecForA, QTextCodec* pCodecForB, QTextCodec* pCodecForC) { m_pEncodingSelector->clear(); // First sort codec names: std::map names; QList mibs = QTextCodec::availableMibs(); foreach(int i, mibs) { QTextCodec* c = QTextCodec::codecForMib(i); if(c != nullptr) names[QLatin1String(c->name())] = c; } if(pCodecForA) m_pEncodingSelector->addItem(i18n("Codec from A: %1", QLatin1String(pCodecForA->name())), QVariant::fromValue((void*)pCodecForA)); if(pCodecForB) m_pEncodingSelector->addItem(i18n("Codec from B: %1", QLatin1String(pCodecForB->name())), QVariant::fromValue((void*)pCodecForB)); if(pCodecForC) m_pEncodingSelector->addItem(i18n("Codec from C: %1", QLatin1String(pCodecForC->name())), QVariant::fromValue((void*)pCodecForC)); std::map::iterator it; for(it = names.begin(); it != names.end(); ++it) { m_pEncodingSelector->addItem(it->first, QVariant::fromValue((void*)it->second)); } m_pEncodingSelector->setMinimumSize(m_pEncodingSelector->sizeHint()); if(pCodecForC && pCodecForB && pCodecForA) { if(pCodecForA == pCodecForB) m_pEncodingSelector->setCurrentIndex(2); // C else if(pCodecForA == pCodecForC) m_pEncodingSelector->setCurrentIndex(1); // B else m_pEncodingSelector->setCurrentIndex(2); // C } else if(pCodecForA && pCodecForB) m_pEncodingSelector->setCurrentIndex(1); // B else m_pEncodingSelector->setCurrentIndex(0); } QTextCodec* WindowTitleWidget::getEncoding() { return (QTextCodec*)m_pEncodingSelector->itemData(m_pEncodingSelector->currentIndex()).value(); } void WindowTitleWidget::setEncoding(QTextCodec* pEncoding) { int idx = m_pEncodingSelector->findText(QLatin1String(pEncoding->name())); if(idx >= 0) m_pEncodingSelector->setCurrentIndex(idx); } //void WindowTitleWidget::slotBrowseButtonClicked() //{ // QString current = m_pFileNameLineEdit->text(); // // QUrl newURL = KFileDialog::getSaveUrl( current, 0, this, i18n("Select file (not saving yet)")); // if ( !newURL.isEmpty() ) // { // m_pFileNameLineEdit->setText( newURL.url() ); // } //} void WindowTitleWidget::slotSetModified(bool bModified) { m_pModifiedLabel->setText(bModified ? i18n("[Modified]") : ""); } bool WindowTitleWidget::eventFilter(QObject* o, QEvent* e) { if(e->type() == QEvent::FocusIn || e->type() == QEvent::FocusOut) { QPalette p = m_pLabel->palette(); QColor c1 = m_pOptions->m_fgColor; QColor c2 = Qt::lightGray; if(e->type() == QEvent::FocusOut) c2 = m_pOptions->m_bgColor; p.setColor(QPalette::Window, c2); setPalette(p); p.setColor(QPalette::WindowText, c1); m_pLabel->setPalette(p); m_pEncodingLabel->setPalette(p); m_pEncodingSelector->setPalette(p); } if(o == m_pFileNameLineEdit && e->type() == QEvent::Drop) { QDropEvent* d = static_cast(e); if(d->mimeData()->hasUrls()) { QList lst = d->mimeData()->urls(); if(lst.count() > 0) { static_cast(o)->setText(lst[0].toString()); static_cast(o)->setFocus(); return true; } } } return false; } //#include "mergeresultwindow.moc" diff --git a/src/optiondialog.cpp b/src/optiondialog.cpp index 56135b3..56fa101 100644 --- a/src/optiondialog.cpp +++ b/src/optiondialog.cpp @@ -1,1926 +1,1926 @@ /* * kdiff3 - Text Diff And Merge Tool * Copyright (C) 2002-2009 Joachim Eibl, joachim.eibl at gmx.de * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Steet, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. * */ #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include "diff.h" #include "optiondialog.h" #include "smalldialogs.h" #define KDIFF3_CONFIG_GROUP "KDiff3 Options" QString s_historyEntryStartRegExpToolTip; QString s_historyEntryStartSortKeyOrderToolTip; QString s_autoMergeRegExpToolTip; QString s_historyStartRegExpToolTip; void OptionDialog::addOptionItem(OptionItem* p) { m_optionItemList.push_back(p); } class OptionItem { public: OptionItem(const QString& saveName) { m_saveName = saveName; m_bPreserved = false; } virtual ~OptionItem() {} virtual void setToDefault() = 0; virtual void setToCurrent() = 0; virtual void apply() = 0; virtual void write(ValueMap*) = 0; virtual void read(ValueMap*) = 0; void doPreserve() { if(!m_bPreserved) { m_bPreserved = true; preserve(); } } void doUnpreserve() { if(m_bPreserved) { unpreserve(); } } QString getSaveName() { return m_saveName; } protected: virtual void preserve() = 0; virtual void unpreserve() = 0; bool m_bPreserved; QString m_saveName; }; template class OptionItemT : public OptionItem { public: OptionItemT(const QString& saveName) : OptionItem(saveName) { } protected: void preserve() override { m_preservedVal = *m_pVar; } void unpreserve() override { *m_pVar = m_preservedVal; } T* m_pVar; T m_preservedVal; T m_defaultVal; }; class OptionCheckBox : public QCheckBox, public OptionItemT { public: OptionCheckBox(QString text, bool bDefaultVal, const QString& saveName, bool* pbVar, QWidget* pParent) : QCheckBox(text, pParent), OptionItemT(saveName) { m_pVar = pbVar; m_defaultVal = bDefaultVal; } void setToDefault() override { setChecked(m_defaultVal); } void setToCurrent() override { setChecked(*m_pVar); } void apply() override { *m_pVar = isChecked(); } void write(ValueMap* config) override { config->writeEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVar); } void read(ValueMap* config) override { *m_pVar = config->readBoolEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVar); } private: OptionCheckBox(const OptionCheckBox&); // private copy constructor without implementation }; class OptionRadioButton : public QRadioButton, public OptionItemT { public: OptionRadioButton(QString text, bool bDefaultVal, const QString& saveName, bool* pbVar, QWidget* pParent) : QRadioButton(text, pParent), OptionItemT(saveName) { m_pVar = pbVar; m_defaultVal = bDefaultVal; } void setToDefault() override { setChecked(m_defaultVal); } void setToCurrent() override { setChecked(*m_pVar); } void apply() override { *m_pVar = isChecked(); } void write(ValueMap* config) override { config->writeEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVar); } void read(ValueMap* config) override { *m_pVar = config->readBoolEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVar); } private: OptionRadioButton(const OptionRadioButton&); // private copy constructor without implementation }; template class OptionT : public OptionItemT { public: OptionT(const T& defaultVal, const QString& saveName, T* pVar) : OptionItemT(saveName) { this->m_pVar = pVar; *this->m_pVar = defaultVal; } OptionT(const QString& saveName, T* pVar) : OptionItemT(saveName) { this->m_pVar = pVar; } void setToDefault() override {} void setToCurrent() override {} void apply() override {} void write(ValueMap* vm) override { writeEntry(vm, this->m_saveName, *this->m_pVar); } void read(ValueMap* vm) override { *this->m_pVar = vm->readEntry(this->m_saveName, *this->m_pVar); } private: OptionT(const OptionT&); // private copy constructor without implementation }; template void writeEntry(ValueMap* vm, const QString& saveName, const T& v) { vm->writeEntry(saveName, v); } static void writeEntry(ValueMap* vm, const QString& saveName, const QStringList& v) { vm->writeEntry(saveName, v); } //static void readEntry(ValueMap* vm, const QString& saveName, bool& v ) { v = vm->readBoolEntry( saveName, v ); } //static void readEntry(ValueMap* vm, const QString& saveName, int& v ) { v = vm->readNumEntry( saveName, v ); } //static void readEntry(ValueMap* vm, const QString& saveName, QSize& v ) { v = vm->readSizeEntry( saveName, &v ); } //static void readEntry(ValueMap* vm, const QString& saveName, QPoint& v ) { v = vm->readPointEntry( saveName, &v ); } //static void readEntry(ValueMap* vm, const QString& saveName, QStringList& v ){ v = vm->readListEntry( saveName, QStringList(), '|' ); } typedef OptionT OptionToggleAction; typedef OptionT OptionNum; typedef OptionT OptionPoint; typedef OptionT OptionSize; typedef OptionT OptionStringList; FontChooser::FontChooser(QWidget* pParent) : QGroupBox(pParent) { QVBoxLayout* pLayout = new QVBoxLayout(this); m_pLabel = new QLabel(QString()); pLayout->addWidget(m_pLabel); QChar visualTab(0x2192); QChar visualSpace((ushort)0xb7); m_pExampleTextEdit = new QPlainTextEdit(QString("The quick brown fox jumps over the river\n" "but the little red hen escapes with a shiver.\n" ":-)") + visualTab + visualSpace, this); m_pExampleTextEdit->setFont(m_font); m_pExampleTextEdit->setReadOnly(true); pLayout->addWidget(m_pExampleTextEdit); m_pSelectFont = new QPushButton(i18n("Change Font")); m_pSelectFont->setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Fixed, QSizePolicy::Fixed); connect(m_pSelectFont, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(slotSelectFont())); pLayout->addWidget(m_pSelectFont); pLayout->setAlignment(m_pSelectFont, Qt::AlignRight); } QFont FontChooser::font() { return m_font; //QFont("courier",10); } void FontChooser::setFont(const QFont& font, bool) { m_font = font; m_pExampleTextEdit->setFont(m_font); m_pLabel->setText(i18n("Font: %1, %2, %3\n\nExample:", m_font.family(), m_font.styleName(), m_font.pointSize())); //update(); } void FontChooser::slotSelectFont() { bool bOk; m_font = QFontDialog::getFont(&bOk, m_font); m_pExampleTextEdit->setFont(m_font); m_pLabel->setText(i18n("Font: %1, %2, %3\n\nExample:", m_font.family(), m_font.styleName(), m_font.pointSize())); } class OptionFontChooser : public FontChooser, public OptionItemT { public: OptionFontChooser(const QFont& defaultVal, const QString& saveName, QFont* pVar, QWidget* pParent) : FontChooser(pParent), OptionItemT(saveName) { m_pVar = pVar; *m_pVar = defaultVal; m_defaultVal = defaultVal; } void setToDefault() override { setFont(m_defaultVal, false); } void setToCurrent() override { setFont(*m_pVar, false); } void apply() override { *m_pVar = font(); } void write(ValueMap* config) override { config->writeEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVar); } void read(ValueMap* config) override { *m_pVar = config->readFontEntry(m_saveName, m_pVar); } private: OptionFontChooser(const OptionToggleAction&); // private copy constructor without implementation }; class OptionColorButton : public KColorButton, public OptionItemT { public: OptionColorButton(QColor defaultVal, const QString& saveName, QColor* pVar, QWidget* pParent) : KColorButton(pParent), OptionItemT(saveName) { m_pVar = pVar; m_defaultVal = defaultVal; } void setToDefault() override { setColor(m_defaultVal); } void setToCurrent() override { setColor(*m_pVar); } void apply() override { *m_pVar = color(); } void write(ValueMap* config) override { config->writeEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVar); } void read(ValueMap* config) override { *m_pVar = config->readColorEntry(m_saveName, m_pVar); } private: OptionColorButton(const OptionColorButton&); // private copy constructor without implementation }; class OptionLineEdit : public QComboBox, public OptionItemT { public: OptionLineEdit(const QString& defaultVal, const QString& saveName, QString* pVar, QWidget* pParent) : QComboBox(pParent), OptionItemT(saveName) { setMinimumWidth(50); setEditable(true); m_pVar = pVar; m_defaultVal = defaultVal; m_list.push_back(defaultVal); insertText(); } void setToDefault() override { setEditText(m_defaultVal); } void setToCurrent() override { setEditText(*m_pVar); } void apply() override { *m_pVar = currentText(); insertText(); } void write(ValueMap* config) override { config->writeEntry(m_saveName, m_list); } void read(ValueMap* config) override { m_list = config->readListEntry(m_saveName, QStringList(m_defaultVal)); if(!m_list.empty()) *m_pVar = m_list.front(); clear(); insertItems(0, m_list); } private: void insertText() { // Check if the text exists. If yes remove it and push it in as first element QString current = currentText(); m_list.removeAll(current); m_list.push_front(current); clear(); if(m_list.size() > 10) m_list.erase(m_list.begin() + 10, m_list.end()); insertItems(0, m_list); } OptionLineEdit(const OptionLineEdit&); // private copy constructor without implementation QStringList m_list; }; #if defined QT_NO_VALIDATOR #error No validator #endif class OptionIntEdit : public QLineEdit, public OptionItemT { public: OptionIntEdit(int defaultVal, const QString& saveName, int* pVar, int rangeMin, int rangeMax, QWidget* pParent) : QLineEdit(pParent), OptionItemT(saveName) { m_pVar = pVar; m_defaultVal = defaultVal; QIntValidator* v = new QIntValidator(this); v->setRange(rangeMin, rangeMax); setValidator(v); } void setToDefault() override { QString s; s.setNum(m_defaultVal); setText(s); } void setToCurrent() override { QString s; s.setNum(*m_pVar); setText(s); } void apply() override { const QIntValidator* v = static_cast(validator()); *m_pVar = minMaxLimiter(text().toInt(), v->bottom(), v->top()); setText(QString::number(*m_pVar)); } void write(ValueMap* config) override { config->writeEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVar); } void read(ValueMap* config) override { *m_pVar = config->readNumEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVar); } private: OptionIntEdit(const OptionIntEdit&); // private copy constructor without implementation }; class OptionComboBox : public QComboBox, public OptionItem { public: OptionComboBox(int defaultVal, const QString& saveName, int* pVarNum, QWidget* pParent) : QComboBox(pParent), OptionItem(saveName) { setMinimumWidth(50); m_pVarNum = pVarNum; m_pVarStr = nullptr; m_defaultVal = defaultVal; setEditable(false); } OptionComboBox(int defaultVal, const QString& saveName, QString* pVarStr, QWidget* pParent) : QComboBox(pParent), OptionItem(saveName) { m_pVarNum = nullptr; m_pVarStr = pVarStr; m_defaultVal = defaultVal; setEditable(false); } void setToDefault() override { setCurrentIndex(m_defaultVal); if(m_pVarStr != nullptr) { *m_pVarStr = currentText(); } } void setToCurrent() override { if(m_pVarNum != nullptr) setCurrentIndex(*m_pVarNum); else setText(*m_pVarStr); } void apply() override { if(m_pVarNum != nullptr) { *m_pVarNum = currentIndex(); } else { *m_pVarStr = currentText(); } } void write(ValueMap* config) override { if(m_pVarStr != nullptr) config->writeEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVarStr); else config->writeEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVarNum); } void read(ValueMap* config) override { if(m_pVarStr != nullptr) setText(config->readEntry(m_saveName, currentText())); else *m_pVarNum = config->readNumEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVarNum); } void preserve() override { if(m_pVarStr != nullptr) { m_preservedStrVal = *m_pVarStr; } else { m_preservedNumVal = *m_pVarNum; } } void unpreserve() override { if(m_pVarStr != nullptr) { *m_pVarStr = m_preservedStrVal; } else { *m_pVarNum = m_preservedNumVal; } } private: OptionComboBox(const OptionIntEdit&); // private copy constructor without implementation int* m_pVarNum; int m_preservedNumVal = 0; QString* m_pVarStr; QString m_preservedStrVal; int m_defaultVal; void setText(const QString& s) { // Find the string in the combobox-list, don't change the value if nothing fits. for(int i = 0; i < count(); ++i) { if(itemText(i) == s) { if(m_pVarNum != nullptr) *m_pVarNum = i; if(m_pVarStr != nullptr) *m_pVarStr = s; setCurrentIndex(i); return; } } } }; class OptionEncodingComboBox : public QComboBox, public OptionItem { Q_OBJECT QVector m_codecVec; QTextCodec** m_ppVarCodec; public: OptionEncodingComboBox(const QString& saveName, QTextCodec** ppVarCodec, QWidget* pParent) : QComboBox(pParent), OptionItem(saveName) { m_ppVarCodec = ppVarCodec; insertCodec(i18n("Unicode, 8 bit"), QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-8")); insertCodec(i18n("Unicode"), QTextCodec::codecForName("iso-10646-UCS-2")); insertCodec(i18n("Latin1"), QTextCodec::codecForName("iso 8859-1")); // First sort codec names: std::map names; QList mibs = QTextCodec::availableMibs(); foreach(int i, mibs) { QTextCodec* c = QTextCodec::codecForMib(i); if(c != nullptr) names[QString(QLatin1String(c->name())).toUpper()] = c; } std::map::iterator it; for(it = names.begin(); it != names.end(); ++it) { insertCodec("", it->second); } this->setToolTip(i18n( "Change this if non-ASCII characters are not displayed correctly.")); } void insertCodec(const QString& visibleCodecName, QTextCodec* c) { if(c != nullptr) { QString codecName = QLatin1String(c->name()); for(int i = 0; i < m_codecVec.size(); ++i) { if(c == m_codecVec[i]) return; // don't insert any codec twice } QString itemText = visibleCodecName.isEmpty() ? codecName : visibleCodecName + QStringLiteral(" (") + codecName + QStringLiteral(")"); addItem(itemText, (int)m_codecVec.size()); m_codecVec.push_back(c); } } void setToDefault() override { QString defaultName = QLatin1String(QTextCodec::codecForLocale()->name()); for(int i = 0; i < count(); ++i) { if(defaultName == itemText(i) && m_codecVec[i] == QTextCodec::codecForLocale()) { setCurrentIndex(i); if(m_ppVarCodec != nullptr) { *m_ppVarCodec = m_codecVec[i]; } return; } } setCurrentIndex(0); if(m_ppVarCodec != nullptr) { *m_ppVarCodec = m_codecVec[0]; } } void setToCurrent() override { if(m_ppVarCodec != nullptr) { for(int i = 0; i < m_codecVec.size(); ++i) { if(*m_ppVarCodec == m_codecVec[i]) { setCurrentIndex(i); break; } } } } void apply() override { if(m_ppVarCodec != nullptr) { *m_ppVarCodec = m_codecVec[currentIndex()]; } } void write(ValueMap* config) override { if(m_ppVarCodec != nullptr) config->writeEntry(m_saveName, (const char*)(*m_ppVarCodec)->name()); } void read(ValueMap* config) override { QString codecName = config->readEntry(m_saveName, (const char*)m_codecVec[currentIndex()]->name()); for(int i = 0; i < m_codecVec.size(); ++i) { if(codecName == QLatin1String(m_codecVec[i]->name())) { setCurrentIndex(i); if(m_ppVarCodec != nullptr) *m_ppVarCodec = m_codecVec[i]; break; } } } protected: void preserve() override { m_preservedVal = currentIndex(); } void unpreserve() override { setCurrentIndex(m_preservedVal); } int m_preservedVal; }; OptionDialog::OptionDialog(bool bShowDirMergeSettings, QWidget* parent) : KPageDialog(parent) { setFaceType(List); setWindowTitle(i18n("Configure")); setStandardButtons(QDialogButtonBox::Help | QDialogButtonBox::RestoreDefaults | QDialogButtonBox::Apply | QDialogButtonBox::Ok | QDialogButtonBox::Cancel); setModal(true); //showButtonSeparator( true ); //setHelp( "kdiff3/index.html", QString::null ); setupFontPage(); setupColorPage(); setupEditPage(); setupDiffPage(); setupMergePage(); setupOtherOptions(); if(bShowDirMergeSettings) setupDirectoryMergePage(); setupRegionalPage(); setupIntegrationPage(); //setupKeysPage(); // Initialize all values in the dialog resetToDefaults(); slotApply(); connect(button(QDialogButtonBox::Apply), &QPushButton::clicked, this, &OptionDialog::slotApply); connect(button(QDialogButtonBox::Ok), &QPushButton::clicked, this, &OptionDialog::slotOk); connect(button(QDialogButtonBox::RestoreDefaults), &QPushButton::clicked, this, &OptionDialog::slotDefault); connect(button(QDialogButtonBox::Cancel), &QPushButton::clicked, this, &QDialog::reject); connect(button(QDialogButtonBox::Help), &QPushButton::clicked, this, &OptionDialog::helpRequested); //connect(this, &OptionDialog::applyClicked, this, &OptionDialog::slotApply); //helpClicked() is connected in KDiff3App::KDiff3App -- Really where? //connect(this, &OptionDialog::defaultClicked, this, &OptionDialog::slotDefault); } void OptionDialog::helpRequested() { KHelpClient::invokeHelp(QStringLiteral("kdiff3/index.html"), QString()); } OptionDialog::~OptionDialog() { } void OptionDialog::setupOtherOptions() { //TODO move to Options class addOptionItem(new OptionToggleAction(false, "AutoAdvance", &m_options.m_bAutoAdvance)); addOptionItem(new OptionToggleAction(true, "ShowWhiteSpaceCharacters", &m_options.m_bShowWhiteSpaceCharacters)); addOptionItem(new OptionToggleAction(true, "ShowWhiteSpace", &m_options.m_bShowWhiteSpace)); addOptionItem(new OptionToggleAction(false, "ShowLineNumbers", &m_options.m_bShowLineNumbers)); addOptionItem(new OptionToggleAction(true, "HorizDiffWindowSplitting", &m_options.m_bHorizDiffWindowSplitting)); addOptionItem(new OptionToggleAction(false, "WordWrap", &m_options.m_bWordWrap)); addOptionItem(new OptionToggleAction(true, "ShowIdenticalFiles", &m_options.m_bDmShowIdenticalFiles)); addOptionItem(new OptionToggleAction(true, "Show Toolbar", &m_options.m_bShowToolBar)); addOptionItem(new OptionToggleAction(true, "Show Statusbar", &m_options.m_bShowStatusBar)); /* TODO manage toolbar positioning */ addOptionItem(new OptionNum( Qt::TopToolBarArea, "ToolBarPos", (int*)&m_options.m_toolBarPos)); addOptionItem(new OptionSize(QSize(600, 400), "Geometry", &m_options.m_geometry)); addOptionItem(new OptionPoint(QPoint(0, 22), "Position", &m_options.m_position)); addOptionItem(new OptionToggleAction(false, "WindowStateMaximised", &m_options.m_bMaximised)); addOptionItem(new OptionStringList("RecentAFiles", &m_options.m_recentAFiles)); addOptionItem(new OptionStringList("RecentBFiles", &m_options.m_recentBFiles)); addOptionItem(new OptionStringList("RecentCFiles", &m_options.m_recentCFiles)); addOptionItem(new OptionStringList("RecentOutputFiles", &m_options.m_recentOutputFiles)); addOptionItem(new OptionStringList("RecentEncodings", &m_options.m_recentEncodings)); } void OptionDialog::setupFontPage() { QFrame* page = new QFrame(); KPageWidgetItem* pageItem = new KPageWidgetItem(page, i18n("Font")); pageItem->setHeader(i18n("Editor & Diff Output Font")); //not all themes have this icon if(QIcon::hasThemeIcon(QStringLiteral("font-select-symbolic"))) pageItem->setIcon(QIcon::fromTheme(QStringLiteral("font-select-symbolic"))); else pageItem->setIcon(QIcon::fromTheme(QStringLiteral("preferences-desktop-font"))); addPage(pageItem); QVBoxLayout* topLayout = new QVBoxLayout(page); topLayout->setMargin(5); //requires QT 5.2 or later. static const QFont defaultFont = QFontDatabase::systemFont(QFontDatabase::FixedFont); ; static QFont defaultAppFont = QApplication::font(); OptionFontChooser* pAppFontChooser = new OptionFontChooser(defaultAppFont, "ApplicationFont", &m_options.m_appFont, page); addOptionItem(pAppFontChooser); topLayout->addWidget(pAppFontChooser); pAppFontChooser->setTitle(i18n("Application font")); OptionFontChooser* pFontChooser = new OptionFontChooser(defaultFont, "Font", &m_options.m_font, page); addOptionItem(pFontChooser); topLayout->addWidget(pFontChooser); pFontChooser->setTitle(i18n("File view font")); QGridLayout* gbox = new QGridLayout(); topLayout->addLayout(gbox); //int line=0; // This currently does not work (see rendering in class DiffTextWindow) //OptionCheckBox* pItalicDeltas = new OptionCheckBox( i18n("Italic font for deltas"), false, "ItalicForDeltas", &m_options.m_bItalicForDeltas, page, this ); //addOptionItem(pItalicDeltas); //gbox->addWidget( pItalicDeltas, line, 0, 1, 2 ); //pItalicDeltas->setToolTip( i18n( // "Selects the italic version of the font for differences.\n" // "If the font doesn't support italic characters, then this does nothing.") // ); } void OptionDialog::setupColorPage() { QFrame* page = new QFrame(); KPageWidgetItem* pageItem = new KPageWidgetItem(page, i18n("Color")); pageItem->setHeader(i18n("Colors Settings")); pageItem->setIcon(QIcon::fromTheme(QStringLiteral("colormanagement"))); addPage(pageItem); QVBoxLayout* topLayout = new QVBoxLayout(page); topLayout->setMargin(5); QGridLayout* gbox = new QGridLayout(); gbox->setColumnStretch(1, 5); topLayout->addLayout(gbox); QLabel* label; int line = 0; int depth = QPixmap::defaultDepth(); bool bLowColor = depth <= 8; label = new QLabel(i18n("Editor and Diff Views:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); QFont f(label->font()); f.setBold(true); label->setFont(f); ++line; OptionColorButton* pFgColor = new OptionColorButton(Qt::black, "FgColor", &m_options.m_fgColor, page); label = new QLabel(i18n("Foreground color:"), page); label->setBuddy(pFgColor); addOptionItem(pFgColor); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pFgColor, line, 1); ++line; OptionColorButton* pBgColor = new OptionColorButton(Qt::white, "BgColor", &m_options.m_bgColor, page); label = new QLabel(i18n("Background color:"), page); label->setBuddy(pBgColor); addOptionItem(pBgColor); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pBgColor, line, 1); ++line; OptionColorButton* pDiffBgColor = new OptionColorButton( bLowColor ? QColor(Qt::lightGray) : qRgb(224, 224, 224), "DiffBgColor", &m_options.m_diffBgColor, page); label = new QLabel(i18n("Diff background color:"), page); label->setBuddy(pDiffBgColor); addOptionItem(pDiffBgColor); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pDiffBgColor, line, 1); ++line; OptionColorButton* pColorA = new OptionColorButton( bLowColor ? qRgb(0, 0, 255) : qRgb(0, 0, 200) /*blue*/, "ColorA", &m_options.m_colorA, page); label = new QLabel(i18n("Color A:"), page); label->setBuddy(pColorA); addOptionItem(pColorA); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pColorA, line, 1); ++line; OptionColorButton* pColorB = new OptionColorButton( bLowColor ? qRgb(0, 128, 0) : qRgb(0, 150, 0) /*green*/, "ColorB", &m_options.m_colorB, page); label = new QLabel(i18n("Color B:"), page); label->setBuddy(pColorB); addOptionItem(pColorB); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pColorB, line, 1); ++line; OptionColorButton* pColorC = new OptionColorButton( bLowColor ? qRgb(128, 0, 128) : qRgb(150, 0, 150) /*magenta*/, "ColorC", &m_options.m_colorC, page); label = new QLabel(i18n("Color C:"), page); label->setBuddy(pColorC); addOptionItem(pColorC); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pColorC, line, 1); ++line; OptionColorButton* pColorForConflict = new OptionColorButton(Qt::red, "ColorForConflict", &m_options.m_colorForConflict, page); label = new QLabel(i18n("Conflict color:"), page); label->setBuddy(pColorForConflict); addOptionItem(pColorForConflict); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pColorForConflict, line, 1); ++line; OptionColorButton* pColor = new OptionColorButton( bLowColor ? qRgb(192, 192, 192) : qRgb(220, 220, 100), "CurrentRangeBgColor", &m_options.m_currentRangeBgColor, page); label = new QLabel(i18n("Current range background color:"), page); label->setBuddy(pColor); addOptionItem(pColor); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pColor, line, 1); ++line; pColor = new OptionColorButton( bLowColor ? qRgb(255, 255, 0) : qRgb(255, 255, 150), "CurrentRangeDiffBgColor", &m_options.m_currentRangeDiffBgColor, page); label = new QLabel(i18n("Current range diff background color:"), page); label->setBuddy(pColor); addOptionItem(pColor); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pColor, line, 1); ++line; pColor = new OptionColorButton(qRgb(0xff, 0xd0, 0x80), "ManualAlignmentRangeColor", &m_options.m_manualHelpRangeColor, page); label = new QLabel(i18n("Color for manually aligned difference ranges:"), page); label->setBuddy(pColor); addOptionItem(pColor); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pColor, line, 1); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("Directory Comparison View:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); label->setFont(f); ++line; pColor = new OptionColorButton(qRgb(0, 0xd0, 0), "NewestFileColor", &m_options.m_newestFileColor, page); label = new QLabel(i18n("Newest file color:"), page); label->setBuddy(pColor); addOptionItem(pColor); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pColor, line, 1); QString dirColorTip = i18n("Changing this color will only be effective when starting the next directory comparison."); label->setToolTip(dirColorTip); ++line; pColor = new OptionColorButton(qRgb(0xf0, 0, 0), "OldestFileColor", &m_options.m_oldestFileColor, page); label = new QLabel(i18n("Oldest file color:"), page); label->setBuddy(pColor); addOptionItem(pColor); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pColor, line, 1); label->setToolTip(dirColorTip); ++line; pColor = new OptionColorButton(qRgb(0xc0, 0xc0, 0), "MidAgeFileColor", &m_options.m_midAgeFileColor, page); label = new QLabel(i18n("Middle age file color:"), page); label->setBuddy(pColor); addOptionItem(pColor); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pColor, line, 1); label->setToolTip(dirColorTip); ++line; pColor = new OptionColorButton(qRgb(0, 0, 0), "MissingFileColor", &m_options.m_missingFileColor, page); label = new QLabel(i18n("Color for missing files:"), page); label->setBuddy(pColor); addOptionItem(pColor); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pColor, line, 1); label->setToolTip(dirColorTip); ++line; topLayout->addStretch(10); } void OptionDialog::setupEditPage() { QFrame* page = new QFrame(); KPageWidgetItem* pageItem = new KPageWidgetItem(page, i18n("Editor")); pageItem->setHeader(i18n("Editor Behavior")); pageItem->setIcon(QIcon::fromTheme(QStringLiteral("accessories-text-editor"))); addPage(pageItem); QVBoxLayout* topLayout = new QVBoxLayout(page); topLayout->setMargin(5); QGridLayout* gbox = new QGridLayout(); gbox->setColumnStretch(1, 5); topLayout->addLayout(gbox); QLabel* label; int line = 0; OptionCheckBox* pReplaceTabs = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Tab inserts spaces"), false, "ReplaceTabs", &m_options.m_bReplaceTabs, page); addOptionItem(pReplaceTabs); gbox->addWidget(pReplaceTabs, line, 0, 1, 2); pReplaceTabs->setToolTip(i18n( "On: Pressing tab generates the appropriate number of spaces.\n" "Off: A tab character will be inserted.")); ++line; OptionIntEdit* pTabSize = new OptionIntEdit(8, "TabSize", &m_options.m_tabSize, 1, 100, page); label = new QLabel(i18n("Tab size:"), page); label->setBuddy(pTabSize); addOptionItem(pTabSize); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pTabSize, line, 1); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pAutoIndentation = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Auto indentation"), true, "AutoIndentation", &m_options.m_bAutoIndentation, page); gbox->addWidget(pAutoIndentation, line, 0, 1, 2); addOptionItem(pAutoIndentation); pAutoIndentation->setToolTip(i18n( "On: The indentation of the previous line is used for a new line.\n")); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pAutoCopySelection = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Auto copy selection"), false, "AutoCopySelection", &m_options.m_bAutoCopySelection, page); gbox->addWidget(pAutoCopySelection, line, 0, 1, 2); addOptionItem(pAutoCopySelection); pAutoCopySelection->setToolTip(i18n( "On: Any selection is immediately written to the clipboard.\n" "Off: You must explicitly copy e.g. via Ctrl-C.")); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("Line end style:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); OptionComboBox* pLineEndStyle = new OptionComboBox(eLineEndStyleAutoDetect, "LineEndStyle", (int*)&m_options.m_lineEndStyle, page); gbox->addWidget(pLineEndStyle, line, 1); addOptionItem(pLineEndStyle); pLineEndStyle->insertItem(eLineEndStyleUnix, "Unix"); pLineEndStyle->insertItem(eLineEndStyleDos, "Dos/Windows"); pLineEndStyle->insertItem(eLineEndStyleAutoDetect, "Autodetect"); label->setToolTip(i18n( "Sets the line endings for when an edited file is saved.\n" "DOS/Windows: CR+LF; UNIX: LF; with CR=0D, LF=0A")); ++line; topLayout->addStretch(10); } void OptionDialog::setupDiffPage() { QFrame* page = new QFrame(); KPageWidgetItem* pageItem = new KPageWidgetItem(page, i18n("Diff")); pageItem->setHeader(i18n("Diff Settings")); pageItem->setIcon(QIcon::fromTheme(QStringLiteral("text-x-patch"))); addPage(pageItem); QVBoxLayout* topLayout = new QVBoxLayout(page); topLayout->setMargin(5); QGridLayout* gbox = new QGridLayout(); gbox->setColumnStretch(1, 5); topLayout->addLayout(gbox); int line = 0; QLabel* label = nullptr; m_options.m_bPreserveCarriageReturn = false; /* OptionCheckBox* pPreserveCarriageReturn = new OptionCheckBox( i18n("Preserve carriage return"), false, "PreserveCarriageReturn", &m_options.m_bPreserveCarriageReturn, page, this ); addOptionItem(pPreserveCarriageReturn); gbox->addWidget( pPreserveCarriageReturn, line, 0, 1, 2 ); pPreserveCarriageReturn->setToolTip( i18n( "Show carriage return characters '\\r' if they exist.\n" "Helps to compare files that were modified under different operating systems.") ); ++line; */ OptionCheckBox* pIgnoreNumbers = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Ignore numbers (treat as white space)"), false, "IgnoreNumbers", &m_options.m_bIgnoreNumbers, page); gbox->addWidget(pIgnoreNumbers, line, 0, 1, 2); addOptionItem(pIgnoreNumbers); pIgnoreNumbers->setToolTip(i18n( "Ignore number characters during line matching phase. (Similar to Ignore white space.)\n" "Might help to compare files with numeric data.")); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pIgnoreComments = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Ignore C/C++ comments (treat as white space)"), false, "IgnoreComments", &m_options.m_bIgnoreComments, page); gbox->addWidget(pIgnoreComments, line, 0, 1, 2); addOptionItem(pIgnoreComments); pIgnoreComments->setToolTip(i18n("Treat C/C++ comments like white space.")); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pIgnoreCase = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Ignore case (treat as white space)"), false, "IgnoreCase", &m_options.m_bIgnoreCase, page); gbox->addWidget(pIgnoreCase, line, 0, 1, 2); addOptionItem(pIgnoreCase); pIgnoreCase->setToolTip(i18n( "Treat case differences like white space changes. ('a'<=>'A')")); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("Preprocessor command:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); OptionLineEdit* pLE = new OptionLineEdit("", "PreProcessorCmd", &m_options.m_PreProcessorCmd, page); gbox->addWidget(pLE, line, 1); addOptionItem(pLE); label->setToolTip(i18n("User defined pre-processing. (See the docs for details.)")); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("Line-matching preprocessor command:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); pLE = new OptionLineEdit("", "LineMatchingPreProcessorCmd", &m_options.m_LineMatchingPreProcessorCmd, page); gbox->addWidget(pLE, line, 1); addOptionItem(pLE); label->setToolTip(i18n("This pre-processor is only used during line matching.\n(See the docs for details.)")); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pTryHard = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Try hard (slower)"), true, "TryHard", &m_options.m_bTryHard, page); gbox->addWidget(pTryHard, line, 0, 1, 2); addOptionItem(pTryHard); pTryHard->setToolTip(i18n( "Enables the --minimal option for the external diff.\n" "The analysis of big files will be much slower.")); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pDiff3AlignBC = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Align B and C for 3 input files"), false, "Diff3AlignBC", &m_options.m_bDiff3AlignBC, page); gbox->addWidget(pDiff3AlignBC, line, 0, 1, 2); addOptionItem(pDiff3AlignBC); pDiff3AlignBC->setToolTip(i18n( "Try to align B and C when comparing or merging three input files.\n" "Not recommended for merging because merge might get more complicated.\n" "(Default is off.)")); ++line; topLayout->addStretch(10); } void OptionDialog::setupMergePage() { QFrame* page = new QFrame(); KPageWidgetItem* pageItem = new KPageWidgetItem(page, i18n("Merge")); pageItem->setHeader(i18n("Merge Settings")); pageItem->setIcon(QIcon::fromTheme(QStringLiteral("merge"))); addPage(pageItem); QVBoxLayout* topLayout = new QVBoxLayout(page); topLayout->setMargin(5); QGridLayout* gbox = new QGridLayout(); gbox->setColumnStretch(1, 5); topLayout->addLayout(gbox); int line = 0; QLabel* label = nullptr; label = new QLabel(i18n("Auto advance delay (ms):"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); OptionIntEdit* pAutoAdvanceDelay = new OptionIntEdit(500, "AutoAdvanceDelay", &m_options.m_autoAdvanceDelay, 0, 2000, page); gbox->addWidget(pAutoAdvanceDelay, line, 1); addOptionItem(pAutoAdvanceDelay); label->setToolTip(i18n( "When in Auto-Advance mode the result of the current selection is shown \n" "for the specified time, before jumping to the next conflict. Range: 0-2000 ms")); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pShowInfoDialogs = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Show info dialogs"), true, "ShowInfoDialogs", &m_options.m_bShowInfoDialogs, page); gbox->addWidget(pShowInfoDialogs, line, 0, 1, 2); addOptionItem(pShowInfoDialogs); pShowInfoDialogs->setToolTip(i18n("Show a dialog with information about the number of conflicts.")); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("White space 2-file merge default:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); OptionComboBox* pWhiteSpace2FileMergeDefault = new OptionComboBox(0, "WhiteSpace2FileMergeDefault", &m_options.m_whiteSpace2FileMergeDefault, page); gbox->addWidget(pWhiteSpace2FileMergeDefault, line, 1); addOptionItem(pWhiteSpace2FileMergeDefault); pWhiteSpace2FileMergeDefault->insertItem(0, i18n("Manual Choice")); pWhiteSpace2FileMergeDefault->insertItem(1, i18n("A")); pWhiteSpace2FileMergeDefault->insertItem(2, i18n("B")); label->setToolTip(i18n( "Allow the merge algorithm to automatically select an input for " "white-space-only changes.")); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("White space 3-file merge default:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); OptionComboBox* pWhiteSpace3FileMergeDefault = new OptionComboBox(0, "WhiteSpace3FileMergeDefault", &m_options.m_whiteSpace3FileMergeDefault, page); gbox->addWidget(pWhiteSpace3FileMergeDefault, line, 1); addOptionItem(pWhiteSpace3FileMergeDefault); pWhiteSpace3FileMergeDefault->insertItem(0, i18n("Manual Choice")); pWhiteSpace3FileMergeDefault->insertItem(1, i18n("A")); pWhiteSpace3FileMergeDefault->insertItem(2, i18n("B")); pWhiteSpace3FileMergeDefault->insertItem(3, i18n("C")); label->setToolTip(i18n( "Allow the merge algorithm to automatically select an input for " "white-space-only changes.")); ++line; QGroupBox* pGroupBox = new QGroupBox(i18n("Automatic Merge Regular Expression")); gbox->addWidget(pGroupBox, line, 0, 1, 2); ++line; { gbox = new QGridLayout(pGroupBox); gbox->setColumnStretch(1, 10); line = 0; label = new QLabel(i18n("Auto merge regular expression:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); m_pAutoMergeRegExpLineEdit = new OptionLineEdit(".*\\$(Version|Header|Date|Author).*\\$.*", "AutoMergeRegExp", &m_options.m_autoMergeRegExp, page); gbox->addWidget(m_pAutoMergeRegExpLineEdit, line, 1); addOptionItem(m_pAutoMergeRegExpLineEdit); s_autoMergeRegExpToolTip = i18n("Regular expression for lines where KDiff3 should automatically choose one source.\n" "When a line with a conflict matches the regular expression then\n" "- if available - C, otherwise B will be chosen."); label->setToolTip(s_autoMergeRegExpToolTip); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pAutoMergeRegExp = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Run regular expression auto merge on merge start"), false, "RunRegExpAutoMergeOnMergeStart", &m_options.m_bRunRegExpAutoMergeOnMergeStart, page); addOptionItem(pAutoMergeRegExp); gbox->addWidget(pAutoMergeRegExp, line, 0, 1, 2); pAutoMergeRegExp->setToolTip(i18n("Run the merge for auto merge regular expressions\n" "immediately when a merge starts.\n")); ++line; } pGroupBox = new QGroupBox(i18n("Version Control History Merging")); gbox->addWidget(pGroupBox, line, 0, 1, 2); ++line; { gbox = new QGridLayout(pGroupBox); gbox->setColumnStretch(1, 10); line = 0; label = new QLabel(i18n("History start regular expression:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); m_pHistoryStartRegExpLineEdit = new OptionLineEdit(".*\\$Log.*\\$.*", "HistoryStartRegExp", &m_options.m_historyStartRegExp, page); gbox->addWidget(m_pHistoryStartRegExpLineEdit, line, 1); addOptionItem(m_pHistoryStartRegExpLineEdit); s_historyStartRegExpToolTip = i18n("Regular expression for the start of the version control history entry.\n" "Usually this line contains the \"$Log$\" keyword.\n" "Default value: \".*\\$Log.*\\$.*\""); label->setToolTip(s_historyStartRegExpToolTip); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("History entry start regular expression:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); // Example line: "** \main\rolle_fsp_dev_008\1 17 Aug 2001 10:45:44 rolle" QString historyEntryStartDefault = "\\s*\\\\main\\\\(\\S+)\\s+" // Start with "\main\" "([0-9]+) " // day "(Jan|Feb|Mar|Apr|May|Jun|Jul|Aug|Sep|Oct|Nov|Dec) " //month "([0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) " // year "([0-9][0-9]:[0-9][0-9]:[0-9][0-9])\\s+(.*)"; // time, name m_pHistoryEntryStartRegExpLineEdit = new OptionLineEdit(historyEntryStartDefault, "HistoryEntryStartRegExp", &m_options.m_historyEntryStartRegExp, page); gbox->addWidget(m_pHistoryEntryStartRegExpLineEdit, line, 1); addOptionItem(m_pHistoryEntryStartRegExpLineEdit); s_historyEntryStartRegExpToolTip = i18n("A version control history entry consists of several lines.\n" "Specify the regular expression to detect the first line (without the leading comment).\n" "Use parentheses to group the keys you want to use for sorting.\n" "If left empty, then KDiff3 assumes that empty lines separate history entries.\n" "See the documentation for details."); label->setToolTip(s_historyEntryStartRegExpToolTip); ++line; m_pHistoryMergeSorting = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("History merge sorting"), false, "HistoryMergeSorting", &m_options.m_bHistoryMergeSorting, page); gbox->addWidget(m_pHistoryMergeSorting, line, 0, 1, 2); addOptionItem(m_pHistoryMergeSorting); m_pHistoryMergeSorting->setToolTip(i18n("Sort version control history by a key.")); ++line; //QString branch = newHistoryEntry.cap(1); //int day = newHistoryEntry.cap(2).toInt(); //int month = QString("Jan|Feb|Mar|Apr|May|Jun|Jul|Aug|Sep|Oct|Nov|Dec").find(newHistoryEntry.cap(3))/4 + 1; //int year = newHistoryEntry.cap(4).toInt(); //QString time = newHistoryEntry.cap(5); //QString name = newHistoryEntry.cap(6); QString defaultSortKeyOrder = "4,3,2,5,1,6"; //QDate(year,month,day).toString(Qt::ISODate) +" "+ time + " " + branch + " " + name; label = new QLabel(i18n("History entry start sort key order:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); m_pHistorySortKeyOrderLineEdit = new OptionLineEdit(defaultSortKeyOrder, "HistoryEntryStartSortKeyOrder", &m_options.m_historyEntryStartSortKeyOrder, page); gbox->addWidget(m_pHistorySortKeyOrderLineEdit, line, 1); addOptionItem(m_pHistorySortKeyOrderLineEdit); s_historyEntryStartSortKeyOrderToolTip = i18n("Each pair of parentheses used in the regular expression for the history start entry\n" "groups a key that can be used for sorting.\n" "Specify the list of keys (that are numbered in order of occurrence\n" "starting with 1) using ',' as separator (e.g. \"4,5,6,1,2,3,7\").\n" "If left empty, then no sorting will be done.\n" "See the documentation for details."); label->setToolTip(s_historyEntryStartSortKeyOrderToolTip); m_pHistorySortKeyOrderLineEdit->setEnabled(false); connect(m_pHistoryMergeSorting, &OptionCheckBox::toggled, m_pHistorySortKeyOrderLineEdit, &OptionLineEdit::setEnabled); ++line; m_pHistoryAutoMerge = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Merge version control history on merge start"), false, "RunHistoryAutoMergeOnMergeStart", &m_options.m_bRunHistoryAutoMergeOnMergeStart, page); addOptionItem(m_pHistoryAutoMerge); gbox->addWidget(m_pHistoryAutoMerge, line, 0, 1, 2); m_pHistoryAutoMerge->setToolTip(i18n("Run version control history automerge on merge start.")); ++line; OptionIntEdit* pMaxNofHistoryEntries = new OptionIntEdit(-1, "MaxNofHistoryEntries", &m_options.m_maxNofHistoryEntries, -1, 1000, page); label = new QLabel(i18n("Max number of history entries:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pMaxNofHistoryEntries, line, 1); addOptionItem(pMaxNofHistoryEntries); pMaxNofHistoryEntries->setToolTip(i18n("Cut off after specified number. Use -1 for infinite number of entries.")); ++line; } QPushButton* pButton = new QPushButton(i18n("Test your regular expressions"), page); gbox->addWidget(pButton, line, 0); connect(pButton, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &OptionDialog::slotHistoryMergeRegExpTester); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("Irrelevant merge command:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); OptionLineEdit* pLE = new OptionLineEdit("", "IrrelevantMergeCmd", &m_options.m_IrrelevantMergeCmd, page); gbox->addWidget(pLE, line, 1); addOptionItem(pLE); label->setToolTip(i18n("If specified this script is run after automerge\n" "when no other relevant changes were detected.\n" "Called with the parameters: filename1 filename2 filename3")); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pAutoSaveAndQuit = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Auto save and quit on merge without conflicts"), false, "AutoSaveAndQuitOnMergeWithoutConflicts", &m_options.m_bAutoSaveAndQuitOnMergeWithoutConflicts, page); gbox->addWidget(pAutoSaveAndQuit, line, 0, 1, 2); addOptionItem(pAutoSaveAndQuit); pAutoSaveAndQuit->setToolTip(i18n("If KDiff3 was started for a file-merge from the command line and all\n" "conflicts are solvable without user interaction then automatically save and quit.\n" "(Similar to command line option \"--auto\".)")); ++line; topLayout->addStretch(10); } void OptionDialog::setupDirectoryMergePage() { QFrame* page = new QFrame(); KPageWidgetItem* pageItem = new KPageWidgetItem(page, i18n("Directory")); pageItem->setHeader(i18n("Directory")); pageItem->setIcon(QIcon::fromTheme(QStringLiteral("inode-directory"))); addPage(pageItem); QVBoxLayout* topLayout = new QVBoxLayout(page); topLayout->setMargin(5); QGridLayout* gbox = new QGridLayout(); gbox->setColumnStretch(1, 5); topLayout->addLayout(gbox); int line = 0; OptionCheckBox* pRecursiveDirs = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Recursive directories"), true, "RecursiveDirs", &m_options.m_bDmRecursiveDirs, page); gbox->addWidget(pRecursiveDirs, line, 0, 1, 2); addOptionItem(pRecursiveDirs); pRecursiveDirs->setToolTip(i18n("Whether to analyze subdirectories or not.")); ++line; QLabel* label = new QLabel(i18n("File pattern(s):"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); OptionLineEdit* pFilePattern = new OptionLineEdit("*", "FilePattern", &m_options.m_DmFilePattern, page); gbox->addWidget(pFilePattern, line, 1); addOptionItem(pFilePattern); label->setToolTip(i18n( "Pattern(s) of files to be analyzed. \n" "Wildcards: '*' and '?'\n" "Several Patterns can be specified by using the separator: ';'")); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("File-anti-pattern(s):"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); OptionLineEdit* pFileAntiPattern = new OptionLineEdit("*.orig;*.o;*.obj;*.rej;*.bak", "FileAntiPattern", &m_options.m_DmFileAntiPattern, page); gbox->addWidget(pFileAntiPattern, line, 1); addOptionItem(pFileAntiPattern); label->setToolTip(i18n( "Pattern(s) of files to be excluded from analysis. \n" "Wildcards: '*' and '?'\n" "Several Patterns can be specified by using the separator: ';'")); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("Dir-anti-pattern(s):"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); OptionLineEdit* pDirAntiPattern = new OptionLineEdit("CVS;.deps;.svn;.hg;.git", "DirAntiPattern", &m_options.m_DmDirAntiPattern, page); gbox->addWidget(pDirAntiPattern, line, 1); addOptionItem(pDirAntiPattern); label->setToolTip(i18n( "Pattern(s) of directories to be excluded from analysis. \n" "Wildcards: '*' and '?'\n" "Several Patterns can be specified by using the separator: ';'")); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pUseCvsIgnore = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Use .cvsignore"), false, "UseCvsIgnore", &m_options.m_bDmUseCvsIgnore, page); gbox->addWidget(pUseCvsIgnore, line, 0, 1, 2); addOptionItem(pUseCvsIgnore); pUseCvsIgnore->setToolTip(i18n( "Extends the antipattern to anything that would be ignored by CVS.\n" "Via local \".cvsignore\" files this can be directory specific.")); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pFindHidden = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Find hidden files and directories"), true, "FindHidden", &m_options.m_bDmFindHidden, page); gbox->addWidget(pFindHidden, line, 0, 1, 2); addOptionItem(pFindHidden); #if defined(Q_OS_WIN) pFindHidden->setToolTip(i18n("Finds files and directories with the hidden attribute.")); #else pFindHidden->setToolTip(i18n("Finds files and directories starting with '.'.")); #endif ++line; OptionCheckBox* pFollowFileLinks = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Follow file links"), false, "FollowFileLinks", &m_options.m_bDmFollowFileLinks, page); gbox->addWidget(pFollowFileLinks, line, 0, 1, 2); addOptionItem(pFollowFileLinks); pFollowFileLinks->setToolTip(i18n( "On: Compare the file the link points to.\n" "Off: Compare the links.")); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pFollowDirLinks = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Follow directory links"), false, "FollowDirLinks", &m_options.m_bDmFollowDirLinks, page); gbox->addWidget(pFollowDirLinks, line, 0, 1, 2); addOptionItem(pFollowDirLinks); pFollowDirLinks->setToolTip(i18n( "On: Compare the directory the link points to.\n" "Off: Compare the links.")); ++line; #if defined(Q_OS_WIN) bool bCaseSensitiveFilenameComparison = false; #else bool bCaseSensitiveFilenameComparison = true; #endif OptionCheckBox* pCaseSensitiveFileNames = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Case sensitive filename comparison"), bCaseSensitiveFilenameComparison, "CaseSensitiveFilenameComparison", &m_options.m_bDmCaseSensitiveFilenameComparison, page); gbox->addWidget(pCaseSensitiveFileNames, line, 0, 1, 2); addOptionItem(pCaseSensitiveFileNames); pCaseSensitiveFileNames->setToolTip(i18n( "The directory comparison will compare files or directories when their names match.\n" "Set this option if the case of the names must match. (Default for Windows is off, otherwise on.)")); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pUnfoldSubdirs = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Unfold all subdirectories on load"), false, "UnfoldSubdirs", &m_options.m_bDmUnfoldSubdirs, page); gbox->addWidget(pUnfoldSubdirs, line, 0, 1, 2); addOptionItem(pUnfoldSubdirs); pUnfoldSubdirs->setToolTip(i18n( "On: Unfold all subdirectories when starting a directory diff.\n" "Off: Leave subdirectories folded.")); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pSkipDirStatus = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Skip directory status report"), false, "SkipDirStatus", &m_options.m_bDmSkipDirStatus, page); gbox->addWidget(pSkipDirStatus, line, 0, 1, 2); addOptionItem(pSkipDirStatus); pSkipDirStatus->setToolTip(i18n( "On: Do not show the Directory Comparison Status.\n" "Off: Show the status dialog on start.")); ++line; QGroupBox* pBG = new QGroupBox(i18n("File Comparison Mode")); gbox->addWidget(pBG, line, 0, 1, 2); QVBoxLayout* pBGLayout = new QVBoxLayout(pBG); OptionRadioButton* pBinaryComparison = new OptionRadioButton(i18n("Binary comparison"), true, "BinaryComparison", &m_options.m_bDmBinaryComparison, pBG); addOptionItem(pBinaryComparison); pBinaryComparison->setToolTip(i18n("Binary comparison of each file. (Default)")); pBGLayout->addWidget(pBinaryComparison); OptionRadioButton* pFullAnalysis = new OptionRadioButton(i18n("Full analysis"), false, "FullAnalysis", &m_options.m_bDmFullAnalysis, pBG); addOptionItem(pFullAnalysis); pFullAnalysis->setToolTip(i18n("Do a full analysis and show statistics information in extra columns.\n" "(Slower than a binary comparison, much slower for binary files.)")); pBGLayout->addWidget(pFullAnalysis); OptionRadioButton* pTrustDate = new OptionRadioButton(i18n("Trust the size and modification date (unsafe)"), false, "TrustDate", &m_options.m_bDmTrustDate, pBG); addOptionItem(pTrustDate); pTrustDate->setToolTip(i18n("Assume that files are equal if the modification date and file length are equal.\n" "Files with equal contents but different modification dates will appear as different.\n" "Useful for big directories or slow networks.")); pBGLayout->addWidget(pTrustDate); OptionRadioButton* pTrustDateFallbackToBinary = new OptionRadioButton(i18n("Trust the size and date, but use binary comparison if date does not match (unsafe)"), false, "TrustDateFallbackToBinary", &m_options.m_bDmTrustDateFallbackToBinary, pBG); addOptionItem(pTrustDateFallbackToBinary); pTrustDateFallbackToBinary->setToolTip(i18n("Assume that files are equal if the modification date and file length are equal.\n" "If the dates are not equal but the sizes are, use binary comparison.\n" "Useful for big directories or slow networks.")); pBGLayout->addWidget(pTrustDateFallbackToBinary); OptionRadioButton* pTrustSize = new OptionRadioButton(i18n("Trust the size (unsafe)"), false, "TrustSize", &m_options.m_bDmTrustSize, pBG); addOptionItem(pTrustSize); pTrustSize->setToolTip(i18n("Assume that files are equal if their file lengths are equal.\n" "Useful for big directories or slow networks when the date is modified during download.")); pBGLayout->addWidget(pTrustSize); ++line; // Some two Dir-options: Affects only the default actions. OptionCheckBox* pSyncMode = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Synchronize directories"), false, "SyncMode", &m_options.m_bDmSyncMode, page); addOptionItem(pSyncMode); gbox->addWidget(pSyncMode, line, 0, 1, 2); pSyncMode->setToolTip(i18n( "Offers to store files in both directories so that\n" "both directories are the same afterwards.\n" "Works only when comparing two directories without specifying a destination.")); ++line; // Allow white-space only differences to be considered equal OptionCheckBox* pWhiteSpaceDiffsEqual = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("White space differences considered equal"), true, "WhiteSpaceEqual", &m_options.m_bDmWhiteSpaceEqual, page); addOptionItem(pWhiteSpaceDiffsEqual); gbox->addWidget(pWhiteSpaceDiffsEqual, line, 0, 1, 2); pWhiteSpaceDiffsEqual->setToolTip(i18n( "If files differ only by white space consider them equal.\n" "This is only active when full analysis is chosen.")); connect(pFullAnalysis, &OptionRadioButton::toggled, pWhiteSpaceDiffsEqual, &OptionCheckBox::setEnabled); pWhiteSpaceDiffsEqual->setEnabled(false); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pCopyNewer = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Copy newer instead of merging (unsafe)"), false, "CopyNewer", &m_options.m_bDmCopyNewer, page); addOptionItem(pCopyNewer); gbox->addWidget(pCopyNewer, line, 0, 1, 2); pCopyNewer->setToolTip(i18n( "Do not look inside, just take the newer file.\n" "(Use this only if you know what you are doing!)\n" "Only effective when comparing two directories.")); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pCreateBakFiles = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Backup files (.orig)"), true, "CreateBakFiles", &m_options.m_bDmCreateBakFiles, page); gbox->addWidget(pCreateBakFiles, line, 0, 1, 2); addOptionItem(pCreateBakFiles); pCreateBakFiles->setToolTip(i18n( "If a file would be saved over an old file, then the old file\n" "will be renamed with a '.orig' extension instead of being deleted.")); ++line; topLayout->addStretch(10); } /* static void insertCodecs(OptionComboBox* p) { std::multimap m; // Using the multimap for case-insensitive sorting. int i; for(i=0;;++i) { QTextCodec* pCodec = QTextCodec::codecForIndex ( i ); if ( pCodec != 0 ) m.insert( std::make_pair( QString(pCodec->mimeName()).toUpper(), pCodec->mimeName()) ); else break; } p->insertItem( i18n("Auto"), 0 ); std::multimap::iterator mi; for(mi=m.begin(), i=0; mi!=m.end(); ++mi, ++i) p->insertItem(mi->second, i+1); } */ /* // UTF8-Codec that saves a BOM // UTF8-Codec that saves a BOM class Utf8BOMCodec : public QTextCodec { QTextCodec* m_pUtf8Codec; class PublicTextCodec : public QTextCodec { public: QString publicConvertToUnicode ( const char * p, int len, ConverterState* pState ) const { return convertToUnicode( p, len, pState ); } QByteArray publicConvertFromUnicode ( const QChar * input, int number, ConverterState * pState ) const { return convertFromUnicode( input, number, pState ); } }; public: Utf8BOMCodec() { m_pUtf8Codec = QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-8"); } QByteArray name () const { return "UTF-8-BOM"; } int mibEnum () const { return 2123; } QByteArray convertFromUnicode ( const QChar * input, int number, ConverterState * pState ) const { QByteArray r; if ( pState && pState->state_data[2]==0) // state_data[2] not used by QUtf8::convertFromUnicode (see qutfcodec.cpp) { r += "\xEF\xBB\xBF"; pState->state_data[2]=1; pState->flags |= QTextCodec::IgnoreHeader; } r += ((PublicTextCodec*)m_pUtf8Codec)->publicConvertFromUnicode( input, number, pState ); return r; } QString convertToUnicode ( const char * p, int len, ConverterState* pState ) const { return ((PublicTextCodec*)m_pUtf8Codec)->publicConvertToUnicode( p, len, pState ); } }; */ void OptionDialog::setupRegionalPage() { /* TODO: What is this line supposed to do besides leak memory? Introduced as is in .91 no explanation new Utf8BOMCodec(); */ QFrame* page = new QFrame(); KPageWidgetItem* pageItem = new KPageWidgetItem(page, i18n("Regional Settings")); pageItem->setHeader(i18n("Regional Settings")); pageItem->setIcon(QIcon::fromTheme(QStringLiteral("preferences-desktop-locale"))); addPage(pageItem); QVBoxLayout* topLayout = new QVBoxLayout(page); topLayout->setMargin(5); QGridLayout* gbox = new QGridLayout(); gbox->setColumnStretch(1, 5); topLayout->addLayout(gbox); int line = 0; QLabel* label; m_pSameEncoding = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Use the same encoding for everything:"), true, "SameEncoding", &m_options.m_bSameEncoding, page); addOptionItem(m_pSameEncoding); gbox->addWidget(m_pSameEncoding, line, 0, 1, 2); m_pSameEncoding->setToolTip(i18n( "Enable this allows to change all encodings by changing the first only.\n" "Disable this if different individual settings are needed.")); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("Note: Local Encoding is \"%1\"", QLatin1String(QTextCodec::codecForLocale()->name())), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("File Encoding for A:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); m_pEncodingAComboBox = new OptionEncodingComboBox("EncodingForA", &m_options.m_pEncodingA, page); addOptionItem(m_pEncodingAComboBox); gbox->addWidget(m_pEncodingAComboBox, line, 1); QString autoDetectToolTip = i18n( "If enabled then Unicode (UTF-16 or UTF-8) encoding will be detected.\n" "If the file is not Unicode then the selected encoding will be used as fallback.\n" "(Unicode detection depends on the first bytes of a file.)"); m_pAutoDetectUnicodeA = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Auto Detect Unicode"), true, "AutoDetectUnicodeA", &m_options.m_bAutoDetectUnicodeA, page); gbox->addWidget(m_pAutoDetectUnicodeA, line, 2); addOptionItem(m_pAutoDetectUnicodeA); m_pAutoDetectUnicodeA->setToolTip(autoDetectToolTip); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("File Encoding for B:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); m_pEncodingBComboBox = new OptionEncodingComboBox("EncodingForB", &m_options.m_pEncodingB, page); addOptionItem(m_pEncodingBComboBox); gbox->addWidget(m_pEncodingBComboBox, line, 1); m_pAutoDetectUnicodeB = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Auto Detect Unicode"), true, "AutoDetectUnicodeB", &m_options.m_bAutoDetectUnicodeB, page); addOptionItem(m_pAutoDetectUnicodeB); gbox->addWidget(m_pAutoDetectUnicodeB, line, 2); m_pAutoDetectUnicodeB->setToolTip(autoDetectToolTip); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("File Encoding for C:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); m_pEncodingCComboBox = new OptionEncodingComboBox("EncodingForC", &m_options.m_pEncodingC, page); addOptionItem(m_pEncodingCComboBox); gbox->addWidget(m_pEncodingCComboBox, line, 1); m_pAutoDetectUnicodeC = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Auto Detect Unicode"), true, "AutoDetectUnicodeC", &m_options.m_bAutoDetectUnicodeC, page); addOptionItem(m_pAutoDetectUnicodeC); gbox->addWidget(m_pAutoDetectUnicodeC, line, 2); m_pAutoDetectUnicodeC->setToolTip(autoDetectToolTip); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("File Encoding for Merge Output and Saving:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); m_pEncodingOutComboBox = new OptionEncodingComboBox("EncodingForOutput", &m_options.m_pEncodingOut, page); addOptionItem(m_pEncodingOutComboBox); gbox->addWidget(m_pEncodingOutComboBox, line, 1); m_pAutoSelectOutEncoding = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Auto Select"), true, "AutoSelectOutEncoding", &m_options.m_bAutoSelectOutEncoding, page); addOptionItem(m_pAutoSelectOutEncoding); gbox->addWidget(m_pAutoSelectOutEncoding, line, 2); m_pAutoSelectOutEncoding->setToolTip(i18n( "If enabled then the encoding from the input files is used.\n" "In ambiguous cases a dialog will ask the user to choose the encoding for saving.")); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("File Encoding for Preprocessor Files:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); m_pEncodingPPComboBox = new OptionEncodingComboBox("EncodingForPP", &m_options.m_pEncodingPP, page); addOptionItem(m_pEncodingPPComboBox); gbox->addWidget(m_pEncodingPPComboBox, line, 1); ++line; connect(m_pSameEncoding, &OptionCheckBox::toggled, this, &OptionDialog::slotEncodingChanged); connect(m_pEncodingAComboBox, static_cast(&OptionEncodingComboBox::activated), this, &OptionDialog::slotEncodingChanged); connect(m_pAutoDetectUnicodeA, &OptionCheckBox::toggled, this, &OptionDialog::slotEncodingChanged); connect(m_pAutoSelectOutEncoding, &OptionCheckBox::toggled, this, &OptionDialog::slotEncodingChanged); OptionCheckBox* pRightToLeftLanguage = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Right To Left Language"), false, "RightToLeftLanguage", &m_options.m_bRightToLeftLanguage, page); addOptionItem(pRightToLeftLanguage); gbox->addWidget(pRightToLeftLanguage, line, 0, 1, 2); pRightToLeftLanguage->setToolTip(i18n( "Some languages are read from right to left.\n" "This setting will change the viewer and editor accordingly.")); ++line; topLayout->addStretch(10); } void OptionDialog::setupIntegrationPage() { QFrame* page = new QFrame(); KPageWidgetItem* pageItem = new KPageWidgetItem(page, i18n("Integration")); pageItem->setHeader(i18n("Integration Settings")); pageItem->setIcon(QIcon::fromTheme(QStringLiteral("utilities-terminal"))); addPage(pageItem); QVBoxLayout* topLayout = new QVBoxLayout(page); topLayout->setMargin(5); QGridLayout* gbox = new QGridLayout(); gbox->setColumnStretch(2, 5); topLayout->addLayout(gbox); int line = 0; QLabel* label; label = new QLabel(i18n("Command line options to ignore:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); OptionLineEdit* pIgnorableCmdLineOptions = new OptionLineEdit("-u;-query;-html;-abort", "IgnorableCmdLineOptions", &m_options.m_ignorableCmdLineOptions, page); gbox->addWidget(pIgnorableCmdLineOptions, line, 1, 1, 2); addOptionItem(pIgnorableCmdLineOptions); label->setToolTip(i18n( "List of command line options that should be ignored when KDiff3 is used by other tools.\n" "Several values can be specified if separated via ';'\n" "This will suppress the \"Unknown option\" error.")); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pEscapeKeyQuits = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Quit also via Escape key"), false, "EscapeKeyQuits", &m_options.m_bEscapeKeyQuits, page); gbox->addWidget(pEscapeKeyQuits, line, 0, 1, 2); addOptionItem(pEscapeKeyQuits); pEscapeKeyQuits->setToolTip(i18n( "Fast method to exit.\n" "For those who are used to using the Escape key.")); ++line; topLayout->addStretch(10); } void OptionDialog::slotEncodingChanged() { if(m_pSameEncoding->isChecked()) { m_pEncodingBComboBox->setEnabled(false); m_pEncodingBComboBox->setCurrentIndex(m_pEncodingAComboBox->currentIndex()); m_pEncodingCComboBox->setEnabled(false); m_pEncodingCComboBox->setCurrentIndex(m_pEncodingAComboBox->currentIndex()); m_pEncodingOutComboBox->setEnabled(false); m_pEncodingOutComboBox->setCurrentIndex(m_pEncodingAComboBox->currentIndex()); m_pEncodingPPComboBox->setEnabled(false); m_pEncodingPPComboBox->setCurrentIndex(m_pEncodingAComboBox->currentIndex()); m_pAutoDetectUnicodeB->setEnabled(false); m_pAutoDetectUnicodeB->setCheckState(m_pAutoDetectUnicodeA->checkState()); m_pAutoDetectUnicodeC->setEnabled(false); m_pAutoDetectUnicodeC->setCheckState(m_pAutoDetectUnicodeA->checkState()); m_pAutoSelectOutEncoding->setEnabled(false); m_pAutoSelectOutEncoding->setCheckState(m_pAutoDetectUnicodeA->checkState()); } else { m_pEncodingBComboBox->setEnabled(true); m_pEncodingCComboBox->setEnabled(true); m_pEncodingOutComboBox->setEnabled(true); m_pEncodingPPComboBox->setEnabled(true); m_pAutoDetectUnicodeB->setEnabled(true); m_pAutoDetectUnicodeC->setEnabled(true); m_pAutoSelectOutEncoding->setEnabled(true); m_pEncodingOutComboBox->setEnabled(m_pAutoSelectOutEncoding->checkState() == Qt::Unchecked); } } void OptionDialog::setupKeysPage() { //QVBox *page = addVBoxPage( i18n("Keys"), i18n("KeyDialog" ), // BarIcon("fonts", KIconLoader::SizeMedium ) ); //QVBoxLayout *topLayout = new QVBoxLayout( page, 0, spacingHint() ); // new KFontChooser( page,"font",false/*onlyFixed*/,QStringList(),false,6 ); //m_pKeyDialog=new KKeyDialog( false, 0 ); //topLayout->addWidget( m_pKeyDialog ); } void OptionDialog::slotOk() { slotApply(); accept(); } /** Copy the values from the widgets to the public variables.*/ void OptionDialog::slotApply() { std::list::iterator i; for(i = m_optionItemList.begin(); i != m_optionItemList.end(); ++i) { (*i)->apply(); } emit applyDone(); #ifdef Q_OS_WIN QString locale = m_options.m_language; if(locale == "Auto" || locale.isEmpty()) locale = QLocale::system().name().left(2); int spacePos = locale.indexOf(' '); if(spacePos > 0) locale = locale.left(spacePos); QSettings settings(QLatin1String("HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\KDiff3\\diff-ext"), QSettings::NativeFormat); settings.setValue(QLatin1String("Language"), locale); #endif } /** Set the default values in the widgets only, while the public variables remain unchanged. */ void OptionDialog::slotDefault() { int result = KMessageBox::warningContinueCancel(this, i18n("This resets all options. Not only those of the current topic.")); if(result == KMessageBox::Cancel) return; else resetToDefaults(); } void OptionDialog::resetToDefaults() { std::list::iterator i; for(i = m_optionItemList.begin(); i != m_optionItemList.end(); ++i) { (*i)->setToDefault(); } slotEncodingChanged(); } /** Initialise the widgets using the values in the public varibles. */ void OptionDialog::setState() { std::list::iterator i; for(i = m_optionItemList.begin(); i != m_optionItemList.end(); ++i) { (*i)->setToCurrent(); } slotEncodingChanged(); } class ConfigValueMap : public ValueMap { private: KConfigGroup m_config; public: explicit ConfigValueMap(const KConfigGroup& config) : m_config(config) {} void writeEntry(const QString& s, const QFont& v) override { m_config.writeEntry(s, v); } void writeEntry(const QString& s, const QColor& v) override { m_config.writeEntry(s, v); } void writeEntry(const QString& s, const QSize& v) override { m_config.writeEntry(s, v); } void writeEntry(const QString& s, const QPoint& v) override { m_config.writeEntry(s, v); } void writeEntry(const QString& s, int v) override { m_config.writeEntry(s, v); } void writeEntry(const QString& s, bool v) override { m_config.writeEntry(s, v); } void writeEntry(const QString& s, const QString& v) override { m_config.writeEntry(s, v); } void writeEntry(const QString& s, const char* v) override { m_config.writeEntry(s, v); } QFont readFontEntry(const QString& s, const QFont* defaultVal) override { return m_config.readEntry(s, *defaultVal); } QColor readColorEntry(const QString& s, const QColor* defaultVal) override { return m_config.readEntry(s, *defaultVal); } QSize readSizeEntry(const QString& s, const QSize* defaultVal) override { return m_config.readEntry(s, *defaultVal); } QPoint readPointEntry(const QString& s, const QPoint* defaultVal) override { return m_config.readEntry(s, *defaultVal); } bool readBoolEntry(const QString& s, bool defaultVal) override { return m_config.readEntry(s, defaultVal); } int readNumEntry(const QString& s, int defaultVal) override { return m_config.readEntry(s, defaultVal); } QString readStringEntry(const QString& s, const QString& defaultVal) override { return m_config.readEntry(s, defaultVal); } void writeEntry(const QString& s, const QStringList& v) override { m_config.writeEntry(s, v); } QStringList readListEntry(const QString& s, const QStringList& def) override { return m_config.readEntry(s, def); } }; void OptionDialog::saveOptions(KSharedConfigPtr config) { // No i18n()-Translations here! ConfigValueMap cvm(config->group(KDIFF3_CONFIG_GROUP)); std::list::iterator i; for(i = m_optionItemList.begin(); i != m_optionItemList.end(); ++i) { (*i)->doUnpreserve(); (*i)->write(&cvm); } } void OptionDialog::readOptions(KSharedConfigPtr config) { // No i18n()-Translations here! ConfigValueMap cvm(config->group(KDIFF3_CONFIG_GROUP)); std::list::iterator i; for(i = m_optionItemList.begin(); i != m_optionItemList.end(); ++i) { (*i)->read(&cvm); } setState(); } QString OptionDialog::parseOptions(const QStringList& optionList) { QString result; QStringList::const_iterator i; for(i = optionList.begin(); i != optionList.end(); ++i) { QString s = *i; int pos = s.indexOf('='); if(pos > 0) // seems not to have a tag { QString key = s.left(pos); QString val = s.mid(pos + 1); std::list::iterator j; bool bFound = false; for(j = m_optionItemList.begin(); j != m_optionItemList.end(); ++j) { if((*j)->getSaveName() == key) { (*j)->doPreserve(); ValueMap config; config.writeEntry(key, val); // Write the value as a string and (*j)->read(&config); // use the internal conversion from string to the needed value. bFound = true; break; } } if(!bFound) { result += "No config item named \"" + key + "\"\n"; } } else { result += "No '=' found in \"" + s + "\"\n"; } } return result; } QString OptionDialog::calcOptionHelp() { ValueMap config; std::list::iterator j; for(j = m_optionItemList.begin(); j != m_optionItemList.end(); ++j) { (*j)->write(&config); } return config.getAsString(); } void OptionDialog::slotHistoryMergeRegExpTester() { RegExpTester dlg(this, s_autoMergeRegExpToolTip, s_historyStartRegExpToolTip, s_historyEntryStartRegExpToolTip, s_historyEntryStartSortKeyOrderToolTip); dlg.init(m_pAutoMergeRegExpLineEdit->currentText(), m_pHistoryStartRegExpLineEdit->currentText(), m_pHistoryEntryStartRegExpLineEdit->currentText(), m_pHistorySortKeyOrderLineEdit->currentText()); if(dlg.exec()) { m_pAutoMergeRegExpLineEdit->setEditText(dlg.autoMergeRegExp()); m_pHistoryStartRegExpLineEdit->setEditText(dlg.historyStartRegExp()); m_pHistoryEntryStartRegExpLineEdit->setEditText(dlg.historyEntryStartRegExp()); m_pHistorySortKeyOrderLineEdit->setEditText(dlg.historySortKeyOrder()); } } #include "optiondialog.moc" diff --git a/src/optiondialog.h b/src/optiondialog.h index c7c25a8..7b3acbb 100644 --- a/src/optiondialog.h +++ b/src/optiondialog.h @@ -1,132 +1,132 @@ /* * kdiff3 - Text Diff And Merge Tool * Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Joachim Eibl, joachim.eibl at gmx.de * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Steet, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. * */ #ifndef OPTION_DIALOG_H #define OPTION_DIALOG_H #include #include #include #include #include "options.h" class QLabel; class QPlainTextEdit; class OptionItem; class OptionCheckBox; class OptionEncodingComboBox; class OptionLineEdit; class KKeyDialog; class OptionDialog : public KPageDialog { Q_OBJECT public: OptionDialog( bool bShowDirMergeSettings, QWidget *parent = nullptr ); ~OptionDialog( void ) override; QString parseOptions( const QStringList& optionList ); QString calcOptionHelp(); Options m_options; void saveOptions(KSharedConfigPtr config); void readOptions(KSharedConfigPtr config); void setState(); // Must be called before calling exec(); void addOptionItem(OptionItem*); KKeyDialog* m_pKeyDialog; protected Q_SLOTS: virtual void slotDefault( void ); virtual void slotOk( void ); virtual void slotApply( void ); //virtual void buttonClicked( QAbstractButton* ); virtual void helpRequested(); void slotEncodingChanged(); void slotHistoryMergeRegExpTester(); Q_SIGNALS: void applyDone(); private: void resetToDefaults(); std::list m_optionItemList; //QDialogButtonBox *mButtonBox; OptionCheckBox* m_pSameEncoding; OptionEncodingComboBox* m_pEncodingAComboBox; OptionCheckBox* m_pAutoDetectUnicodeA; OptionEncodingComboBox* m_pEncodingBComboBox; OptionCheckBox* m_pAutoDetectUnicodeB; OptionEncodingComboBox* m_pEncodingCComboBox; OptionCheckBox* m_pAutoDetectUnicodeC; OptionEncodingComboBox* m_pEncodingOutComboBox; OptionCheckBox* m_pAutoSelectOutEncoding; OptionEncodingComboBox* m_pEncodingPPComboBox; OptionCheckBox* m_pHistoryAutoMerge; OptionLineEdit* m_pAutoMergeRegExpLineEdit; OptionLineEdit* m_pHistoryStartRegExpLineEdit; OptionLineEdit* m_pHistoryEntryStartRegExpLineEdit; OptionCheckBox* m_pHistoryMergeSorting; OptionLineEdit* m_pHistorySortKeyOrderLineEdit; private: void setupFontPage(); void setupColorPage(); void setupEditPage(); void setupDiffPage(); void setupMergePage(); void setupDirectoryMergePage(); void setupKeysPage(); void setupRegionalPage(); void setupIntegrationPage(); void setupOtherOptions(); }; class FontChooser : public QGroupBox { Q_OBJECT QFont m_font; QPushButton* m_pSelectFont; QPlainTextEdit* m_pExampleTextEdit; QLabel* m_pLabel; public: explicit FontChooser( QWidget* pParent ); QFont font(); void setFont( const QFont&, bool ); private slots: void slotSelectFont(); }; #endif diff --git a/src/options.h b/src/options.h index 8be9310..97f46f7 100644 --- a/src/options.h +++ b/src/options.h @@ -1,157 +1,157 @@ /* * kdiff3 - Text Diff And Merge Tool * Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Joachim Eibl, joachim.eibl at gmx.de * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Steet, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. * */ #ifndef OPTIONS_H #define OPTIONS_H //#include #include #include enum e_LineEndStyle { eLineEndStyleUnix=0, eLineEndStyleDos, eLineEndStyleAutoDetect, eLineEndStyleUndefined, // only one line exists eLineEndStyleConflict // User must resolve manually }; class Options { public: // Some settings are not available in the option dialog: QSize m_geometry; QPoint m_position; bool m_bMaximised; bool m_bShowToolBar; bool m_bShowStatusBar; Qt::ToolBarArea m_toolBarPos; // These are the results of the option dialog. QFont m_font; //bool m_bItalicForDeltas; QFont m_appFont; QColor m_fgColor; QColor m_bgColor; QColor m_diffBgColor; QColor m_colorA; QColor m_colorB; QColor m_colorC; QColor m_colorForConflict; QColor m_currentRangeBgColor; QColor m_currentRangeDiffBgColor; QColor m_oldestFileColor; QColor m_midAgeFileColor; QColor m_newestFileColor; QColor m_missingFileColor; QColor m_manualHelpRangeColor; bool m_bWordWrap; bool m_bReplaceTabs; bool m_bAutoIndentation; int m_tabSize; bool m_bAutoCopySelection; bool m_bSameEncoding; QTextCodec* m_pEncodingA; bool m_bAutoDetectUnicodeA; QTextCodec* m_pEncodingB; bool m_bAutoDetectUnicodeB; QTextCodec* m_pEncodingC; bool m_bAutoDetectUnicodeC; QTextCodec* m_pEncodingOut; bool m_bAutoSelectOutEncoding; QTextCodec* m_pEncodingPP; e_LineEndStyle m_lineEndStyle; bool m_bPreserveCarriageReturn; bool m_bTryHard; bool m_bShowWhiteSpaceCharacters; bool m_bShowWhiteSpace; bool m_bShowLineNumbers; bool m_bHorizDiffWindowSplitting; bool m_bShowInfoDialogs; bool m_bDiff3AlignBC; int m_whiteSpace2FileMergeDefault; int m_whiteSpace3FileMergeDefault; bool m_bIgnoreCase; bool m_bIgnoreNumbers; bool m_bIgnoreComments; QString m_PreProcessorCmd; QString m_LineMatchingPreProcessorCmd; bool m_bRunRegExpAutoMergeOnMergeStart; QString m_autoMergeRegExp; bool m_bRunHistoryAutoMergeOnMergeStart; QString m_historyStartRegExp; QString m_historyEntryStartRegExp; bool m_bHistoryMergeSorting; QString m_historyEntryStartSortKeyOrder; int m_maxNofHistoryEntries; QString m_IrrelevantMergeCmd; bool m_bAutoSaveAndQuitOnMergeWithoutConflicts; bool m_bAutoAdvance; int m_autoAdvanceDelay; QStringList m_recentAFiles; QStringList m_recentBFiles; QStringList m_recentCFiles; QStringList m_recentEncodings; QStringList m_recentOutputFiles; // Directory Merge options bool m_bDmSyncMode; bool m_bDmRecursiveDirs; bool m_bDmFollowFileLinks; bool m_bDmFollowDirLinks; bool m_bDmFindHidden; bool m_bDmCreateBakFiles; bool m_bDmBinaryComparison; bool m_bDmFullAnalysis; bool m_bDmTrustDate; bool m_bDmTrustDateFallbackToBinary; bool m_bDmTrustSize; bool m_bDmCopyNewer; //bool m_bDmShowOnlyDeltas; bool m_bDmShowIdenticalFiles; bool m_bDmUseCvsIgnore; bool m_bDmWhiteSpaceEqual; bool m_bDmCaseSensitiveFilenameComparison; bool m_bDmUnfoldSubdirs; bool m_bDmSkipDirStatus; QString m_DmFilePattern; QString m_DmFileAntiPattern; QString m_DmDirAntiPattern; QString m_language; bool m_bRightToLeftLanguage; QString m_ignorableCmdLineOptions; bool m_bIntegrateWithClearCase; bool m_bEscapeKeyQuits; }; #endif diff --git a/src/pdiff.cpp b/src/pdiff.cpp index 2b3cc43..839f9c4 100644 --- a/src/pdiff.cpp +++ b/src/pdiff.cpp @@ -1,2504 +1,2502 @@ /*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2003-2007 by Joachim Eibl * * Copyright (C) 2018 Michael Reeves reeves.87@gmail.com * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * * (at your option) any later version. * * * ***************************************************************************/ #include #include #include -#include #include #include #include #include #include #include -#include #include #include +#include #include #include #include #include #include -#include #include #include #include #include "difftextwindow.h" #include "directorymergewindow.h" #include "fileaccess.h" #include "kdiff3.h" #include "optiondialog.h" #include "progress.h" #include "Utils.h" #include "DirectoryInfo.h" #include "mergeresultwindow.h" #include "smalldialogs.h" bool g_bIgnoreWhiteSpace = true; bool g_bIgnoreTrivialMatches = true; // Just make sure that all input lines are in the output too, exactly once. static void debugLineCheck(Diff3LineList& d3ll, LineRef size, LineRef idx) { Diff3LineList::iterator it = d3ll.begin(); LineRef i = 0; for(it = d3ll.begin(); it != d3ll.end(); ++it) { LineRef l = 0; Q_ASSERT(idx >= 1 && idx <= 3); if(idx == 1) l = (*it).lineA; else if(idx == 2) l = (*it).lineB; else if(idx == 3) l = (*it).lineC; if(l != -1) { if(l != i) { KMessageBox::error(nullptr, i18n( "Data loss error:\n" "If it is reproducible please contact the author.\n"), i18n("Severe Internal Error")); fprintf(stderr, "Severe Internal Error.\n"); ::exit(-1); } ++i; } } if(size != i) { KMessageBox::error(nullptr, i18n( "Data loss error:\n" "If it is reproducible please contact the author.\n"), i18n("Severe Internal Error")); fprintf(stderr, "Severe Internal Error.\n"); ::exit(-1); } } void KDiff3App::mainInit(QSharedPointer pTotalDiffStatus, bool bLoadFiles, bool bUseCurrentEncoding) { ProgressProxy pp; QStringList errors; // When doing a full analysis in the directory-comparison, then the statistics-results // will be stored in the given TotalDiffStatus. Otherwise it will be 0. bool bGUI = pTotalDiffStatus == nullptr; if(pTotalDiffStatus == nullptr) { if(m_totalDiffStatus == nullptr) m_totalDiffStatus = QSharedPointer::create(); pTotalDiffStatus = m_totalDiffStatus; } //bool bPreserveCarriageReturn = m_pOptions->m_bPreserveCarriageReturn; bool bVisibleMergeResultWindow = !m_outputFilename.isEmpty(); if(bVisibleMergeResultWindow && bGUI) { //bPreserveCarriageReturn = false; QString msg; if(!m_pOptions->m_PreProcessorCmd.isEmpty()) { msg += "- " + i18n("PreprocessorCmd: ") + m_pOptions->m_PreProcessorCmd + '\n'; } if(!msg.isEmpty()) { int result = KMessageBox::warningYesNo(this, i18n("The following option(s) you selected might change data:\n") + msg + i18n("\nMost likely this is not wanted during a merge.\n" "Do you want to disable these settings or continue with these settings active?"), i18n("Option Unsafe for Merging"), KGuiItem(i18n("Use These Options During Merge")), KGuiItem(i18n("Disable Unsafe Options"))); if(result == KMessageBox::No) { m_pOptions->m_PreProcessorCmd = ""; } } } // Because of the progressdialog paintevents can occur, but data is invalid, // so painting must be suppressed if(bGUI) setLockPainting(true); m_diff3LineList.clear(); if(bLoadFiles) { m_manualDiffHelpList.clear(); if(m_sd3.isEmpty()) pp.setMaxNofSteps(4); // Read 2 files, 1 comparison, 1 finediff else pp.setMaxNofSteps(9); // Read 3 files, 3 comparisons, 3 finediffs // First get all input data. pp.setInformation(i18n("Loading A")); if(bUseCurrentEncoding == true) errors = m_sd1.readAndPreprocess(m_sd1.getEncoding(), false); else errors = m_sd1.readAndPreprocess(m_pOptions->m_pEncodingA, m_pOptions->m_bAutoDetectUnicodeA); if(!errors.isEmpty()) KMessageBox::errorList(m_pOptionDialog, i18n("Errors occurred during pre-processing of file A."), errors); pp.step(); pp.setInformation(i18n("Loading B")); if(bUseCurrentEncoding == true) errors = m_sd2.readAndPreprocess(m_sd2.getEncoding(), false); else errors = m_sd2.readAndPreprocess(m_pOptions->m_pEncodingB, m_pOptions->m_bAutoDetectUnicodeB); if(!errors.isEmpty()) KMessageBox::errorList(m_pOptionDialog, i18n("Errors occurred during pre-processing of file B."), errors); pp.step(); } else { if(m_sd3.isEmpty()) pp.setMaxNofSteps(2); // 1 comparison, 1 finediff else pp.setMaxNofSteps(6); // 3 comparisons, 3 finediffs } if(pTotalDiffStatus) pTotalDiffStatus->reset(); // Run the diff. if(m_sd3.isEmpty()) { pTotalDiffStatus->bBinaryAEqB = m_sd1.isBinaryEqualWith(m_sd2); pp.setInformation(i18n("Diff: A <-> B")); runDiff(m_sd1.getLineDataForDiff(), m_sd1.getSizeLines(), m_sd2.getLineDataForDiff(), m_sd2.getSizeLines(), m_diffList12, 1, 2, &m_manualDiffHelpList, &m_pOptionDialog->m_options); pp.step(); pp.setInformation(i18n("Linediff: A <-> B")); calcDiff3LineListUsingAB(&m_diffList12, m_diff3LineList); pTotalDiffStatus->bTextAEqB = fineDiff(m_diff3LineList, 1, m_sd1.getLineDataForDisplay(), m_sd2.getLineDataForDisplay()); if(m_sd1.getSizeBytes() == 0) pTotalDiffStatus->bTextAEqB = false; pp.step(); } else { if(bLoadFiles) { pp.setInformation(i18n("Loading C")); if(bUseCurrentEncoding == true) errors=m_sd3.readAndPreprocess(m_sd3.getEncoding(), false); else errors=m_sd3.readAndPreprocess(m_pOptions->m_pEncodingC, m_pOptions->m_bAutoDetectUnicodeC); if(!errors.isEmpty()) KMessageBox::errorList(m_pOptionDialog, i18n("Errors occurred during pre-processing of file C."), errors); pp.step(); } pTotalDiffStatus->bBinaryAEqB = m_sd1.isBinaryEqualWith(m_sd2); pTotalDiffStatus->bBinaryAEqC = m_sd1.isBinaryEqualWith(m_sd3); pTotalDiffStatus->bBinaryBEqC = m_sd3.isBinaryEqualWith(m_sd2); pp.setInformation(i18n("Diff: A <-> B")); runDiff(m_sd1.getLineDataForDiff(), m_sd1.getSizeLines(), m_sd2.getLineDataForDiff(), m_sd2.getSizeLines(), m_diffList12, 1, 2, &m_manualDiffHelpList, &m_pOptionDialog->m_options); pp.step(); pp.setInformation(i18n("Diff: B <-> C")); runDiff(m_sd2.getLineDataForDiff(), m_sd2.getSizeLines(), m_sd3.getLineDataForDiff(), m_sd3.getSizeLines(), m_diffList23, 2, 3, &m_manualDiffHelpList, &m_pOptionDialog->m_options); pp.step(); pp.setInformation(i18n("Diff: A <-> C")); runDiff(m_sd1.getLineDataForDiff(), m_sd1.getSizeLines(), m_sd3.getLineDataForDiff(), m_sd3.getSizeLines(), m_diffList13, 1, 3, &m_manualDiffHelpList, &m_pOptionDialog->m_options); pp.step(); calcDiff3LineListUsingAB(&m_diffList12, m_diff3LineList); calcDiff3LineListUsingAC(&m_diffList13, m_diff3LineList); correctManualDiffAlignment(m_diff3LineList, &m_manualDiffHelpList); calcDiff3LineListTrim(m_diff3LineList, m_sd1.getLineDataForDiff(), m_sd2.getLineDataForDiff(), m_sd3.getLineDataForDiff(), &m_manualDiffHelpList); if(m_pOptions->m_bDiff3AlignBC) { calcDiff3LineListUsingBC(&m_diffList23, m_diff3LineList); correctManualDiffAlignment(m_diff3LineList, &m_manualDiffHelpList); calcDiff3LineListTrim(m_diff3LineList, m_sd1.getLineDataForDiff(), m_sd2.getLineDataForDiff(), m_sd3.getLineDataForDiff(), &m_manualDiffHelpList); } debugLineCheck(m_diff3LineList, m_sd1.getSizeLines(), 1); debugLineCheck(m_diff3LineList, m_sd2.getSizeLines(), 2); debugLineCheck(m_diff3LineList, m_sd3.getSizeLines(), 3); pp.setInformation(i18n("Linediff: A <-> B")); pTotalDiffStatus->bTextAEqB = fineDiff(m_diff3LineList, 1, m_sd1.getLineDataForDisplay(), m_sd2.getLineDataForDisplay()); pp.step(); pp.setInformation(i18n("Linediff: B <-> C")); pTotalDiffStatus->bTextBEqC = fineDiff(m_diff3LineList, 2, m_sd2.getLineDataForDisplay(), m_sd3.getLineDataForDisplay()); pp.step(); pp.setInformation(i18n("Linediff: A <-> C")); pTotalDiffStatus->bTextAEqC = fineDiff(m_diff3LineList, 3, m_sd3.getLineDataForDisplay(), m_sd1.getLineDataForDisplay()); pp.step(); if(m_sd1.getSizeBytes() == 0) { pTotalDiffStatus->bTextAEqB = false; pTotalDiffStatus->bTextAEqC = false; } if(m_sd2.getSizeBytes() == 0) { pTotalDiffStatus->bTextAEqB = false; pTotalDiffStatus->bTextBEqC = false; } } m_diffBufferInfo.init(&m_diff3LineList, &m_diff3LineVector, m_sd1.getLineDataForDiff(), m_sd1.getSizeLines(), m_sd2.getLineDataForDiff(), m_sd2.getSizeLines(), m_sd3.getLineDataForDiff(), m_sd3.getSizeLines()); calcWhiteDiff3Lines(m_diff3LineList, m_sd1.getLineDataForDiff(), m_sd2.getLineDataForDiff(), m_sd3.getLineDataForDiff()); calcDiff3LineVector(m_diff3LineList, m_diff3LineVector); // Calc needed lines for display m_neededLines = m_diff3LineList.size(); QList oldHeights; if(m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter->isVisible()) oldHeights = m_pMainSplitter->sizes(); initView(); if(m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter->isVisible()) { if(oldHeights.count() < 2) oldHeights.append(0); if(oldHeights[1] == 0) // Distribute the available space evenly between the two widgets. { oldHeights[1] = oldHeights[0] / 2; oldHeights[0] -= oldHeights[1]; } if(oldHeights[0] == 0 && oldHeights[1] == 0) { oldHeights[1] = 100; oldHeights[0] = 100; } m_pMainSplitter->setSizes(oldHeights); } m_pMainWidget->setVisible(bGUI); m_bTripleDiff = !m_sd3.isEmpty(); m_pMergeResultWindowTitle->setEncodings(m_sd1.getEncoding(), m_sd2.getEncoding(), m_sd3.getEncoding()); if(!m_pOptions->m_bAutoSelectOutEncoding) m_pMergeResultWindowTitle->setEncoding(m_pOptions->m_pEncodingOut); m_pMergeResultWindowTitle->setLineEndStyles(m_sd1.getLineEndStyle(), m_sd2.getLineEndStyle(), m_sd3.getLineEndStyle()); if(bGUI) { const ManualDiffHelpList* pMDHL = &m_manualDiffHelpList; m_pDiffTextWindow1->init(m_sd1.getAliasName(), m_sd1.getEncoding(), m_sd1.getLineEndStyle(), m_sd1.getLineDataForDisplay(), m_sd1.getSizeLines(), &m_diff3LineVector, pMDHL, m_bTripleDiff); m_pDiffTextWindow2->init(m_sd2.getAliasName(), m_sd2.getEncoding(), m_sd2.getLineEndStyle(), m_sd2.getLineDataForDisplay(), m_sd2.getSizeLines(), &m_diff3LineVector, pMDHL, m_bTripleDiff); m_pDiffTextWindow3->init(m_sd3.getAliasName(), m_sd3.getEncoding(), m_sd3.getLineEndStyle(), m_sd3.getLineDataForDisplay(), m_sd3.getSizeLines(), &m_diff3LineVector, pMDHL, m_bTripleDiff); m_pDiffTextWindowFrame3->setVisible(m_bTripleDiff); } m_bOutputModified = bVisibleMergeResultWindow; m_pMergeResultWindow->init( m_sd1.getLineDataForDisplay(), m_sd1.getSizeLines(), m_sd2.getLineDataForDisplay(), m_sd2.getSizeLines(), m_bTripleDiff ? m_sd3.getLineDataForDisplay() : nullptr, m_sd3.getSizeLines(), &m_diff3LineList, pTotalDiffStatus); m_pMergeResultWindowTitle->setFileName(m_outputFilename.isEmpty() ? QString("unnamed.txt") : m_outputFilename); if(!bGUI) { // We now have all needed information. The rest below is only for GUI-activation. m_sd1.reset(); m_sd2.reset(); m_sd3.reset(); } else { m_pOverview->init(&m_diff3LineList, m_bTripleDiff); m_pDiffVScrollBar->setValue(0); m_pHScrollBar->setValue(0); m_pMergeVScrollBar->setValue(0); setLockPainting(false); if(!bVisibleMergeResultWindow) m_pMergeWindowFrame->hide(); else m_pMergeWindowFrame->show(); // Try to create a meaningful but not too long caption if(!isPart()) { createCaption(); } //initialize wheel tracking to zero m_iCumulativeWheelDelta = 0; m_bFinishMainInit = true; // call slotFinishMainInit after finishing the word wrap m_bLoadFiles = bLoadFiles; postRecalcWordWrap(); } } void KDiff3App::setLockPainting(bool bLock) { if(m_pDiffTextWindow1) m_pDiffTextWindow1->setPaintingAllowed(!bLock); if(m_pDiffTextWindow2) m_pDiffTextWindow2->setPaintingAllowed(!bLock); if(m_pDiffTextWindow3) m_pDiffTextWindow3->setPaintingAllowed(!bLock); if(m_pOverview) m_pOverview->setPaintingAllowed(!bLock); if(m_pMergeResultWindow) m_pMergeResultWindow->setPaintingAllowed(!bLock); } void KDiff3App::createCaption() { // Try to create a meaningful but not too long caption // 1. If the filenames are equal then show only one filename QString caption; QString f1 = m_sd1.getAliasName(); QString f2 = m_sd2.getAliasName(); QString f3 = m_sd3.getAliasName(); int p; if((p = f1.lastIndexOf('/')) >= 0 || (p = f1.lastIndexOf('\\')) >= 0) f1 = f1.mid(p + 1); if((p = f2.lastIndexOf('/')) >= 0 || (p = f2.lastIndexOf('\\')) >= 0) f2 = f2.mid(p + 1); if((p = f3.lastIndexOf('/')) >= 0 || (p = f3.lastIndexOf('\\')) >= 0) f3 = f3.mid(p + 1); if(!f1.isEmpty()) { if((f2.isEmpty() && f3.isEmpty()) || (f2.isEmpty() && f1 == f3) || (f3.isEmpty() && f1 == f2) || (f1 == f2 && f1 == f3)) caption = f1; } else if(!f2.isEmpty()) { if(f3.isEmpty() || f2 == f3) caption = f2; } else if(!f3.isEmpty()) caption = f3; // 2. If the files don't have the same name then show all names if(caption.isEmpty() && (!f1.isEmpty() || !f2.isEmpty() || !f3.isEmpty())) { caption = (f1.isEmpty() ? QString("") : f1); caption += QLatin1String(caption.isEmpty() || f2.isEmpty() ? "" : " <-> ") + (f2.isEmpty() ? QString("") : f2); caption += QLatin1String(caption.isEmpty() || f3.isEmpty() ? "" : " <-> ") + (f3.isEmpty() ? QString("") : f3); } m_pKDiff3Shell->setWindowTitle(caption.isEmpty() ? QString("KDiff3") : caption + QString(" - KDiff3")); } void KDiff3App::setHScrollBarRange() { int w1 = m_pDiffTextWindow1 != nullptr && m_pDiffTextWindow1->isVisible() ? m_pDiffTextWindow1->getMaxTextWidth() : 0; int w2 = m_pDiffTextWindow2 != nullptr && m_pDiffTextWindow2->isVisible() ? m_pDiffTextWindow2->getMaxTextWidth() : 0; int w3 = m_pDiffTextWindow3 != nullptr && m_pDiffTextWindow3->isVisible() ? m_pDiffTextWindow3->getMaxTextWidth() : 0; int wm = m_pMergeResultWindow != nullptr && m_pMergeResultWindow->isVisible() ? m_pMergeResultWindow->getMaxTextWidth() : 0; int v1 = m_pDiffTextWindow1 != nullptr && m_pDiffTextWindow1->isVisible() ? m_pDiffTextWindow1->getVisibleTextAreaWidth() : 0; int v2 = m_pDiffTextWindow2 != nullptr && m_pDiffTextWindow2->isVisible() ? m_pDiffTextWindow2->getVisibleTextAreaWidth() : 0; int v3 = m_pDiffTextWindow3 != nullptr && m_pDiffTextWindow3->isVisible() ? m_pDiffTextWindow3->getVisibleTextAreaWidth() : 0; int vm = m_pMergeResultWindow != nullptr && m_pMergeResultWindow->isVisible() ? m_pMergeResultWindow->getVisibleTextAreaWidth() : 0; // Find the minimum, but don't consider 0. int pageStep = 0; if((pageStep == 0 || pageStep > v1) && v1 > 0) pageStep = v1; if((pageStep == 0 || pageStep > v2) && v2 > 0) pageStep = v2; if((pageStep == 0 || pageStep > v3) && v3 > 0) pageStep = v3; if((pageStep == 0 || pageStep > vm) && vm > 0) pageStep = vm; int rangeMax = 0; if(w1 > v1 && w1 - v1 > rangeMax && v1 > 0) rangeMax = w1 - v1; if(w2 > v2 && w2 - v2 > rangeMax && v2 > 0) rangeMax = w2 - v2; if(w3 > v3 && w3 - v3 > rangeMax && v3 > 0) rangeMax = w3 - v3; if(wm > vm && wm - vm > rangeMax && vm > 0) rangeMax = wm - vm; m_pHScrollBar->setRange(0, rangeMax); m_pHScrollBar->setPageStep(pageStep); } void KDiff3App::resizeDiffTextWindowHeight(int newHeight) { m_DTWHeight = newHeight; m_pDiffVScrollBar->setRange(0, std::max(0, m_neededLines + 1 - newHeight)); m_pDiffVScrollBar->setPageStep(newHeight); m_pOverview->setRange(m_pDiffVScrollBar->value(), m_pDiffVScrollBar->pageStep()); setHScrollBarRange(); } void KDiff3App::resizeMergeResultWindow() { MergeResultWindow* p = m_pMergeResultWindow; m_pMergeVScrollBar->setRange(0, std::max(0, p->getNofLines() - p->getNofVisibleLines())); m_pMergeVScrollBar->setPageStep(p->getNofVisibleLines()); setHScrollBarRange(); } void KDiff3App::scrollDiffTextWindow(int deltaX, int deltaY) { if(deltaY != 0) { m_pDiffVScrollBar->setValue(m_pDiffVScrollBar->value() + deltaY); m_pOverview->setRange(m_pDiffVScrollBar->value(), m_pDiffVScrollBar->pageStep()); } if(deltaX != 0) m_pHScrollBar->QScrollBar::setValue(m_pHScrollBar->value() + deltaX); } void KDiff3App::scrollMergeResultWindow(int deltaX, int deltaY) { if(deltaY != 0) m_pMergeVScrollBar->setValue(m_pMergeVScrollBar->value() + deltaY); if(deltaX != 0) m_pHScrollBar->setValue(m_pHScrollBar->value() + deltaX); } void KDiff3App::setDiff3Line(int line) { m_pDiffVScrollBar->setValue(line); } void KDiff3App::sourceMask(int srcMask, int enabledMask) { chooseA->blockSignals(true); chooseB->blockSignals(true); chooseC->blockSignals(true); chooseA->setChecked((srcMask & 1) != 0); chooseB->setChecked((srcMask & 2) != 0); chooseC->setChecked((srcMask & 4) != 0); chooseA->blockSignals(false); chooseB->blockSignals(false); chooseC->blockSignals(false); chooseA->setEnabled((enabledMask & 1) != 0); chooseB->setEnabled((enabledMask & 2) != 0); chooseC->setEnabled((enabledMask & 4) != 0); } // Function uses setMinSize( sizeHint ) before adding the widget. // void addWidget(QBoxLayout* layout, QWidget* widget); template void addWidget(L* layout, W* widget) { QSize s = widget->sizeHint(); widget->setMinimumSize(QSize(std::max(s.width(), 0), std::max(s.height(), 0))); layout->addWidget(widget); } void KDiff3App::initView() { // set the main widget here if(m_pMainWidget != nullptr) { return; //delete m_pMainWidget; } m_pMainWidget = new QWidget(); // Contains vertical splitter and horiz scrollbar m_pMainSplitter->addWidget(m_pMainWidget); m_pMainWidget->setObjectName("MainWidget"); QVBoxLayout* pVLayout = new QVBoxLayout(m_pMainWidget); pVLayout->setMargin(0); pVLayout->setSpacing(0); QSplitter* pVSplitter = new QSplitter(); pVSplitter->setObjectName("VSplitter"); pVSplitter->setOpaqueResize(false); pVSplitter->setOrientation(Qt::Vertical); pVLayout->addWidget(pVSplitter); QWidget* pDiffWindowFrame = new QWidget(); // Contains diff windows, overview and vert scrollbar pDiffWindowFrame->setObjectName("DiffWindowFrame"); QHBoxLayout* pDiffHLayout = new QHBoxLayout(pDiffWindowFrame); pDiffHLayout->setMargin(0); pDiffHLayout->setSpacing(0); pVSplitter->addWidget(pDiffWindowFrame); m_pDiffWindowSplitter = new QSplitter(); m_pDiffWindowSplitter->setObjectName("DiffWindowSplitter"); m_pDiffWindowSplitter->setOpaqueResize(false); m_pDiffWindowSplitter->setOrientation(m_pOptions->m_bHorizDiffWindowSplitting ? Qt::Horizontal : Qt::Vertical); pDiffHLayout->addWidget(m_pDiffWindowSplitter); m_pOverview = new Overview(&m_pOptionDialog->m_options); m_pOverview->setObjectName("Overview"); pDiffHLayout->addWidget(m_pOverview); connect(m_pOverview, SIGNAL(setLine(int)), this, SLOT(setDiff3Line(int))); m_pDiffVScrollBar = new QScrollBar(Qt::Vertical, pDiffWindowFrame); pDiffHLayout->addWidget(m_pDiffVScrollBar); m_pDiffTextWindowFrame1 = new DiffTextWindowFrame(m_pDiffWindowSplitter, statusBar(), &m_pOptionDialog->m_options, 1, &m_sd1); m_pDiffWindowSplitter->addWidget(m_pDiffTextWindowFrame1); m_pDiffTextWindowFrame2 = new DiffTextWindowFrame(m_pDiffWindowSplitter, statusBar(), &m_pOptionDialog->m_options, 2, &m_sd2); m_pDiffWindowSplitter->addWidget(m_pDiffTextWindowFrame2); m_pDiffTextWindowFrame3 = new DiffTextWindowFrame(m_pDiffWindowSplitter, statusBar(), &m_pOptionDialog->m_options, 3, &m_sd3); m_pDiffWindowSplitter->addWidget(m_pDiffTextWindowFrame3); m_pDiffTextWindow1 = m_pDiffTextWindowFrame1->getDiffTextWindow(); m_pDiffTextWindow2 = m_pDiffTextWindowFrame2->getDiffTextWindow(); m_pDiffTextWindow3 = m_pDiffTextWindowFrame3->getDiffTextWindow(); connect(m_pDiffTextWindowFrame1, SIGNAL(fileNameChanged(const QString&, int)), this, SLOT(slotFileNameChanged(const QString&, int))); connect(m_pDiffTextWindowFrame2, SIGNAL(fileNameChanged(const QString&, int)), this, SLOT(slotFileNameChanged(const QString&, int))); connect(m_pDiffTextWindowFrame3, SIGNAL(fileNameChanged(const QString&, int)), this, SLOT(slotFileNameChanged(const QString&, int))); connect(m_pDiffTextWindowFrame1, SIGNAL(encodingChanged(QTextCodec*)), this, SLOT(slotEncodingChangedA(QTextCodec*))); connect(m_pDiffTextWindowFrame2, SIGNAL(encodingChanged(QTextCodec*)), this, SLOT(slotEncodingChangedB(QTextCodec*))); connect(m_pDiffTextWindowFrame3, SIGNAL(encodingChanged(QTextCodec*)), this, SLOT(slotEncodingChangedC(QTextCodec*))); // Merge window m_pMergeWindowFrame = new QWidget(pVSplitter); m_pMergeWindowFrame->setObjectName("MergeWindowFrame"); pVSplitter->addWidget(m_pMergeWindowFrame); QHBoxLayout* pMergeHLayout = new QHBoxLayout(m_pMergeWindowFrame); pMergeHLayout->setMargin(0); pMergeHLayout->setSpacing(0); QVBoxLayout* pMergeVLayout = new QVBoxLayout(); pMergeHLayout->addLayout(pMergeVLayout, 1); m_pMergeResultWindowTitle = new WindowTitleWidget(&m_pOptionDialog->m_options); pMergeVLayout->addWidget(m_pMergeResultWindowTitle); m_pMergeResultWindow = new MergeResultWindow(m_pMergeWindowFrame, &m_pOptionDialog->m_options, statusBar()); pMergeVLayout->addWidget(m_pMergeResultWindow, 1); m_pMergeVScrollBar = new QScrollBar(Qt::Vertical, m_pMergeWindowFrame); pMergeHLayout->addWidget(m_pMergeVScrollBar); m_pMainSplitter->addWidget(m_pMainWidget); autoAdvance->setEnabled(true); QList sizes = pVSplitter->sizes(); int total = sizes[0] + sizes[1]; if(total < 10) total = 100; sizes[0] = total / 2; sizes[1] = total / 2; pVSplitter->setSizes(sizes); QList hSizes; hSizes << 1 << 1 << 1; m_pDiffWindowSplitter->setSizes(hSizes); m_pMergeResultWindow->installEventFilter(this); // for Cut/Copy/Paste-shortcuts m_pMergeResultWindow->installEventFilter(m_pMergeResultWindowTitle); // for focus tracking QHBoxLayout* pHScrollBarLayout = new QHBoxLayout(); pVLayout->addLayout(pHScrollBarLayout); m_pHScrollBar = new ReversibleScrollBar(Qt::Horizontal, &m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage); pHScrollBarLayout->addWidget(m_pHScrollBar); m_pCornerWidget = new QWidget(m_pMainWidget); pHScrollBarLayout->addWidget(m_pCornerWidget); connect(m_pDiffVScrollBar, &QScrollBar::valueChanged, m_pOverview, &Overview::setFirstLine); connect(m_pDiffVScrollBar, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), m_pDiffTextWindow1, SLOT(setFirstLine(int))); connect(m_pHScrollBar, SIGNAL(valueChanged2(int)), m_pDiffTextWindow1, SLOT(setHorizScrollOffset(int))); connect(m_pDiffTextWindow1, SIGNAL(newSelection()), this, SLOT(slotSelectionStart())); connect(m_pDiffTextWindow1, SIGNAL(selectionEnd()), this, SLOT(slotSelectionEnd())); connect(m_pDiffTextWindow1, SIGNAL(scrollDiffTextWindow(int, int)), this, SLOT(scrollDiffTextWindow(int, int))); m_pDiffTextWindow1->installEventFilter(this); connect(m_pDiffVScrollBar, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), m_pDiffTextWindow2, SLOT(setFirstLine(int))); connect(m_pHScrollBar, SIGNAL(valueChanged2(int)), m_pDiffTextWindow2, SLOT(setHorizScrollOffset(int))); connect(m_pDiffTextWindow2, SIGNAL(newSelection()), this, SLOT(slotSelectionStart())); connect(m_pDiffTextWindow2, SIGNAL(selectionEnd()), this, SLOT(slotSelectionEnd())); connect(m_pDiffTextWindow2, SIGNAL(scrollDiffTextWindow(int, int)), this, SLOT(scrollDiffTextWindow(int, int))); m_pDiffTextWindow2->installEventFilter(this); connect(m_pDiffVScrollBar, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), m_pDiffTextWindow3, SLOT(setFirstLine(int))); connect(m_pHScrollBar, SIGNAL(valueChanged2(int)), m_pDiffTextWindow3, SLOT(setHorizScrollOffset(int))); connect(m_pDiffTextWindow3, SIGNAL(newSelection()), this, SLOT(slotSelectionStart())); connect(m_pDiffTextWindow3, SIGNAL(selectionEnd()), this, SLOT(slotSelectionEnd())); connect(m_pDiffTextWindow3, SIGNAL(scrollDiffTextWindow(int, int)), this, SLOT(scrollDiffTextWindow(int, int))); m_pDiffTextWindow3->installEventFilter(this); MergeResultWindow* p = m_pMergeResultWindow; connect(m_pMergeVScrollBar, &QScrollBar::valueChanged, p, &MergeResultWindow::setFirstLine); connect(m_pHScrollBar, &ReversibleScrollBar::valueChanged2, p, &MergeResultWindow::setHorizScrollOffset); connect(p, SIGNAL(scrollMergeResultWindow(int, int)), this, SLOT(scrollMergeResultWindow(int, int))); connect(p, SIGNAL(sourceMask(int, int)), this, SLOT(sourceMask(int, int))); connect(p, SIGNAL(resizeSignal()), this, SLOT(resizeMergeResultWindow())); connect(p, SIGNAL(selectionEnd()), this, SLOT(slotSelectionEnd())); connect(p, SIGNAL(newSelection()), this, SLOT(slotSelectionStart())); connect(p, SIGNAL(modifiedChanged(bool)), this, SLOT(slotOutputModified(bool))); connect(p, &MergeResultWindow::modifiedChanged, m_pMergeResultWindowTitle, &WindowTitleWidget::slotSetModified); connect(p, SIGNAL(updateAvailabilities()), this, SLOT(slotUpdateAvailabilities())); connect(p, SIGNAL(showPopupMenu(const QPoint&)), this, SLOT(showPopupMenu(const QPoint&))); connect(p, SIGNAL(noRelevantChangesDetected()), this, SLOT(slotNoRelevantChangesDetected())); sourceMask(0, 0); connect(p, SIGNAL(setFastSelectorRange(int, int)), m_pDiffTextWindow1, SLOT(setFastSelectorRange(int, int))); connect(p, SIGNAL(setFastSelectorRange(int, int)), m_pDiffTextWindow2, SLOT(setFastSelectorRange(int, int))); connect(p, SIGNAL(setFastSelectorRange(int, int)), m_pDiffTextWindow3, SLOT(setFastSelectorRange(int, int))); connect(m_pDiffTextWindow1, SIGNAL(setFastSelectorLine(int)), p, SLOT(slotSetFastSelectorLine(int))); connect(m_pDiffTextWindow2, SIGNAL(setFastSelectorLine(int)), p, SLOT(slotSetFastSelectorLine(int))); connect(m_pDiffTextWindow3, SIGNAL(setFastSelectorLine(int)), p, SLOT(slotSetFastSelectorLine(int))); connect(m_pDiffTextWindow1, SIGNAL(gotFocus()), p, SLOT(updateSourceMask())); connect(m_pDiffTextWindow2, SIGNAL(gotFocus()), p, SLOT(updateSourceMask())); connect(m_pDiffTextWindow3, SIGNAL(gotFocus()), p, SLOT(updateSourceMask())); connect(m_pDirectoryMergeInfo, SIGNAL(gotFocus()), p, SLOT(updateSourceMask())); connect(m_pDiffTextWindow1, SIGNAL(resizeHeightChangedSignal(int)), this, SLOT(resizeDiffTextWindowHeight(int))); // The following two connects cause the wordwrap to be recalced thrice, just to make sure. Better than forgetting one. connect(m_pDiffTextWindow1, SIGNAL(resizeWidthChangedSignal(int)), this, SLOT(postRecalcWordWrap())); connect(m_pDiffTextWindow2, SIGNAL(resizeWidthChangedSignal(int)), this, SLOT(postRecalcWordWrap())); connect(m_pDiffTextWindow3, SIGNAL(resizeWidthChangedSignal(int)), this, SLOT(postRecalcWordWrap())); m_pDiffTextWindow1->setFocus(); m_pMainWidget->setMinimumSize(50, 50); m_pCornerWidget->setFixedSize(m_pDiffVScrollBar->width(), m_pHScrollBar->height()); showWindowA->setChecked(true); showWindowB->setChecked(true); showWindowC->setChecked(true); } static int calcManualDiffFirstDiff3LineIdx(const Diff3LineVector& d3lv, const ManualDiffHelpEntry& mdhe) { int i; for(i = 0; i < d3lv.size(); ++i) { const Diff3Line& d3l = *d3lv[i]; if((mdhe.lineA1 >= 0 && mdhe.lineA1 == d3l.lineA) || (mdhe.lineB1 >= 0 && mdhe.lineB1 == d3l.lineB) || (mdhe.lineC1 >= 0 && mdhe.lineC1 == d3l.lineC)) return i; } return -1; } // called after word wrap is complete void KDiff3App::slotFinishMainInit() { Q_ASSERT(m_pDiffTextWindow1 != nullptr && m_pDiffVScrollBar != nullptr); setHScrollBarRange(); int newHeight = m_pDiffTextWindow1->getNofVisibleLines(); /*int newWidth = m_pDiffTextWindow1->getNofVisibleColumns();*/ m_DTWHeight = newHeight; m_pDiffVScrollBar->setRange(0, std::max(0, m_neededLines + 1 - newHeight)); m_pDiffVScrollBar->setPageStep(newHeight); m_pOverview->setRange(m_pDiffVScrollBar->value(), m_pDiffVScrollBar->pageStep()); int d3l = -1; if(!m_manualDiffHelpList.empty()) d3l = calcManualDiffFirstDiff3LineIdx(m_diff3LineVector, m_manualDiffHelpList.front()); if(d3l >= 0 && m_pDiffTextWindow1) { int line = m_pDiffTextWindow1->convertDiff3LineIdxToLine(d3l); m_pDiffVScrollBar->setValue(std::max(0, line - 1)); } else { m_pMergeResultWindow->slotGoTop(); if(!m_outputFilename.isEmpty() && !m_pMergeResultWindow->isUnsolvedConflictAtCurrent()) m_pMergeResultWindow->slotGoNextUnsolvedConflict(); } if(m_pCornerWidget) m_pCornerWidget->setFixedSize(m_pDiffVScrollBar->width(), m_pHScrollBar->height()); slotUpdateAvailabilities(); setUpdatesEnabled(true); // TODO What bug? Seems fixed. // Workaround for a Qt-bug /*QList treeViews = findChildren(); foreach(QTreeView* pTreeView, treeViews) { pTreeView->setUpdatesEnabled(true); }*/ bool bVisibleMergeResultWindow = !m_outputFilename.isEmpty(); QSharedPointer pTotalDiffStatus = m_totalDiffStatus; if(m_bLoadFiles) { if(bVisibleMergeResultWindow) m_pMergeResultWindow->showNrOfConflicts(); else if( // Avoid showing this message during startup without parameters. !(m_sd1.getAliasName().isEmpty() && m_sd2.getAliasName().isEmpty() && m_sd3.getAliasName().isEmpty()) && (m_sd1.isValid() && m_sd2.isValid() && m_sd3.isValid())) { QString totalInfo; if(pTotalDiffStatus->bBinaryAEqB && pTotalDiffStatus->bBinaryAEqC) totalInfo += i18n("All input files are binary equal."); else if(pTotalDiffStatus->bTextAEqB && pTotalDiffStatus->bTextAEqC) totalInfo += i18n("All input files contain the same text, but are not binary equal."); else { if(pTotalDiffStatus->bBinaryAEqB) totalInfo += i18n("Files %1 and %2 are binary equal.\n", i18n("A"), i18n("B")); else if(pTotalDiffStatus->bTextAEqB) totalInfo += i18n("Files %1 and %2 have equal text, but are not binary equal. \n", i18n("A"), i18n("B")); if(pTotalDiffStatus->bBinaryAEqC) totalInfo += i18n("Files %1 and %2 are binary equal.\n", i18n("A"), i18n("C")); else if(pTotalDiffStatus->bTextAEqC) totalInfo += i18n("Files %1 and %2 have equal text, but are not binary equal. \n", i18n("A"), i18n("C")); if(pTotalDiffStatus->bBinaryBEqC) totalInfo += i18n("Files %1 and %2 are binary equal.\n", i18n("B"), i18n("C")); else if(pTotalDiffStatus->bTextBEqC) totalInfo += i18n("Files %1 and %2 have equal text, but are not binary equal. \n", i18n("B"), i18n("C")); } if(!totalInfo.isEmpty()) KMessageBox::information(this, totalInfo); } if(bVisibleMergeResultWindow && (!m_sd1.isText() || !m_sd2.isText() || !m_sd3.isText())) { KMessageBox::information(this, i18n( "Some input files do not seem to be pure text files.\n" "Note that the KDiff3 merge was not meant for binary data.\n" "Continue at your own risk.")); } if(m_sd1.isIncompleteConversion() || m_sd2.isIncompleteConversion() || m_sd3.isIncompleteConversion()) { QString files; if(m_sd1.isIncompleteConversion()) files += i18n("A"); if(m_sd2.isIncompleteConversion()) files += files.isEmpty() ? i18n("B") : i18n(", B"); if(m_sd3.isIncompleteConversion()) files += files.isEmpty() ? i18n("C") : i18n(", C"); KMessageBox::information(this, i18n("Some input characters could not be converted to valid unicode.\n" "You might be using the wrong codec. (e.g. UTF-8 for non UTF-8 files).\n" "Do not save the result if unsure. Continue at your own risk.\n" "Affected input files are in %1.", files)); } } if(bVisibleMergeResultWindow && m_pMergeResultWindow) { m_pMergeResultWindow->setFocus(); } else if(m_pDiffTextWindow1) { m_pDiffTextWindow1->setFocus(); } } void KDiff3App::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent* e) { QSplitter::resizeEvent(e); if(m_pCornerWidget) m_pCornerWidget->setFixedSize(m_pDiffVScrollBar->width(), m_pHScrollBar->height()); } bool KDiff3App::eventFilter(QObject* o, QEvent* e) { if(o == m_pMergeResultWindow) { if(e->type() == QEvent::KeyPress) { // key press QKeyEvent* k = (QKeyEvent*)e; if(k->key() == Qt::Key_Insert && (k->QInputEvent::modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) != 0) { slotEditCopy(); return true; } if(k->key() == Qt::Key_Insert && (k->QInputEvent::modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier) != 0) { slotEditPaste(); return true; } if(k->key() == Qt::Key_Delete && (k->QInputEvent::modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier) != 0) { slotEditCut(); return true; } if(k->key() == Qt::Key_Escape && m_pKDiff3Shell && m_pOptions->m_bEscapeKeyQuits) { m_pKDiff3Shell->close(); return true; } } return QSplitter::eventFilter(o, e); // standard event processing } if(e->type() == QEvent::KeyPress) // key press { QKeyEvent* k = (QKeyEvent*)e; if(k->key() == Qt::Key_Escape && m_pKDiff3Shell && m_pOptions->m_bEscapeKeyQuits) { m_pKDiff3Shell->close(); return true; } bool bCtrl = (k->QInputEvent::modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) != 0; if(k->key() == Qt::Key_Insert && bCtrl) { slotEditCopy(); return true; } if(k->key() == Qt::Key_Insert && (k->QInputEvent::modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier) != 0) { slotEditPaste(); return true; } int deltaX = 0; int deltaY = 0; int pageSize = m_DTWHeight; switch(k->key()) { case Qt::Key_Down: if(!bCtrl) ++deltaY; break; case Qt::Key_Up: if(!bCtrl) --deltaY; break; case Qt::Key_PageDown: if(!bCtrl) deltaY += pageSize; break; case Qt::Key_PageUp: if(!bCtrl) deltaY -= pageSize; break; case Qt::Key_Left: if(!bCtrl) --deltaX; break; case Qt::Key_Right: if(!bCtrl) ++deltaX; break; case Qt::Key_Home: if(bCtrl) m_pDiffVScrollBar->setValue(0); else m_pHScrollBar->setValue(0); break; case Qt::Key_End: if(bCtrl) m_pDiffVScrollBar->setValue(m_pDiffVScrollBar->maximum()); else m_pHScrollBar->setValue(m_pHScrollBar->maximum()); break; default: break; } scrollDiffTextWindow(deltaX, deltaY); return true; // eat event } else if(e->type() == QEvent::Wheel) // wheel event { QWheelEvent* w = (QWheelEvent*)e; w->accept(); int deltaX = 0; int d = w->delta(); //As per QT documentation, some mice/OS combos send delta values //less than 120 units(15 degrees) d = d + m_iCumulativeWheelDelta; if(d > -120 && d < 120) { //not enough for a full step in either direction, add it up //to use on a successive call m_iCumulativeWheelDelta = d; } else { //reset cumulative tracking of the wheel since we have enough //for a 15 degree movement m_iCumulativeWheelDelta = 0; } int deltaY = -d / 120 * QApplication::wheelScrollLines(); scrollDiffTextWindow(deltaX, deltaY); return true; } else if(e->type() == QEvent::Drop) { QDropEvent* pDropEvent = static_cast(e); pDropEvent->accept(); if(pDropEvent->mimeData()->hasUrls()) { QList urlList = pDropEvent->mimeData()->urls(); if(canContinue() && !urlList.isEmpty()) { raise(); QString filename = urlList.first().toLocalFile(); if(o == m_pDiffTextWindow1) m_sd1.setFilename(filename); else if(o == m_pDiffTextWindow2) m_sd2.setFilename(filename); else if(o == m_pDiffTextWindow3) m_sd3.setFilename(filename); mainInit(); } } else if(pDropEvent->mimeData()->hasText()) { QString text = pDropEvent->mimeData()->text(); if(canContinue()) { QStringList errors; raise(); if(o == m_pDiffTextWindow1) errors = m_sd1.setData(text); else if(o == m_pDiffTextWindow2) errors = m_sd2.setData(text); else if(o == m_pDiffTextWindow3) errors = m_sd3.setData(text); foreach(const QString& error, errors) { KMessageBox::error(m_pOptionDialog, error); } mainInit(); } } return true; } return QSplitter::eventFilter(o, e); // standard event processing } void KDiff3App::slotFileOpen() { if(!canContinue()) return; if(m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->isDirectoryMergeInProgress()) { int result = KMessageBox::warningYesNo(this, i18n("You are currently doing a directory merge. Are you sure, you want to abort?"), i18n("Warning"), KGuiItem(i18n("Abort")), KGuiItem(i18n("Continue Merging"))); if(result != KMessageBox::Yes) return; } slotStatusMsg(i18n("Opening files...")); for(;;) { OpenDialog d(this, QDir::toNativeSeparators(m_bDirCompare ? m_sd1.getFilename() : m_sd1.isFromBuffer() ? QString("") : m_sd1.getAliasName()), QDir::toNativeSeparators(m_bDirCompare ? m_sd2.getFilename() : m_sd2.isFromBuffer() ? QString("") : m_sd2.getAliasName()), QDir::toNativeSeparators(m_bDirCompare ? m_sd3.getFilename() : m_sd3.isFromBuffer() ? QString("") : m_sd3.getAliasName()), m_bDirCompare ? m_bDefaultFilename : !m_outputFilename.isEmpty(), QDir::toNativeSeparators(m_bDefaultFilename ? QString("") : m_outputFilename), SLOT(slotConfigure()), &m_pOptionDialog->m_options); int status = d.exec(); if(status == QDialog::Accepted) { m_sd1.setFilename(d.m_pLineA->currentText()); m_sd2.setFilename(d.m_pLineB->currentText()); m_sd3.setFilename(d.m_pLineC->currentText()); if(d.m_pMerge->isChecked()) { if(d.m_pLineOut->currentText().isEmpty()) { m_outputFilename = "unnamed.txt"; m_bDefaultFilename = true; } else { m_outputFilename = d.m_pLineOut->currentText(); m_bDefaultFilename = false; } } else m_outputFilename = ""; bool bSuccess = improveFilenames(false); if(!bSuccess) continue; if(m_bDirCompare) { m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter->show(); if(m_pMainWidget != nullptr) { m_pMainWidget->hide(); } break; } else { m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter->hide(); mainInit(); if((!m_sd1.isEmpty() && !m_sd1.hasData()) || (!m_sd2.isEmpty() && !m_sd2.hasData()) || (!m_sd3.isEmpty() && !m_sd3.hasData())) { QString text(i18n("Opening of these files failed:")); text += "\n\n"; if(!m_sd1.isEmpty() && !m_sd1.hasData()) text += " - " + m_sd1.getAliasName() + '\n'; if(!m_sd2.isEmpty() && !m_sd2.hasData()) text += " - " + m_sd2.getAliasName() + '\n'; if(!m_sd3.isEmpty() && !m_sd3.hasData()) text += " - " + m_sd3.getAliasName() + '\n'; KMessageBox::sorry(this, text, i18n("File open error")); continue; } } } break; } slotUpdateAvailabilities(); slotStatusMsg(i18n("Ready.")); } void KDiff3App::slotFileOpen2(QString fn1, QString fn2, QString fn3, QString ofn, QString an1, QString an2, QString an3, const QSharedPointer &pTotalDiffStatus) { if(!canContinue()) return; if(fn1.isEmpty() && fn2.isEmpty() && fn3.isEmpty() && ofn.isEmpty() && m_pMainWidget != nullptr) { m_pMainWidget->hide(); return; } slotStatusMsg(i18n("Opening files...")); m_sd1.setFilename(fn1); m_sd2.setFilename(fn2); m_sd3.setFilename(fn3); m_sd1.setAliasName(an1); m_sd2.setAliasName(an2); m_sd3.setAliasName(an3); if(!ofn.isEmpty()) { m_outputFilename = ofn; m_bDefaultFilename = false; } else { m_outputFilename = ""; m_bDefaultFilename = true; } bool bDirCompare = m_bDirCompare; improveFilenames(true); // Create new window for KDiff3 for directory comparison. if(m_bDirCompare) { } else { m_bDirCompare = bDirCompare; // Don't allow this to change here. mainInit(pTotalDiffStatus); if(pTotalDiffStatus != nullptr) return; if((!m_sd1.isEmpty() && !m_sd1.hasData()) || (!m_sd2.isEmpty() && !m_sd2.hasData()) || (!m_sd3.isEmpty() && !m_sd3.hasData())) { QString text(i18n("Opening of these files failed:")); text += "\n\n"; if(!m_sd1.isEmpty() && !m_sd1.hasData()) text += " - " + m_sd1.getAliasName() + '\n'; if(!m_sd2.isEmpty() && !m_sd2.hasData()) text += " - " + m_sd2.getAliasName() + '\n'; if(!m_sd3.isEmpty() && !m_sd3.hasData()) text += " - " + m_sd3.getAliasName() + '\n'; KMessageBox::sorry(this, text, i18n("File open error")); } else { if(m_pDirectoryMergeWindow != nullptr && m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->isVisible() && !dirShowBoth->isChecked()) { slotDirViewToggle(); } } } slotStatusMsg(i18n("Ready.")); } void KDiff3App::slotFileNameChanged(const QString& fileName, int winIdx) { QString fn1 = m_sd1.getFilename(); QString an1 = m_sd1.getAliasName(); QString fn2 = m_sd2.getFilename(); QString an2 = m_sd2.getAliasName(); QString fn3 = m_sd3.getFilename(); QString an3 = m_sd3.getAliasName(); if(winIdx == 1) { fn1 = fileName; an1 = ""; } if(winIdx == 2) { fn2 = fileName; an2 = ""; } if(winIdx == 3) { fn3 = fileName; an3 = ""; } slotFileOpen2(fn1, fn2, fn3, m_outputFilename, an1, an2, an3, nullptr); } void KDiff3App::slotEditCut() { slotStatusMsg(i18n("Cutting selection...")); QString s; if(m_pMergeResultWindow != nullptr) { s = m_pMergeResultWindow->getSelection(); m_pMergeResultWindow->deleteSelection(); m_pMergeResultWindow->update(); } if(!s.isEmpty()) { QApplication::clipboard()->setText(s, QClipboard::Clipboard); } slotStatusMsg(i18n("Ready.")); } void KDiff3App::slotEditCopy() { slotStatusMsg(i18n("Copying selection to clipboard...")); QString s; if(m_pDiffTextWindow1 != nullptr) s = m_pDiffTextWindow1->getSelection(); if(s.isEmpty() && m_pDiffTextWindow2 != nullptr) s = m_pDiffTextWindow2->getSelection(); if(s.isEmpty() && m_pDiffTextWindow3 != nullptr) s = m_pDiffTextWindow3->getSelection(); if(s.isEmpty() && m_pMergeResultWindow != nullptr) s = m_pMergeResultWindow->getSelection(); if(!s.isEmpty()) { QApplication::clipboard()->setText(s, QClipboard::Clipboard); } slotStatusMsg(i18n("Ready.")); } void KDiff3App::slotEditPaste() { slotStatusMsg(i18n("Inserting clipboard contents...")); if(m_pMergeResultWindow != nullptr && m_pMergeResultWindow->isVisible()) { m_pMergeResultWindow->pasteClipboard(false); } else if(canContinue()) { QStringList errors; bool do_init = false; if(m_pDiffTextWindow1->hasFocus()) { errors = m_sd1.setData(QApplication::clipboard()->text(QClipboard::Clipboard)); do_init = true; } else if(m_pDiffTextWindow2->hasFocus()) { errors = m_sd2.setData(QApplication::clipboard()->text(QClipboard::Clipboard)); do_init = true; } else if(m_pDiffTextWindow3->hasFocus()) { errors = m_sd3.setData(QApplication::clipboard()->text(QClipboard::Clipboard)); do_init = true; } foreach(const QString& error, errors) { KMessageBox::error(m_pOptionDialog, error); } if(do_init) { mainInit(); } } slotStatusMsg(i18n("Ready.")); } void KDiff3App::slotEditSelectAll() { LineRef l = 0; int p = 0; // needed as dummy return values if(m_pMergeResultWindow && m_pMergeResultWindow->hasFocus()) { m_pMergeResultWindow->setSelection(0, 0, m_pMergeResultWindow->getNofLines(), 0); } else if(m_pDiffTextWindow1 && m_pDiffTextWindow1->hasFocus()) { m_pDiffTextWindow1->setSelection(0, 0, m_pDiffTextWindow1->getNofLines(), 0, l, p); } else if(m_pDiffTextWindow2 && m_pDiffTextWindow2->hasFocus()) { m_pDiffTextWindow2->setSelection(0, 0, m_pDiffTextWindow2->getNofLines(), 0, l, p); } else if(m_pDiffTextWindow3 && m_pDiffTextWindow3->hasFocus()) { m_pDiffTextWindow3->setSelection(0, 0, m_pDiffTextWindow3->getNofLines(), 0, l, p); } slotStatusMsg(i18n("Ready.")); } void KDiff3App::slotGoCurrent() { if(m_pMergeResultWindow) m_pMergeResultWindow->slotGoCurrent(); } void KDiff3App::slotGoTop() { if(m_pMergeResultWindow) m_pMergeResultWindow->slotGoTop(); } void KDiff3App::slotGoBottom() { if(m_pMergeResultWindow) m_pMergeResultWindow->slotGoBottom(); } void KDiff3App::slotGoPrevUnsolvedConflict() { if(m_pMergeResultWindow) m_pMergeResultWindow->slotGoPrevUnsolvedConflict(); } void KDiff3App::slotGoNextUnsolvedConflict() { m_bTimerBlock = false; if(m_pMergeResultWindow) m_pMergeResultWindow->slotGoNextUnsolvedConflict(); } void KDiff3App::slotGoPrevConflict() { if(m_pMergeResultWindow) m_pMergeResultWindow->slotGoPrevConflict(); } void KDiff3App::slotGoNextConflict() { m_bTimerBlock = false; if(m_pMergeResultWindow) m_pMergeResultWindow->slotGoNextConflict(); } void KDiff3App::slotGoPrevDelta() { if(m_pMergeResultWindow) m_pMergeResultWindow->slotGoPrevDelta(); } void KDiff3App::slotGoNextDelta() { if(m_pMergeResultWindow) m_pMergeResultWindow->slotGoNextDelta(); } void KDiff3App::choose(int choice) { if(!m_bTimerBlock) { if(m_pDirectoryMergeWindow && m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->hasFocus()) { if(choice == A) m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->slotCurrentChooseA(); if(choice == B) m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->slotCurrentChooseB(); if(choice == C) m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->slotCurrentChooseC(); chooseA->setChecked(false); chooseB->setChecked(false); chooseC->setChecked(false); } else if(m_pMergeResultWindow) { m_pMergeResultWindow->choose(choice); if(autoAdvance->isChecked()) { m_bTimerBlock = true; QTimer::singleShot(m_pOptions->m_autoAdvanceDelay, this, SLOT(slotGoNextUnsolvedConflict())); } } } } void KDiff3App::slotChooseA() { choose(A); } void KDiff3App::slotChooseB() { choose(B); } void KDiff3App::slotChooseC() { choose(C); } // bConflictsOnly automatically choose for conflicts only (true) or for everywhere static void mergeChooseGlobal(MergeResultWindow* pMRW, int selector, bool bConflictsOnly, bool bWhiteSpaceOnly) { if(pMRW) { pMRW->chooseGlobal(selector, bConflictsOnly, bWhiteSpaceOnly); } } void KDiff3App::slotChooseAEverywhere() { mergeChooseGlobal(m_pMergeResultWindow, A, false, false); } void KDiff3App::slotChooseBEverywhere() { mergeChooseGlobal(m_pMergeResultWindow, B, false, false); } void KDiff3App::slotChooseCEverywhere() { mergeChooseGlobal(m_pMergeResultWindow, C, false, false); } void KDiff3App::slotChooseAForUnsolvedConflicts() { mergeChooseGlobal(m_pMergeResultWindow, A, true, false); } void KDiff3App::slotChooseBForUnsolvedConflicts() { mergeChooseGlobal(m_pMergeResultWindow, B, true, false); } void KDiff3App::slotChooseCForUnsolvedConflicts() { mergeChooseGlobal(m_pMergeResultWindow, C, true, false); } void KDiff3App::slotChooseAForUnsolvedWhiteSpaceConflicts() { mergeChooseGlobal(m_pMergeResultWindow, A, true, true); } void KDiff3App::slotChooseBForUnsolvedWhiteSpaceConflicts() { mergeChooseGlobal(m_pMergeResultWindow, B, true, true); } void KDiff3App::slotChooseCForUnsolvedWhiteSpaceConflicts() { mergeChooseGlobal(m_pMergeResultWindow, C, true, true); } void KDiff3App::slotAutoSolve() { if(m_pMergeResultWindow) { m_pMergeResultWindow->slotAutoSolve(); // m_pMergeWindowFrame->show(); incompatible with bPreserveCarriageReturn m_pMergeResultWindow->showNrOfConflicts(); slotUpdateAvailabilities(); } } void KDiff3App::slotUnsolve() { if(m_pMergeResultWindow) { m_pMergeResultWindow->slotUnsolve(); } } void KDiff3App::slotMergeHistory() { if(m_pMergeResultWindow) { m_pMergeResultWindow->slotMergeHistory(); } } void KDiff3App::slotRegExpAutoMerge() { if(m_pMergeResultWindow) { m_pMergeResultWindow->slotRegExpAutoMerge(); } } void KDiff3App::slotSplitDiff() { LineRef firstLine = -1; LineRef lastLine = -1; DiffTextWindow* pDTW = nullptr; if(m_pDiffTextWindow1) { pDTW = m_pDiffTextWindow1; pDTW->getSelectionRange(&firstLine, &lastLine, eD3LLineCoords); } if(firstLine < 0 && m_pDiffTextWindow2) { pDTW = m_pDiffTextWindow2; pDTW->getSelectionRange(&firstLine, &lastLine, eD3LLineCoords); } if(firstLine < 0 && m_pDiffTextWindow3) { pDTW = m_pDiffTextWindow3; pDTW->getSelectionRange(&firstLine, &lastLine, eD3LLineCoords); } if(pDTW && firstLine >= 0 && m_pMergeResultWindow) { pDTW->resetSelection(); m_pMergeResultWindow->slotSplitDiff(firstLine, lastLine); } } void KDiff3App::slotJoinDiffs() { LineRef firstLine = -1; LineRef lastLine = -1; DiffTextWindow* pDTW = nullptr; if(m_pDiffTextWindow1) { pDTW = m_pDiffTextWindow1; pDTW->getSelectionRange(&firstLine, &lastLine, eD3LLineCoords); } if(firstLine < 0 && m_pDiffTextWindow2) { pDTW = m_pDiffTextWindow2; pDTW->getSelectionRange(&firstLine, &lastLine, eD3LLineCoords); } if(firstLine < 0 && m_pDiffTextWindow3) { pDTW = m_pDiffTextWindow3; pDTW->getSelectionRange(&firstLine, &lastLine, eD3LLineCoords); } if(pDTW && firstLine >= 0 && m_pMergeResultWindow) { pDTW->resetSelection(); m_pMergeResultWindow->slotJoinDiffs(firstLine, lastLine); } } void KDiff3App::slotConfigure() { m_pOptionDialog->setState(); m_pOptionDialog->setMinimumHeight(m_pOptionDialog->minimumHeight() + 40); m_pOptionDialog->exec(); slotRefresh(); } void KDiff3App::slotConfigureKeys() { KShortcutsDialog::configure(actionCollection(), KShortcutsEditor::LetterShortcutsAllowed, this); } void KDiff3App::slotRefresh() { QApplication::setFont(m_pOptions->m_appFont); if(m_pDiffTextWindow1 != nullptr) { m_pDiffTextWindow1->setFont(m_pOptions->m_font); m_pDiffTextWindow1->update(); } if(m_pDiffTextWindow2 != nullptr) { m_pDiffTextWindow2->setFont(m_pOptions->m_font); m_pDiffTextWindow2->update(); } if(m_pDiffTextWindow3 != nullptr) { m_pDiffTextWindow3->setFont(m_pOptions->m_font); m_pDiffTextWindow3->update(); } if(m_pMergeResultWindow != nullptr) { m_pMergeResultWindow->setFont(m_pOptions->m_font); m_pMergeResultWindow->update(); } if(m_pHScrollBar != nullptr) { m_pHScrollBar->setAgain(); } if(m_pDiffWindowSplitter != nullptr) { m_pDiffWindowSplitter->setOrientation(m_pOptions->m_bHorizDiffWindowSplitting ? Qt::Horizontal : Qt::Vertical); } if(m_pDirectoryMergeWindow) { m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->updateFileVisibilities(); } } void KDiff3App::slotSelectionStart() { //editCopy->setEnabled( false ); //editCut->setEnabled( false ); const QObject* s = sender(); if(m_pDiffTextWindow1 && s != m_pDiffTextWindow1) m_pDiffTextWindow1->resetSelection(); if(m_pDiffTextWindow2 && s != m_pDiffTextWindow2) m_pDiffTextWindow2->resetSelection(); if(m_pDiffTextWindow3 && s != m_pDiffTextWindow3) m_pDiffTextWindow3->resetSelection(); if(m_pMergeResultWindow && s != m_pMergeResultWindow) m_pMergeResultWindow->resetSelection(); } void KDiff3App::slotSelectionEnd() { //const QObject* s = sender(); //editCopy->setEnabled(true); //editCut->setEnabled( s==m_pMergeResultWindow ); if(m_pOptions->m_bAutoCopySelection) { slotEditCopy(); } else { QClipboard* clipBoard = QApplication::clipboard(); if(clipBoard->supportsSelection()) { QString s; if(m_pDiffTextWindow1 != nullptr) s = m_pDiffTextWindow1->getSelection(); if(s.isEmpty() && m_pDiffTextWindow2 != nullptr) s = m_pDiffTextWindow2->getSelection(); if(s.isEmpty() && m_pDiffTextWindow3 != nullptr) s = m_pDiffTextWindow3->getSelection(); if(s.isEmpty() && m_pMergeResultWindow != nullptr) s = m_pMergeResultWindow->getSelection(); if(!s.isEmpty()) { clipBoard->setText(s, QClipboard::Selection); } } } } void KDiff3App::slotClipboardChanged() { const QClipboard *clipboard = QApplication::clipboard(); const QMimeData *mimeData = clipboard->mimeData(); if(mimeData->hasText()) { QString s = clipboard->text(); editPaste->setEnabled(!s.isEmpty()); } else { editPaste->setEnabled(false); } } void KDiff3App::slotOutputModified(bool bModified) { if(bModified && !m_bOutputModified) { m_bOutputModified = true; slotUpdateAvailabilities(); } } void KDiff3App::slotAutoAdvanceToggled() { m_pOptions->m_bAutoAdvance = autoAdvance->isChecked(); } void KDiff3App::slotWordWrapToggled() { m_pOptions->m_bWordWrap = wordWrap->isChecked(); postRecalcWordWrap(); } // Enable or disable all widgets except the status bar widget. static void mainWindowEnable(QWidget* pWidget, bool bEnable) { if(QMainWindow* pWindow = dynamic_cast(pWidget->window())) { QWidget* pStatusBarWidget = pWindow->statusBar(); QList children = pWindow->children(); for(int i = 0; i < children.count(); ++i) { if(children[i]->isWidgetType()) { QWidget* pChildWidget = (QWidget*)children[i]; if(pChildWidget != pStatusBarWidget) { pChildWidget->setEnabled(bEnable); } } } } } void KDiff3App::postRecalcWordWrap() { if(!m_bRecalcWordWrapPosted) { m_bRecalcWordWrapPosted = true; mainWindowEnable(window(), false); m_firstD3LIdx = -1; QTimer::singleShot(1 /* ms */, this, SLOT(slotRecalcWordWrap())); } else { g_pProgressDialog->cancel(ProgressDialog::eResize); } } void KDiff3App::slotRecalcWordWrap() { recalcWordWrap(); } // visibleTextWidthForPrinting is >=0 only for printing, otherwise the really visible width is used void KDiff3App::recalcWordWrap(int visibleTextWidthForPrinting) { m_bRecalcWordWrapPosted = true; mainWindowEnable(window(), false); m_visibleTextWidthForPrinting = visibleTextWidthForPrinting; if(m_firstD3LIdx < 0) { m_firstD3LIdx = 0; if(m_pDiffTextWindow1) m_firstD3LIdx = m_pDiffTextWindow1->convertLineToDiff3LineIdx(m_pDiffTextWindow1->getFirstLine()); } // Convert selection to D3L-coords (converting back happens in DiffTextWindow::recalcWordWrap() if(m_pDiffTextWindow1) m_pDiffTextWindow1->convertSelectionToD3LCoords(); if(m_pDiffTextWindow2) m_pDiffTextWindow2->convertSelectionToD3LCoords(); if(m_pDiffTextWindow3) m_pDiffTextWindow3->convertSelectionToD3LCoords(); g_pProgressDialog->clearCancelState(); // clear cancelled state if previously set if(!m_diff3LineList.empty()) { if(m_pOptions->m_bWordWrap) { Diff3LineList::iterator i; int sumOfLines = 0; for(i = m_diff3LineList.begin(); i != m_diff3LineList.end(); ++i) { Diff3Line& d3l = *i; d3l.linesNeededForDisplay = 1; d3l.sumLinesNeededForDisplay = sumOfLines; sumOfLines += d3l.linesNeededForDisplay; } // Let every window calc how many lines will be needed. if(m_pDiffTextWindow1) { m_pDiffTextWindow1->recalcWordWrap(true, 0, m_visibleTextWidthForPrinting); } if(m_pDiffTextWindow2) { m_pDiffTextWindow2->recalcWordWrap(true, 0, m_visibleTextWidthForPrinting); } if(m_pDiffTextWindow3) { m_pDiffTextWindow3->recalcWordWrap(true, 0, m_visibleTextWidthForPrinting); } } else { m_neededLines = m_diff3LineVector.size(); if(m_pDiffTextWindow1) m_pDiffTextWindow1->recalcWordWrap(false, 0, 0); if(m_pDiffTextWindow2) m_pDiffTextWindow2->recalcWordWrap(false, 0, 0); if(m_pDiffTextWindow3) m_pDiffTextWindow3->recalcWordWrap(false, 0, 0); } bool bRunnablesStarted = startRunnables(); if(!bRunnablesStarted) slotFinishRecalcWordWrap(); else { g_pProgressDialog->setInformation(m_pOptions->m_bWordWrap ? i18n("Word wrap (Cancel disables word wrap)") : i18n("Calculating max width for horizontal scrollbar"), false); } } } void KDiff3App::slotFinishRecalcWordWrap() { g_pProgressDialog->pop(); if(m_pOptions->m_bWordWrap && g_pProgressDialog->wasCancelled()) { if(g_pProgressDialog->cancelReason() == ProgressDialog::eUserAbort) { wordWrap->setChecked(false); m_pOptions->m_bWordWrap = wordWrap->isChecked(); QTimer::singleShot(1 /* ms */, this, SLOT(slotRecalcWordWrap())); // do it again } else // eResize { QTimer::singleShot(1 /* ms */, this, SLOT(slotRecalcWordWrap())); // do it again } return; } else { m_bRecalcWordWrapPosted = false; } g_pProgressDialog->setStayHidden(false); bool bPrinting = m_visibleTextWidthForPrinting >= 0; if(!m_diff3LineList.empty()) { if(m_pOptions->m_bWordWrap) { Diff3LineList::iterator i; int sumOfLines = 0; for(i = m_diff3LineList.begin(); i != m_diff3LineList.end(); ++i) { Diff3Line& d3l = *i; d3l.sumLinesNeededForDisplay = sumOfLines; sumOfLines += d3l.linesNeededForDisplay; } // Finish the word wrap if(m_pDiffTextWindow1) m_pDiffTextWindow1->recalcWordWrap(true, sumOfLines, m_visibleTextWidthForPrinting); if(m_pDiffTextWindow2) m_pDiffTextWindow2->recalcWordWrap(true, sumOfLines, m_visibleTextWidthForPrinting); if(m_pDiffTextWindow3) m_pDiffTextWindow3->recalcWordWrap(true, sumOfLines, m_visibleTextWidthForPrinting); m_neededLines = sumOfLines; } else { if(m_pDiffTextWindow1) m_pDiffTextWindow1->recalcWordWrap(false, 1, 0); if(m_pDiffTextWindow2) m_pDiffTextWindow2->recalcWordWrap(false, 1, 0); if(m_pDiffTextWindow3) m_pDiffTextWindow3->recalcWordWrap(false, 1, 0); } slotStatusMsg(QString()); } if(!bPrinting) { if(m_pOverview) m_pOverview->slotRedraw(); if(m_pDiffVScrollBar) m_pDiffVScrollBar->setRange(0, std::max(0, m_neededLines + 1 - m_DTWHeight)); if(m_pDiffTextWindow1) { if(m_pDiffVScrollBar) m_pDiffVScrollBar->setValue(m_pDiffTextWindow1->convertDiff3LineIdxToLine(m_firstD3LIdx)); setHScrollBarRange(); m_pHScrollBar->setValue(0); } } mainWindowEnable(window(), true); if(m_bFinishMainInit) { m_bFinishMainInit = false; slotFinishMainInit(); } if(m_pEventLoopForPrinting) m_pEventLoopForPrinting->quit(); } void KDiff3App::slotShowWhiteSpaceToggled() { m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpaceCharacters = showWhiteSpaceCharacters->isChecked(); m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpace = showWhiteSpace->isChecked(); if(m_pDiffTextWindow1 != nullptr) m_pDiffTextWindow1->update(); if(m_pDiffTextWindow2 != nullptr) m_pDiffTextWindow2->update(); if(m_pDiffTextWindow3 != nullptr) m_pDiffTextWindow3->update(); if(m_pMergeResultWindow != nullptr) m_pMergeResultWindow->update(); if(m_pOverview != nullptr) m_pOverview->slotRedraw(); } void KDiff3App::slotShowLineNumbersToggled() { m_pOptions->m_bShowLineNumbers = showLineNumbers->isChecked(); if(wordWrap->isChecked()) recalcWordWrap(); if(m_pDiffTextWindow1 != nullptr) m_pDiffTextWindow1->update(); if(m_pDiffTextWindow2 != nullptr) m_pDiffTextWindow2->update(); if(m_pDiffTextWindow3 != nullptr) m_pDiffTextWindow3->update(); } /// Return true for success, else false bool KDiff3App::improveFilenames(bool bCreateNewInstance) { m_bDirCompare = false; FileAccess f1(m_sd1.getFilename()); FileAccess f2(m_sd2.getFilename()); FileAccess f3(m_sd3.getFilename()); FileAccess f4(m_outputFilename); if(f1.isFile() && f1.exists()) { if(f2.isDir()) { f2.addPath(f1.fileName()); if(f2.isFile() && f2.exists()) m_sd2.setFileAccess(f2); } if(f3.isDir()) { f3.addPath(f1.fileName()); if(f3.isFile() && f3.exists()) m_sd3.setFileAccess(f3); } if(f4.isDir()) { f4.addPath(f1.fileName()); if(f4.isFile() && f4.exists()) m_outputFilename = f4.absoluteFilePath(); } } else if(f1.isDir()) { m_bDirCompare = true; if(bCreateNewInstance) { emit createNewInstance(f1.absoluteFilePath(), f2.absoluteFilePath(), f3.absoluteFilePath()); } else { FileAccess destDir; if(!m_bDefaultFilename) destDir = f4; m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter->show(); if(m_pMainWidget != nullptr) m_pMainWidget->hide(); setUpdatesEnabled(true); bool bSuccess = m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->init( QSharedPointer(new DirectoryInfo(f1, f2, f3, destDir)), !m_outputFilename.isEmpty()); m_bDirCompare = true; //FIXME This seems redundant but it might have been reset during full analysis. if(bSuccess) { m_sd1.reset(); if(m_pDiffTextWindow1 != nullptr) m_pDiffTextWindow1->init(QString(""), nullptr, eLineEndStyleDos, nullptr, 0, nullptr, nullptr, false); m_sd2.reset(); if(m_pDiffTextWindow2 != nullptr) m_pDiffTextWindow2->init(QString(""), nullptr, eLineEndStyleDos, nullptr, 0, nullptr, nullptr, false); m_sd3.reset(); if(m_pDiffTextWindow3 != nullptr) m_pDiffTextWindow3->init(QString(""), nullptr, eLineEndStyleDos, nullptr, 0, nullptr, nullptr, false); } slotUpdateAvailabilities(); return bSuccess; } } return true; } void KDiff3App::slotReload() { if(!canContinue()) return; mainInit(); } bool KDiff3App::canContinue() { // First test if anything must be saved. if(m_bOutputModified) { int result = KMessageBox::warningYesNoCancel(this, i18n("The merge result has not been saved."), i18n("Warning"), KGuiItem(i18n("Save && Continue")), KGuiItem(i18n("Continue Without Saving"))); if(result == KMessageBox::Cancel) return false; else if(result == KMessageBox::Yes) { slotFileSave(); if(m_bOutputModified) { KMessageBox::sorry(this, i18n("Saving the merge result failed."), i18n("Warning")); return false; } } } m_bOutputModified = false; return true; } void KDiff3App::slotCheckIfCanContinue(bool* pbContinue) { if(pbContinue != nullptr) *pbContinue = canContinue(); } void KDiff3App::slotDirShowBoth() { if(dirShowBoth->isChecked()) { if(m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter) m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter->setVisible(m_bDirCompare); if(m_pMainWidget != nullptr) m_pMainWidget->show(); } else { bool bTextDataAvailable = (m_sd1.hasData() || m_sd2.hasData() || m_sd3.hasData()); if(m_pMainWidget != nullptr && bTextDataAvailable) { m_pMainWidget->show(); m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter->hide(); } else if(m_bDirCompare) { m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter->show(); } } slotUpdateAvailabilities(); } void KDiff3App::slotDirViewToggle() { if(m_bDirCompare) { if(!m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter->isVisible()) { m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter->show(); if(m_pMainWidget != nullptr) m_pMainWidget->hide(); } else { if(m_pMainWidget != nullptr) { m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter->hide(); m_pMainWidget->show(); } } } slotUpdateAvailabilities(); } void KDiff3App::slotShowWindowAToggled() { if(m_pDiffTextWindow1 != nullptr) { m_pDiffTextWindowFrame1->setVisible(showWindowA->isChecked()); slotUpdateAvailabilities(); } } void KDiff3App::slotShowWindowBToggled() { if(m_pDiffTextWindow2 != nullptr) { m_pDiffTextWindowFrame2->setVisible(showWindowB->isChecked()); slotUpdateAvailabilities(); } } void KDiff3App::slotShowWindowCToggled() { if(m_pDiffTextWindow3 != nullptr) { m_pDiffTextWindowFrame3->setVisible(showWindowC->isChecked()); slotUpdateAvailabilities(); } } void KDiff3App::slotEditFind() { m_pFindDialog->currentLine = 0; m_pFindDialog->currentPos = 0; m_pFindDialog->currentWindow = 1; // Use currently selected text: QString s; if(m_pDiffTextWindow1 != nullptr) s = m_pDiffTextWindow1->getSelection(); if(s.isEmpty() && m_pDiffTextWindow2 != nullptr) s = m_pDiffTextWindow2->getSelection(); if(s.isEmpty() && m_pDiffTextWindow3 != nullptr) s = m_pDiffTextWindow3->getSelection(); if(s.isEmpty() && m_pMergeResultWindow != nullptr) s = m_pMergeResultWindow->getSelection(); if(!s.isEmpty() && !s.contains('\n')) { m_pFindDialog->m_pSearchString->setText(s); } if(QDialog::Accepted == m_pFindDialog->exec()) { slotEditFindNext(); } } void KDiff3App::slotEditFindNext() { QString s = m_pFindDialog->m_pSearchString->text(); if(s.isEmpty()) { slotEditFind(); return; } bool bDirDown = true; bool bCaseSensitive = m_pFindDialog->m_pCaseSensitive->isChecked(); LineRef d3vLine = m_pFindDialog->currentLine; int posInLine = m_pFindDialog->currentPos; LineRef l = 0; int p = 0; if(m_pFindDialog->currentWindow == 1) { if(m_pFindDialog->m_pSearchInA->isChecked() && m_pDiffTextWindow1 != nullptr && m_pDiffTextWindow1->findString(s, d3vLine, posInLine, bDirDown, bCaseSensitive)) { m_pDiffTextWindow1->setSelection(d3vLine, posInLine, d3vLine, posInLine + s.length(), l, p); m_pDiffVScrollBar->setValue(l - m_pDiffVScrollBar->pageStep() / 2); m_pHScrollBar->setValue(std::max(0, p + (int)s.length() - m_pHScrollBar->pageStep())); m_pFindDialog->currentLine = d3vLine; m_pFindDialog->currentPos = posInLine + 1; return; } m_pFindDialog->currentWindow = 2; m_pFindDialog->currentLine = 0; m_pFindDialog->currentPos = 0; } d3vLine = m_pFindDialog->currentLine; posInLine = m_pFindDialog->currentPos; if(m_pFindDialog->currentWindow == 2) { if(m_pFindDialog->m_pSearchInB->isChecked() && m_pDiffTextWindow2 != nullptr && m_pDiffTextWindow2->findString(s, d3vLine, posInLine, bDirDown, bCaseSensitive)) { m_pDiffTextWindow2->setSelection(d3vLine, posInLine, d3vLine, posInLine + s.length(), l, p); m_pDiffVScrollBar->setValue(l - m_pDiffVScrollBar->pageStep() / 2); m_pHScrollBar->setValue(std::max(0, p + (int)s.length() - m_pHScrollBar->pageStep())); m_pFindDialog->currentLine = d3vLine; m_pFindDialog->currentPos = posInLine + 1; return; } m_pFindDialog->currentWindow = 3; m_pFindDialog->currentLine = 0; m_pFindDialog->currentPos = 0; } d3vLine = m_pFindDialog->currentLine; posInLine = m_pFindDialog->currentPos; if(m_pFindDialog->currentWindow == 3) { if(m_pFindDialog->m_pSearchInC->isChecked() && m_pDiffTextWindow3 != nullptr && m_pDiffTextWindow3->findString(s, d3vLine, posInLine, bDirDown, bCaseSensitive)) { m_pDiffTextWindow3->setSelection(d3vLine, posInLine, d3vLine, posInLine + s.length(), l, p); m_pDiffVScrollBar->setValue(l - m_pDiffVScrollBar->pageStep() / 2); m_pHScrollBar->setValue(std::max(0, p + (int)s.length() - m_pHScrollBar->pageStep())); m_pFindDialog->currentLine = d3vLine; m_pFindDialog->currentPos = posInLine + 1; return; } m_pFindDialog->currentWindow = 4; m_pFindDialog->currentLine = 0; m_pFindDialog->currentPos = 0; } d3vLine = m_pFindDialog->currentLine; posInLine = m_pFindDialog->currentPos; if(m_pFindDialog->currentWindow == 4) { if(m_pFindDialog->m_pSearchInOutput->isChecked() && m_pMergeResultWindow != nullptr && m_pMergeResultWindow->isVisible() && m_pMergeResultWindow->findString(s, d3vLine, posInLine, bDirDown, bCaseSensitive)) { m_pMergeResultWindow->setSelection(d3vLine, posInLine, d3vLine, posInLine + s.length()); m_pMergeVScrollBar->setValue(d3vLine - m_pMergeVScrollBar->pageStep() / 2); m_pHScrollBar->setValue(std::max(0, posInLine + (int)s.length() - m_pHScrollBar->pageStep())); m_pFindDialog->currentLine = d3vLine; m_pFindDialog->currentPos = posInLine + 1; return; } m_pFindDialog->currentWindow = 5; m_pFindDialog->currentLine = 0; m_pFindDialog->currentPos = 0; } KMessageBox::information(this, i18n("Search complete."), i18n("Search Complete")); m_pFindDialog->currentWindow = 1; m_pFindDialog->currentLine = 0; m_pFindDialog->currentPos = 0; } void KDiff3App::slotMergeCurrentFile() { if(m_bDirCompare && m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->isVisible() && m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->isFileSelected()) { m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->mergeCurrentFile(); } else if(m_pMainWidget != nullptr && m_pMainWidget->isVisible()) { if(!canContinue()) return; if(m_outputFilename.isEmpty()) { if(!m_sd3.isEmpty() && !m_sd3.isFromBuffer()) { m_outputFilename = m_sd3.getFilename(); } else if(!m_sd2.isEmpty() && !m_sd2.isFromBuffer()) { m_outputFilename = m_sd2.getFilename(); } else if(!m_sd1.isEmpty() && !m_sd1.isFromBuffer()) { m_outputFilename = m_sd1.getFilename(); } else { m_outputFilename = "unnamed.txt"; m_bDefaultFilename = true; } } mainInit(); } } void KDiff3App::slotWinFocusNext() { QWidget* focus = qApp->focusWidget(); if(focus == m_pDirectoryMergeWindow && m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->isVisible() && !dirShowBoth->isChecked()) { slotDirViewToggle(); } std::list visibleWidgetList; if(m_pDiffTextWindow1 && m_pDiffTextWindow1->isVisible()) visibleWidgetList.push_back(m_pDiffTextWindow1); if(m_pDiffTextWindow2 && m_pDiffTextWindow2->isVisible()) visibleWidgetList.push_back(m_pDiffTextWindow2); if(m_pDiffTextWindow3 && m_pDiffTextWindow3->isVisible()) visibleWidgetList.push_back(m_pDiffTextWindow3); if(m_pMergeResultWindow && m_pMergeResultWindow->isVisible()) visibleWidgetList.push_back(m_pMergeResultWindow); if(m_bDirCompare /*m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->isVisible()*/) visibleWidgetList.push_back(m_pDirectoryMergeWindow); //if ( m_pDirectoryMergeInfo->isVisible() ) visibleWidgetList.push_back(m_pDirectoryMergeInfo->getInfoList()); std::list::iterator i = std::find(visibleWidgetList.begin(), visibleWidgetList.end(), focus); ++i; if(i == visibleWidgetList.end()) i = visibleWidgetList.begin(); if(i != visibleWidgetList.end()) { if(*i == m_pDirectoryMergeWindow && !dirShowBoth->isChecked()) { slotDirViewToggle(); } (*i)->setFocus(); } } void KDiff3App::slotWinFocusPrev() { QWidget* focus = qApp->focusWidget(); if(focus == m_pDirectoryMergeWindow && m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->isVisible() && !dirShowBoth->isChecked()) { slotDirViewToggle(); } std::list visibleWidgetList; if(m_pDiffTextWindow1 && m_pDiffTextWindow1->isVisible()) visibleWidgetList.push_back(m_pDiffTextWindow1); if(m_pDiffTextWindow2 && m_pDiffTextWindow2->isVisible()) visibleWidgetList.push_back(m_pDiffTextWindow2); if(m_pDiffTextWindow3 && m_pDiffTextWindow3->isVisible()) visibleWidgetList.push_back(m_pDiffTextWindow3); if(m_pMergeResultWindow && m_pMergeResultWindow->isVisible()) visibleWidgetList.push_back(m_pMergeResultWindow); if(m_bDirCompare /* m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->isVisible() */) visibleWidgetList.push_back(m_pDirectoryMergeWindow); //if ( m_pDirectoryMergeInfo->isVisible() ) visibleWidgetList.push_back(m_pDirectoryMergeInfo->getInfoList()); std::list::iterator i = std::find(visibleWidgetList.begin(), visibleWidgetList.end(), focus); if(i == visibleWidgetList.begin()) i = visibleWidgetList.end(); --i; if(i != visibleWidgetList.end()) { if(*i == m_pDirectoryMergeWindow && !dirShowBoth->isChecked()) { slotDirViewToggle(); } (*i)->setFocus(); } } void KDiff3App::slotWinToggleSplitterOrientation() { if(m_pDiffWindowSplitter != nullptr) { m_pDiffWindowSplitter->setOrientation( m_pDiffWindowSplitter->orientation() == Qt::Vertical ? Qt::Horizontal : Qt::Vertical); m_pOptions->m_bHorizDiffWindowSplitting = m_pDiffWindowSplitter->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal; } } void KDiff3App::slotOverviewNormal() { if(m_pOverview != nullptr) m_pOverview->setOverviewMode(Overview::eOMNormal); if(m_pMergeResultWindow != nullptr) m_pMergeResultWindow->setOverviewMode(Overview::eOMNormal); slotUpdateAvailabilities(); } void KDiff3App::slotOverviewAB() { if(m_pOverview != nullptr) m_pOverview->setOverviewMode(Overview::eOMAvsB); m_pMergeResultWindow->setOverviewMode(Overview::eOMAvsB); slotUpdateAvailabilities(); } void KDiff3App::slotOverviewAC() { if(m_pOverview != nullptr) m_pOverview->setOverviewMode(Overview::eOMAvsC); if(m_pMergeResultWindow != nullptr) m_pMergeResultWindow->setOverviewMode(Overview::eOMAvsC); slotUpdateAvailabilities(); } void KDiff3App::slotOverviewBC() { if(m_pOverview != nullptr) m_pOverview->setOverviewMode(Overview::eOMBvsC); if(m_pMergeResultWindow != nullptr) m_pMergeResultWindow->setOverviewMode(Overview::eOMBvsC); slotUpdateAvailabilities(); } void KDiff3App::slotNoRelevantChangesDetected() { if(m_bTripleDiff && !m_outputFilename.isEmpty()) { //KMessageBox::information( this, "No relevant changes detected", "KDiff3" ); if(!m_pOptions->m_IrrelevantMergeCmd.isEmpty()) { /* QProcess doesn't check for single quotes and uses non-standard escaping syntax for double quotes. The distinction between single and double quotes is purely a command shell issue. So we split the command string ourselves. */ QStringList args; QString program; Utils::getArguments(m_pOptions->m_IrrelevantMergeCmd, program, args); QProcess process; process.start(program, args); process.waitForFinished(-1); } } } static void insertManualDiffHelp(ManualDiffHelpList* pManualDiffHelpList, int winIdx, LineRef firstLine, LineRef lastLine) { // The manual diff help list must be sorted and compact. // "Compact" means that upper items can't be empty if lower items contain data. // First insert the new item without regarding compactness. // If the new item overlaps with previous items then the previous items will be removed. ManualDiffHelpEntry mdhe; mdhe.firstLine(winIdx) = firstLine; mdhe.lastLine(winIdx) = lastLine; ManualDiffHelpList::iterator i; for(i = pManualDiffHelpList->begin(); i != pManualDiffHelpList->end(); ++i) { int& l1 = i->firstLine(winIdx); int& l2 = i->lastLine(winIdx); if(l1 >= 0 && l2 >= 0) { if((firstLine <= l1 && lastLine >= l1) || (firstLine <= l2 && lastLine >= l2)) { // overlap l1 = -1; l2 = -1; } if(firstLine < l1 && lastLine < l1) { // insert before this position pManualDiffHelpList->insert(i, mdhe); break; } } } if(i == pManualDiffHelpList->end()) { pManualDiffHelpList->insert(i, mdhe); } // Now make the list compact for(int wIdx = 1; wIdx <= 3; ++wIdx) { ManualDiffHelpList::iterator iEmpty = pManualDiffHelpList->begin(); for(i = pManualDiffHelpList->begin(); i != pManualDiffHelpList->end(); ++i) { if(iEmpty->firstLine(wIdx) >= 0) { ++iEmpty; continue; } if(i->firstLine(wIdx) >= 0) // Current item is not empty -> move it to the empty place { iEmpty->firstLine(wIdx) = i->firstLine(wIdx); iEmpty->lastLine(wIdx) = i->lastLine(wIdx); i->firstLine(wIdx) = -1; i->lastLine(wIdx) = -1; ++iEmpty; } } } pManualDiffHelpList->remove(ManualDiffHelpEntry()); // Remove all completely empty items. } void KDiff3App::slotAddManualDiffHelp() { LineRef firstLine = -1; LineRef lastLine = -1; int winIdx = -1; if(m_pDiffTextWindow1) { m_pDiffTextWindow1->getSelectionRange(&firstLine, &lastLine, eFileCoords); winIdx = 1; } if(firstLine < 0 && m_pDiffTextWindow2) { m_pDiffTextWindow2->getSelectionRange(&firstLine, &lastLine, eFileCoords); winIdx = 2; } if(firstLine < 0 && m_pDiffTextWindow3) { m_pDiffTextWindow3->getSelectionRange(&firstLine, &lastLine, eFileCoords); winIdx = 3; } if(firstLine < 0 || lastLine < 0 || lastLine < firstLine) KMessageBox::information(this, i18n("Nothing is selected in either diff input window."), i18n("Error while adding manual diff range")); else { insertManualDiffHelp(&m_manualDiffHelpList, winIdx, firstLine, lastLine); mainInit(nullptr, false); // Init without reload slotRefresh(); } } void KDiff3App::slotClearManualDiffHelpList() { m_manualDiffHelpList.clear(); mainInit(nullptr, false); // Init without reload slotRefresh(); } void KDiff3App::slotEncodingChangedA(QTextCodec* c) { m_sd1.setEncoding(c); mainInit(nullptr, true, true); // Init with reload slotRefresh(); } void KDiff3App::slotEncodingChangedB(QTextCodec* c) { m_sd2.setEncoding(c); mainInit(nullptr, true, true); // Init with reload slotRefresh(); } void KDiff3App::slotEncodingChangedC(QTextCodec* c) { m_sd3.setEncoding(c); mainInit(nullptr, true, true); // Init with reload slotRefresh(); } void KDiff3App::slotUpdateAvailabilities() { if(m_pMainSplitter == nullptr) return; bool bTextDataAvailable = (m_sd1.hasData() || m_sd2.hasData() || m_sd3.hasData()); if(dirShowBoth->isChecked()) { if(m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter != nullptr) m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter->setVisible(m_bDirCompare); if(m_pMainWidget != nullptr && !m_pMainWidget->isVisible() && bTextDataAvailable && !m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->isScanning()) m_pMainWidget->show(); } bool bDiffWindowVisible = m_pMainWidget != nullptr && m_pMainWidget->isVisible(); bool bMergeEditorVisible = m_pMergeWindowFrame != nullptr && m_pMergeWindowFrame->isVisible(); m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->updateAvailabilities(m_bDirCompare, bDiffWindowVisible, chooseA, chooseB, chooseC); dirShowBoth->setEnabled(m_bDirCompare); dirViewToggle->setEnabled( m_bDirCompare && ((m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter != nullptr && m_pMainWidget != nullptr) && ((!m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter->isVisible() && m_pMainWidget->isVisible()) || (m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter->isVisible() && !m_pMainWidget->isVisible() && bTextDataAvailable)))); bool bDirWindowHasFocus = m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter != nullptr && m_pDirectoryMergeSplitter->isVisible() && m_pDirectoryMergeWindow->hasFocus(); showWhiteSpaceCharacters->setEnabled(bDiffWindowVisible); autoAdvance->setEnabled(bMergeEditorVisible); autoSolve->setEnabled(bMergeEditorVisible && m_bTripleDiff); unsolve->setEnabled(bMergeEditorVisible); if(!bDirWindowHasFocus) { chooseA->setEnabled(bMergeEditorVisible); chooseB->setEnabled(bMergeEditorVisible); chooseC->setEnabled(bMergeEditorVisible && m_bTripleDiff); } chooseAEverywhere->setEnabled(bMergeEditorVisible); chooseBEverywhere->setEnabled(bMergeEditorVisible); chooseCEverywhere->setEnabled(bMergeEditorVisible && m_bTripleDiff); chooseAForUnsolvedConflicts->setEnabled(bMergeEditorVisible); chooseBForUnsolvedConflicts->setEnabled(bMergeEditorVisible); chooseCForUnsolvedConflicts->setEnabled(bMergeEditorVisible && m_bTripleDiff); chooseAForUnsolvedWhiteSpaceConflicts->setEnabled(bMergeEditorVisible); chooseBForUnsolvedWhiteSpaceConflicts->setEnabled(bMergeEditorVisible); chooseCForUnsolvedWhiteSpaceConflicts->setEnabled(bMergeEditorVisible && m_bTripleDiff); mergeHistory->setEnabled(bMergeEditorVisible); mergeRegExp->setEnabled(bMergeEditorVisible); showWindowA->setEnabled(bDiffWindowVisible && (m_pDiffTextWindow2->isVisible() || m_pDiffTextWindow3->isVisible())); showWindowB->setEnabled(bDiffWindowVisible && (m_pDiffTextWindow1->isVisible() || m_pDiffTextWindow3->isVisible())); showWindowC->setEnabled(bDiffWindowVisible && m_bTripleDiff && (m_pDiffTextWindow1->isVisible() || m_pDiffTextWindow2->isVisible())); editFind->setEnabled(bDiffWindowVisible); editFindNext->setEnabled(bDiffWindowVisible); m_pFindDialog->m_pSearchInC->setEnabled(m_bTripleDiff); m_pFindDialog->m_pSearchInOutput->setEnabled(bMergeEditorVisible); bool bSavable = bMergeEditorVisible && m_pMergeResultWindow->getNrOfUnsolvedConflicts() == 0; fileSave->setEnabled(m_bOutputModified && bSavable); fileSaveAs->setEnabled(bSavable); goTop->setEnabled(bDiffWindowVisible && m_pMergeResultWindow->isDeltaAboveCurrent()); goBottom->setEnabled(bDiffWindowVisible && m_pMergeResultWindow->isDeltaBelowCurrent()); goCurrent->setEnabled(bDiffWindowVisible); goPrevUnsolvedConflict->setEnabled(bMergeEditorVisible && m_pMergeResultWindow->isUnsolvedConflictAboveCurrent()); goNextUnsolvedConflict->setEnabled(bMergeEditorVisible && m_pMergeResultWindow->isUnsolvedConflictBelowCurrent()); goPrevConflict->setEnabled(bDiffWindowVisible && m_pMergeResultWindow->isConflictAboveCurrent()); goNextConflict->setEnabled(bDiffWindowVisible && m_pMergeResultWindow->isConflictBelowCurrent()); goPrevDelta->setEnabled(bDiffWindowVisible && m_pMergeResultWindow->isDeltaAboveCurrent()); goNextDelta->setEnabled(bDiffWindowVisible && m_pMergeResultWindow->isDeltaBelowCurrent()); overviewModeNormal->setEnabled(m_bTripleDiff && bDiffWindowVisible); overviewModeAB->setEnabled(m_bTripleDiff && bDiffWindowVisible); overviewModeAC->setEnabled(m_bTripleDiff && bDiffWindowVisible); overviewModeBC->setEnabled(m_bTripleDiff && bDiffWindowVisible); Overview::e_OverviewMode overviewMode = m_pOverview == nullptr ? Overview::eOMNormal : m_pOverview->getOverviewMode(); overviewModeNormal->setChecked(overviewMode == Overview::eOMNormal); overviewModeAB->setChecked(overviewMode == Overview::eOMAvsB); overviewModeAC->setChecked(overviewMode == Overview::eOMAvsC); overviewModeBC->setChecked(overviewMode == Overview::eOMBvsC); winToggleSplitOrientation->setEnabled(bDiffWindowVisible && m_pDiffWindowSplitter != nullptr); } diff --git a/src/selection.h b/src/selection.h index ca5120f..ed7c1c8 100644 --- a/src/selection.h +++ b/src/selection.h @@ -1,78 +1,82 @@ /*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 by Joachim Eibl * * joachim.eibl at gmx.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * * (at your option) any later version. * ***************************************************************************/ +#ifndef SELECTION_H +#define SELECTION_H #include "gnudiff_diff.h" #include "common.h" class Selection { public: Selection(){} private: const LineRef invalidRef = -1; LineRef firstLine = invalidRef; LineRef lastLine = invalidRef; int firstPos = -1; int lastPos = -1; LineRef oldFirstLine = invalidRef; LineRef oldLastLine = invalidRef; public: //private: bool bSelectionContainsData = false; public: inline LineRef getFirstLine() { return firstLine; }; inline LineRef getLastLine() { return lastLine; }; inline int getFirstPos() { return firstPos; }; inline int getLastPos() { return lastPos; }; inline bool isValidFirstLine() { return firstLine != invalidRef; } inline void clearOldSelection() { oldLastLine = invalidRef, oldFirstLine = invalidRef; }; inline LineRef getOldLastLine() { return oldLastLine; }; inline LineRef getOldFirstLine() { return oldFirstLine; }; inline bool selectionContainsData() { return bSelectionContainsData; }; bool isEmpty() { return firstLine == invalidRef || (firstLine == lastLine && firstPos == lastPos) || bSelectionContainsData == false; } void reset() { oldLastLine = lastLine; oldFirstLine = firstLine; firstLine = invalidRef; lastLine = invalidRef; bSelectionContainsData = false; } void start( LineRef l, int p ) { firstLine = l; firstPos = p; } void end( LineRef l, int p ) { if ( oldLastLine == invalidRef ) oldLastLine = lastLine; lastLine = l; lastPos = p; //bSelectionContainsData = (firstLine == lastLine && firstPos == lastPos); } bool within( LineRef l, LineRef p ); bool lineWithin( LineRef l ); int firstPosInLine(LineRef l); int lastPosInLine(LineRef l); LineRef beginLine(){ if (firstLine<0 && lastLine<0) return invalidRef; return std::max((LineRef)0,std::min(firstLine,lastLine)); } LineRef endLine(){ if (firstLine<0 && lastLine<0) return invalidRef; return std::max(firstLine,lastLine); } int beginPos() { return firstLine==lastLine ? std::min(firstPos,lastPos) : firstLine #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include // OpenDialog ************************************************************** OpenDialog::OpenDialog( QWidget* pParent, const QString& n1, const QString& n2, const QString& n3, bool bMerge, const QString& outputName, const char* slotConfigure, Options* pOptions) : QDialog(pParent) { setObjectName("OpenDialog"); setModal(true); m_pOptions = pOptions; QVBoxLayout* v = new QVBoxLayout(this); v->setMargin(5); QGridLayout* h = new QGridLayout(); v->addLayout(h); h->setSpacing(5); h->setColumnStretch(1, 10); QLabel* label = new QLabel(i18n("A (Base):"), this); m_pLineA = new QComboBox(); m_pLineA->setEditable(true); m_pLineA->insertItems(0, m_pOptions->m_recentAFiles); m_pLineA->setEditText(QUrl(n1).toDisplayString()); m_pLineA->setMinimumWidth(200); QPushButton* button = new QPushButton(QIcon::fromTheme("document-new"), i18n("File..."), this); connect(button, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &OpenDialog::selectFileA); QPushButton* button2 = new QPushButton(QIcon::fromTheme("document-open-folder"), i18n("Dir..."), this); connect(button2, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &OpenDialog::selectDirA); connect(m_pLineA, &QComboBox::editTextChanged, this, &OpenDialog::inputFilenameChanged); h->addWidget(label, 0, 0); h->addWidget(m_pLineA, 0, 1); h->addWidget(button, 0, 2); h->addWidget(button2, 0, 3); label = new QLabel("B:", this); m_pLineB = new QComboBox(); m_pLineB->setEditable(true); m_pLineB->insertItems(0, m_pOptions->m_recentBFiles); m_pLineB->setEditText(QUrl(n2).toDisplayString()); m_pLineB->setMinimumWidth(200); button = new QPushButton(QIcon::fromTheme("document-new"), i18n("File..."), this); connect(button, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &OpenDialog::selectFileB); button2 = new QPushButton(QIcon::fromTheme("document-open-folder"), i18n("Dir..."), this); connect(button2, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &OpenDialog::selectDirB); connect(m_pLineB, &QComboBox::editTextChanged, this, &OpenDialog::inputFilenameChanged); h->addWidget(label, 1, 0); h->addWidget(m_pLineB, 1, 1); h->addWidget(button, 1, 2); h->addWidget(button2, 1, 3); label = new QLabel(i18n("C (Optional):"), this); m_pLineC = new QComboBox(); m_pLineC->setEditable(true); m_pLineC->insertItems(0, m_pOptions->m_recentCFiles); m_pLineC->setEditText(QUrl(n3).toDisplayString()); m_pLineC->setMinimumWidth(200); button = new QPushButton(QIcon::fromTheme("document-new"), i18n("File..."), this); connect(button, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &OpenDialog::selectFileC); button2 = new QPushButton(QIcon::fromTheme("document-open-folder"), i18n("Dir..."), this); connect(button2, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &OpenDialog::selectDirC); connect(m_pLineC, &QComboBox::editTextChanged, this, &OpenDialog::inputFilenameChanged); h->addWidget(label, 2, 0); h->addWidget(m_pLineC, 2, 1); h->addWidget(button, 2, 2); h->addWidget(button2, 2, 3); m_pMerge = new QCheckBox(i18n("Merge"), this); h->addWidget(m_pMerge, 3, 0); QHBoxLayout* hl = new QHBoxLayout(); h->addLayout(hl, 3, 1); hl->addStretch(2); button = new QPushButton(i18n("Swap/Copy Names..."), this); //button->setToggleButton(false); hl->addWidget(button); QMenu* m = new QMenu(this); m->addAction(i18n("Swap %1<->%2", i18n("A"), i18n("B"))); m->addAction(i18n("Swap %1<->%2", i18n("B"), i18n("C"))); m->addAction(i18n("Swap %1<->%2", i18n("C"), i18n("A"))); m->addAction(i18n("Copy %1->Output", i18n("A"))); m->addAction(i18n("Copy %1->Output", i18n("B"))); m->addAction(i18n("Copy %1->Output", i18n("C"))); m->addAction(i18n("Swap %1<->Output", i18n("A"))); m->addAction(i18n("Swap %1<->Output", i18n("B"))); m->addAction(i18n("Swap %1<->Output", i18n("C"))); connect(m, &QMenu::triggered, this, &OpenDialog::slotSwapCopyNames); button->setMenu(m); hl->addStretch(2); label = new QLabel(i18n("Output (optional):"), this); m_pLineOut = new QComboBox(); m_pLineOut->setEditable(true); m_pLineOut->insertItems(0, m_pOptions->m_recentOutputFiles); m_pLineOut->setEditText(QUrl(outputName).toDisplayString()); m_pLineOut->setMinimumWidth(200); button = new QPushButton(QIcon::fromTheme("document-new"), i18n("File..."), this); connect(button, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &OpenDialog::selectOutputName); button2 = new QPushButton(QIcon::fromTheme("document-open-folder"), i18n("Dir..."), this); connect(button2, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &OpenDialog::selectOutputDir); connect(m_pMerge, &QCheckBox::stateChanged, this, &OpenDialog::internalSlot); connect(this, &OpenDialog::internalSignal, m_pLineOut, &QComboBox::setEnabled); connect(this, &OpenDialog::internalSignal, button, &QPushButton::setEnabled); connect(this, &OpenDialog::internalSignal, button2, &QPushButton::setEnabled); m_pMerge->setChecked(!bMerge); m_pMerge->setChecked(bMerge); // m_pLineOutput->setEnabled( bMerge ); // button->setEnabled( bMerge ); h->addWidget(label, 4, 0); h->addWidget(m_pLineOut, 4, 1); h->addWidget(button, 4, 2); h->addWidget(button2, 4, 3); h->addItem(new QSpacerItem(200, 0), 0, 1); QDialogButtonBox *box = new QDialogButtonBox(QDialogButtonBox::Ok | QDialogButtonBox::Cancel, this); v->addWidget(box); button = box->addButton(i18n("Configure..."), QDialogButtonBox::ActionRole); button->setIcon(QIcon::fromTheme("configure")); connect(button, SIGNAL(clicked()), pParent, slotConfigure); connect(box, &QDialogButtonBox::accepted, this, &OpenDialog::accept); connect(box, &QDialogButtonBox::rejected, this, &OpenDialog::reject); QSize sh = sizeHint(); setFixedHeight(sh.height()); m_bInputFileNameChanged = false; #ifdef Q_OS_WIN m_pLineA->lineEdit()->installEventFilter(this); m_pLineB->lineEdit()->installEventFilter(this); m_pLineC->lineEdit()->installEventFilter(this); m_pLineOut->lineEdit()->installEventFilter(this); #endif } // Eventfilter: Only needed under Windows. // Without this, files dropped in the line edit have URL-encoding. // This eventfilter decodes the filenames as needed by KDiff3. bool OpenDialog::eventFilter(QObject* o, QEvent* e) { if(e->type() == QEvent::DragEnter) { QDragEnterEvent* d = static_cast(e); d->setAccepted(d->mimeData()->hasUrls()); return true; } if(e->type() == QEvent::Drop) { QDropEvent* d = static_cast(e); if(!d->mimeData()->hasUrls()) return false; QList lst = d->mimeData()->urls(); if(lst.count() > 0) { static_cast(o)->setText(QDir::toNativeSeparators(lst[0].toLocalFile())); static_cast(o)->setFocus(); } return true; } return false; } void OpenDialog::selectURL(QComboBox* pLine, bool bDir, int i, bool bSave) { QString current = pLine->currentText(); QUrl currentUrl; if(current.isEmpty() && i > 3) { current = m_pLineC->currentText(); } if(current.isEmpty()) { current = m_pLineB->currentText(); } if(current.isEmpty()) { current = m_pLineA->currentText(); } currentUrl = QUrl::fromUserInput(current, QString(), QUrl::AssumeLocalFile); QUrl newURL = bDir ? QFileDialog::getExistingDirectoryUrl(this, i18n("Open Directory"), currentUrl) : bSave ? QFileDialog::getSaveFileUrl(this, i18n("Select Output File"), currentUrl, QLatin1Literal("all/allfiles")) : QFileDialog::getOpenFileUrl(this, i18n("Open File"), currentUrl, QLatin1Literal("all/allfiles")); if(!newURL.isEmpty()) { /* Since we are selecting a directory open in the parent directory not the one selected. */ //QFileDialog::setStartDir( KIO::upUrl( newURL ) ); pLine->setEditText(newURL.url()); } // newURL won't be modified if nothing was selected. } void OpenDialog::selectFileA() { selectURL(m_pLineA, false, 1, false); } void OpenDialog::selectFileB() { selectURL(m_pLineB, false, 2, false); } void OpenDialog::selectFileC() { selectURL(m_pLineC, false, 3, false); } void OpenDialog::selectOutputName() { selectURL(m_pLineOut, false, 4, true); } void OpenDialog::selectDirA() { selectURL(m_pLineA, true, 1, false); } void OpenDialog::selectDirB() { selectURL(m_pLineB, true, 2, false); } void OpenDialog::selectDirC() { selectURL(m_pLineC, true, 3, false); } void OpenDialog::selectOutputDir() { selectURL(m_pLineOut, true, 4, true); } void OpenDialog::internalSlot(int i) { emit internalSignal(i != 0); } // Clear the output-filename when any input-filename changed, // because users forgot to change the output and accidentally overwrote it with // wrong data during a merge. void OpenDialog::inputFilenameChanged() { if(!m_bInputFileNameChanged) { m_bInputFileNameChanged = true; m_pLineOut->clearEditText(); } } static void fixCurrentText(QComboBox* pCB) { QString s = pCB->currentText(); int pos = s.indexOf('\n'); if(pos >= 0) s = s.left(pos); pos = s.indexOf('\r'); if(pos >= 0) s = s.left(pos); pCB->setEditText(s); } void OpenDialog::accept() { int maxNofRecentFiles = 10; fixCurrentText(m_pLineA); QString s = m_pLineA->currentText(); s = QUrl::fromUserInput(s, QString(), QUrl::AssumeLocalFile).toLocalFile(); QStringList* sl = &m_pOptions->m_recentAFiles; // If an item exist, remove it from the list and reinsert it at the beginning. sl->removeAll(s); if(!s.isEmpty()) sl->prepend(s); if(sl->count() > maxNofRecentFiles) sl->erase(sl->begin() + maxNofRecentFiles, sl->end()); fixCurrentText(m_pLineB); s = m_pLineB->currentText(); s = QUrl::fromUserInput(s, QString(), QUrl::AssumeLocalFile).toLocalFile(); sl = &m_pOptions->m_recentBFiles; sl->removeAll(s); if(!s.isEmpty()) sl->prepend(s); if(sl->count() > maxNofRecentFiles) sl->erase(sl->begin() + maxNofRecentFiles, sl->end()); fixCurrentText(m_pLineC); s = m_pLineC->currentText(); s = QUrl::fromUserInput(s, QString(), QUrl::AssumeLocalFile).toLocalFile(); sl = &m_pOptions->m_recentCFiles; sl->removeAll(s); if(!s.isEmpty()) sl->prepend(s); if(sl->count() > maxNofRecentFiles) sl->erase(sl->begin() + maxNofRecentFiles, sl->end()); fixCurrentText(m_pLineOut); s = m_pLineOut->currentText(); s = QUrl::fromUserInput(s, QString(), QUrl::AssumeLocalFile).toLocalFile(); sl = &m_pOptions->m_recentOutputFiles; sl->removeAll(s); if(!s.isEmpty()) sl->prepend(s); if(sl->count() > maxNofRecentFiles) sl->erase(sl->begin() + maxNofRecentFiles, sl->end()); QDialog::accept(); } void OpenDialog::slotSwapCopyNames(QAction* pAction) // id selected in the popup menu { int id = pAction->parentWidget()->actions().indexOf(pAction); QComboBox* cb1 = nullptr; QComboBox* cb2 = nullptr; switch(id) { case 0: cb1 = m_pLineA; cb2 = m_pLineB; break; case 1: cb1 = m_pLineB; cb2 = m_pLineC; break; case 2: cb1 = m_pLineC; cb2 = m_pLineA; break; case 3: cb1 = m_pLineA; cb2 = m_pLineOut; break; case 4: cb1 = m_pLineB; cb2 = m_pLineOut; break; case 5: cb1 = m_pLineC; cb2 = m_pLineOut; break; case 6: cb1 = m_pLineA; cb2 = m_pLineOut; break; case 7: cb1 = m_pLineB; cb2 = m_pLineOut; break; case 8: cb1 = m_pLineC; cb2 = m_pLineOut; break; } if(cb1 && cb2) { QString t1 = cb1->currentText(); QString t2 = cb2->currentText(); cb2->setEditText(t1); if(id <= 2 || id >= 6) { cb1->setEditText(t2); } } } // FindDialog ********************************************* FindDialog::FindDialog(QWidget* pParent) : QDialog(pParent) { QGridLayout* layout = new QGridLayout(this); layout->setMargin(5); layout->setSpacing(5); int line = 0; layout->addWidget(new QLabel(i18n("Search text:"), this), line, 0, 1, 2); ++line; m_pSearchString = new QLineEdit(this); layout->addWidget(m_pSearchString, line, 0, 1, 2); ++line; m_pCaseSensitive = new QCheckBox(i18n("Case sensitive"), this); layout->addWidget(m_pCaseSensitive, line, 1); m_pSearchInA = new QCheckBox(i18n("Search A"), this); layout->addWidget(m_pSearchInA, line, 0); m_pSearchInA->setChecked(true); ++line; m_pSearchInB = new QCheckBox(i18n("Search B"), this); layout->addWidget(m_pSearchInB, line, 0); m_pSearchInB->setChecked(true); ++line; m_pSearchInC = new QCheckBox(i18n("Search C"), this); layout->addWidget(m_pSearchInC, line, 0); m_pSearchInC->setChecked(true); ++line; m_pSearchInOutput = new QCheckBox(i18n("Search output"), this); layout->addWidget(m_pSearchInOutput, line, 0); m_pSearchInOutput->setChecked(true); ++line; QDialogButtonBox *box = new QDialogButtonBox(QDialogButtonBox::Cancel, this); layout->addWidget(box, line, 0, 1, 2); box->addButton(i18n("&Search"), QDialogButtonBox::AcceptRole); connect(box, &QDialogButtonBox::accepted, this, &FindDialog::accept); connect(box, &QDialogButtonBox::rejected, this, &FindDialog::reject); hide(); } void FindDialog::setVisible(bool bVisible) { QDialog::setVisible(bVisible); m_pSearchString->selectAll(); m_pSearchString->setFocus(); } RegExpTester::RegExpTester(QWidget* pParent, const QString& autoMergeRegExpToolTip, const QString& historyStartRegExpToolTip, const QString& historyEntryStartRegExpToolTip, const QString& historySortKeyOrderToolTip) : QDialog(pParent) { int line = 0; setWindowTitle(i18n("Regular Expression Tester")); QGridLayout* pGrid = new QGridLayout(this); pGrid->setSpacing(5); pGrid->setMargin(5); QLabel* l = new QLabel(i18n("Auto merge regular expression:"), this); pGrid->addWidget(l, line, 0); l->setToolTip(autoMergeRegExpToolTip); m_pAutoMergeRegExpEdit = new QLineEdit(this); pGrid->addWidget(m_pAutoMergeRegExpEdit, line, 1); connect(m_pAutoMergeRegExpEdit, &QLineEdit::textChanged, this, &RegExpTester::slotRecalc); ++line; l = new QLabel(i18n("Example auto merge line:"), this); pGrid->addWidget(l, line, 0); l->setToolTip(i18n("To test auto merge, copy a line as used in your files.")); m_pAutoMergeExampleEdit = new QLineEdit(this); pGrid->addWidget(m_pAutoMergeExampleEdit, line, 1); connect(m_pAutoMergeExampleEdit, &QLineEdit::textChanged, this, &RegExpTester::slotRecalc); ++line; l = new QLabel(i18n("Match result:"), this); pGrid->addWidget(l, line, 0); m_pAutoMergeMatchResult = new QLineEdit(this); m_pAutoMergeMatchResult->setReadOnly(true); pGrid->addWidget(m_pAutoMergeMatchResult, line, 1); ++line; pGrid->addItem(new QSpacerItem(100, 20), line, 0); pGrid->setRowStretch(line, 5); ++line; l = new QLabel(i18n("History start regular expression:"), this); pGrid->addWidget(l, line, 0); l->setToolTip(historyStartRegExpToolTip); m_pHistoryStartRegExpEdit = new QLineEdit(this); pGrid->addWidget(m_pHistoryStartRegExpEdit, line, 1); connect(m_pHistoryStartRegExpEdit, &QLineEdit::textChanged, this, &RegExpTester::slotRecalc); ++line; l = new QLabel(i18n("Example history start line (with leading comment):"), this); pGrid->addWidget(l, line, 0); l->setToolTip(i18n("Copy a history start line as used in your files,\n" "including the leading comment.")); m_pHistoryStartExampleEdit = new QLineEdit(this); pGrid->addWidget(m_pHistoryStartExampleEdit, line, 1); connect(m_pHistoryStartExampleEdit, &QLineEdit::textChanged, this, &RegExpTester::slotRecalc); ++line; l = new QLabel(i18n("Match result:"), this); pGrid->addWidget(l, line, 0); m_pHistoryStartMatchResult = new QLineEdit(this); m_pHistoryStartMatchResult->setReadOnly(true); pGrid->addWidget(m_pHistoryStartMatchResult, line, 1); ++line; pGrid->addItem(new QSpacerItem(100, 20), line, 0); pGrid->setRowStretch(line, 5); ++line; l = new QLabel(i18n("History entry start regular expression:"), this); pGrid->addWidget(l, line, 0); l->setToolTip(historyEntryStartRegExpToolTip); m_pHistoryEntryStartRegExpEdit = new QLineEdit(this); pGrid->addWidget(m_pHistoryEntryStartRegExpEdit, line, 1); connect(m_pHistoryEntryStartRegExpEdit, &QLineEdit::textChanged, this, &RegExpTester::slotRecalc); ++line; l = new QLabel(i18n("History sort key order:"), this); pGrid->addWidget(l, line, 0); l->setToolTip(historySortKeyOrderToolTip); m_pHistorySortKeyOrderEdit = new QLineEdit(this); pGrid->addWidget(m_pHistorySortKeyOrderEdit, line, 1); connect(m_pHistorySortKeyOrderEdit, &QLineEdit::textChanged, this, &RegExpTester::slotRecalc); ++line; l = new QLabel(i18n("Example history entry start line (without leading comment):"), this); pGrid->addWidget(l, line, 0); l->setToolTip(i18n("Copy a history entry start line as used in your files,\n" "but omit the leading comment.")); m_pHistoryEntryStartExampleEdit = new QLineEdit(this); pGrid->addWidget(m_pHistoryEntryStartExampleEdit, line, 1); connect(m_pHistoryEntryStartExampleEdit, &QLineEdit::textChanged, this, &RegExpTester::slotRecalc); ++line; l = new QLabel(i18n("Match result:"), this); pGrid->addWidget(l, line, 0); m_pHistoryEntryStartMatchResult = new QLineEdit(this); m_pHistoryEntryStartMatchResult->setReadOnly(true); pGrid->addWidget(m_pHistoryEntryStartMatchResult, line, 1); ++line; l = new QLabel(i18n("Sort key result:"), this); pGrid->addWidget(l, line, 0); m_pHistorySortKeyResult = new QLineEdit(this); m_pHistorySortKeyResult->setReadOnly(true); pGrid->addWidget(m_pHistorySortKeyResult, line, 1); ++line; QDialogButtonBox *box = new QDialogButtonBox(QDialogButtonBox::Ok | QDialogButtonBox::Cancel, this); pGrid->addWidget(box, line, 0, 1, 2); connect(box, &QDialogButtonBox::accepted, this, &RegExpTester::accept); connect(box, &QDialogButtonBox::rejected, this, &RegExpTester::reject); resize(800, sizeHint().height()); } void RegExpTester::init(const QString& autoMergeRegExp, const QString& historyStartRegExp, const QString& historyEntryStartRegExp, const QString historySortKeyOrder) { m_pAutoMergeRegExpEdit->setText(autoMergeRegExp); m_pHistoryStartRegExpEdit->setText(historyStartRegExp); m_pHistoryEntryStartRegExpEdit->setText(historyEntryStartRegExp); m_pHistorySortKeyOrderEdit->setText(historySortKeyOrder); } QString RegExpTester::autoMergeRegExp() { return m_pAutoMergeRegExpEdit->text(); } QString RegExpTester::historyStartRegExp() { return m_pHistoryStartRegExpEdit->text(); } QString RegExpTester::historyEntryStartRegExp() { return m_pHistoryEntryStartRegExpEdit->text(); } QString RegExpTester::historySortKeyOrder() { return m_pHistorySortKeyOrderEdit->text(); } void RegExpTester::slotRecalc() { QRegExp autoMergeRegExp(m_pAutoMergeRegExpEdit->text()); if(autoMergeRegExp.exactMatch(m_pAutoMergeExampleEdit->text())) { m_pAutoMergeMatchResult->setText(i18n("Match success.")); } else { m_pAutoMergeMatchResult->setText(i18n("Match failed.")); } QRegExp historyStartRegExp(m_pHistoryStartRegExpEdit->text()); if(historyStartRegExp.exactMatch(m_pHistoryStartExampleEdit->text())) { m_pHistoryStartMatchResult->setText(i18n("Match success.")); } else { m_pHistoryStartMatchResult->setText(i18n("Match failed.")); } QStringList parenthesesGroups; bool bSuccess = findParenthesesGroups(m_pHistoryEntryStartRegExpEdit->text(), parenthesesGroups); if(!bSuccess) { m_pHistoryEntryStartMatchResult->setText(i18n("Opening and closing parentheses do not match in regular expression.")); m_pHistorySortKeyResult->setText(""); return; } QRegExp historyEntryStartRegExp(m_pHistoryEntryStartRegExpEdit->text()); QString s = m_pHistoryEntryStartExampleEdit->text(); if(historyEntryStartRegExp.exactMatch(s)) { m_pHistoryEntryStartMatchResult->setText(i18n("Match success.")); QString key = calcHistorySortKey(m_pHistorySortKeyOrderEdit->text(), historyEntryStartRegExp, parenthesesGroups); m_pHistorySortKeyResult->setText(key); } else { m_pHistoryEntryStartMatchResult->setText(i18n("Match failed.")); m_pHistorySortKeyResult->setText(""); } } //#include "smalldialogs.moc" diff --git a/src/smalldialogs.h b/src/smalldialogs.h index f032045..224997b 100644 --- a/src/smalldialogs.h +++ b/src/smalldialogs.h @@ -1,118 +1,118 @@ /*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2005 by Joachim Eibl * * joachim.eibl at gmx.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * * (at your option) any later version. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * - * 51 Franklin Steet, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. * + * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #ifndef SMALLDIALOGS_H #define SMALLDIALOGS_H #include class Options; class QComboBox; class QCheckBox; class QLineEdit; class OpenDialog : public QDialog { Q_OBJECT public: OpenDialog( QWidget* pParent, const QString& n1, const QString& n2, const QString& n3, bool bMerge, const QString& outputName, const char* slotConfigure, Options* pOptions ); QComboBox* m_pLineA; QComboBox* m_pLineB; QComboBox* m_pLineC; QComboBox* m_pLineOut; QCheckBox* m_pMerge; void accept() override; bool eventFilter(QObject* o, QEvent* e) override; private: Options* m_pOptions; void selectURL( QComboBox* pLine, bool bDir, int i, bool bSave ); bool m_bInputFileNameChanged; private Q_SLOTS: void selectFileA(); void selectFileB(); void selectFileC(); void selectDirA(); void selectDirB(); void selectDirC(); void selectOutputName(); void selectOutputDir(); void internalSlot(int); void inputFilenameChanged(); void slotSwapCopyNames(QAction*); Q_SIGNALS: void internalSignal(bool); }; class FindDialog : public QDialog { Q_OBJECT public: explicit FindDialog(QWidget* pParent); void setVisible(bool) override; Q_SIGNALS: void findNext(); public: QLineEdit* m_pSearchString; QCheckBox* m_pSearchInA; QCheckBox* m_pSearchInB; QCheckBox* m_pSearchInC; QCheckBox* m_pSearchInOutput; QCheckBox* m_pCaseSensitive; int currentLine; int currentPos; int currentWindow; }; class RegExpTester : public QDialog { Q_OBJECT private: QLineEdit* m_pAutoMergeRegExpEdit; QLineEdit* m_pAutoMergeMatchResult; QLineEdit* m_pAutoMergeExampleEdit; QLineEdit* m_pHistoryStartRegExpEdit; QLineEdit* m_pHistoryStartMatchResult; QLineEdit* m_pHistoryStartExampleEdit; QLineEdit* m_pHistoryEntryStartRegExpEdit; QLineEdit* m_pHistorySortKeyOrderEdit; QLineEdit* m_pHistoryEntryStartExampleEdit; QLineEdit* m_pHistoryEntryStartMatchResult; QLineEdit* m_pHistorySortKeyResult; public: RegExpTester( QWidget* pParent, const QString& autoMergeRegExpToolTip, const QString& historyStartRegExpToolTip, const QString& historyEntryStartRegExpToolTip, const QString& historySortKeyOrderToolTip ); void init( const QString& autoMergeRegExp, const QString& historyStartRegExp, const QString& historyEntryStartRegExp, const QString sortKeyOrder ); QString autoMergeRegExp(); QString historyStartRegExp(); QString historyEntryStartRegExp(); QString historySortKeyOrder(); public Q_SLOTS: void slotRecalc(); }; #endif